2k16 cs6 buick encore 23427373a.ai 1 9/4/2015 2:30:20 pm · 2020-05-08 · slogans, vehicle model...

C

M

Y

CM

MY

CY

CMY

K

2k16_CS6_Buick_Encore_23427373A.ai 1 9/4/2015 2:30:20 PM2k16_CS6_Buick_Encore_23427373A.ai 1 9/4/2015 2:30:20 PM

Buick Encore Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada/Mexico-9234779) - 2016 - crc - 7/30/15

Contents Introduction . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2

In Brief . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5

Keys, Doors, and Windows . . . . . 24

Seats and Restraints . . . . . . . . . . . 41

Storage . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 89

Instruments and Controls . . . . . . . 94

Lighting . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 127

Infotainment System . . . . . . . . . . 134

Climate Controls . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 135

Driving and Operating . . . . . . . . . 144

Vehicle Care . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 188

Service and Maintenance . . . . . 262

Technical Data . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 276

Customer Information . . . . . . . . . 279

Reporting Safety Defects . . . . . . 289

OnStar . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 293

Index . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 310


2 Introduction

Introduction

The names, logos, emblems,slogans, vehicle model names, andvehicle body designs appearing inthis manual including, but not limitedto, GM, the GM logo, BUICK, theBUICK Emblem, and ENCORE aretrademarks and/or service marks ofGeneral Motors LLC, itssubsidiaries, affiliates, or licensors.

For vehicles first sold in Canada,substitute the name “GeneralMotors of Canada Limited” for BuickMotor Division wherever it appearsin this manual.

This manual describes features thatmay or may not be on the vehiclebecause of optional equipment thatwas not purchased on the vehicle,model variants, countryspecifications, features/applicationsthat may not be available in yourregion, or changes subsequent tothe printing of this owner manual.

Refer to the purchasedocumentation relating to yourspecific vehicle to confirm thefeatures.

Keep this manual in the vehicle forquick reference.

Canadian Vehicle Owners

Propriétaires Canadiens

A French language manual can beobtained from your dealer, atwww.helminc.com, or from:

On peut obtenir un exemplaire dece guide en français auprès duconcessionnaire ou à l'adressesuivante:

Helm, IncorporatedAttention: Customer Service47911 Halyard DrivePlymouth, MI 48170

Using this ManualTo quickly locate information aboutthe vehicle, use the Index in theback of the manual. It is analphabetical list of what is in themanual and the page number whereit can be found.

About Driving the VehicleAs with other vehicles of this type,failure to operate this vehiclecorrectly may result in loss ofcontrol or an accident. Be sure toread the driving guidelines in thismanual in the section called “Drivingand Operating” and specificallyDriver Behavior 0 145, DrivingEnvironment 0 145, and VehicleDesign 0 145.

Litho in U.S.A.Part No. 23427373 A First Printing ©2015 General Motors LLC. All Rights Reserved.


Introduction 3

Danger, Warning, andCautionWarning messages found on vehiclelabels and in this manual describehazards and what to do to avoid orreduce them.

{ Danger

Danger indicates a hazard with ahigh level of risk which will resultin serious injury or death.

{ Warning

Warning indicates a hazard thatcould result in injury or death.

Caution

Caution indicates a hazard thatcould result in property or vehicledamage.

A circle with a slash through it is asafety symbol which means “DoNot,” “Do not do this,” or “Do not letthis happen.”

SymbolsThe vehicle has components andlabels that use symbols instead oftext. Symbols are shown along withthe text describing the operation orinformation relating to a specificcomponent, control, message,gauge, or indicator.

M : Shown when the ownermanual has additional instructionsor information.

* : Shown when the servicemanual has additional instructionsor information.

0 : Shown when there is moreinformation on another page —“see page.”

Vehicle Symbol Chart

Here are some additional symbolsthat may be found on the vehicleand what they mean. For moreinformation on the symbol, refer tothe Index.

9 : Airbag Readiness Light

# : Air Conditioning

! : Antilock Brake System (ABS)

% : Audio Steering Wheel Controlsor OnStar® (if equipped)

$ : Brake System Warning Light

" : Charging System

I : Cruise Control

` : Do Not Puncture

^ : Do Not Service

B : Engine Coolant Temperature

O : Exterior Lamps

_ : Flame/Fire Prohibited

# : Fog Lamps

. : Fuel Gauge

+ : Fuses


4 Introduction

3 : Headlamp High/Low-BeamChanger

j : LATCH System Child Restraints

* : Malfunction Indicator Lamp

: : Oil Pressure

} : Power

/ : Remote Vehicle Start

> : Safety Belt Reminders

7 : Tire Pressure Monitor

d : Traction Control/StabiliTrak®

a : Under Pressure

M : Windshield Washer Fluid


In Brief 5

In Brief

Instrument PanelInstrument Panel . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6

Initial Drive InformationRemote Keyless Entry (RKE)System . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8

Remote Vehicle Start . . . . . . . . . . . 8Door Locks . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8Liftgate . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9Windows . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9Seat Adjustment . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10Memory Features . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 11Second Row Seats . . . . . . . . . . . . 11Heated Seats . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 12Head Restraint Adjustment . . . . 12Safety Belts . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 12Passenger Sensing System . . . 13Mirror Adjustment . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 13Steering Wheel Adjustment . . . . 14Interior Lighting . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 14Exterior Lighting . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 15Windshield Wiper/Washer . . . . . . 15Climate Controls . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 17Transmission . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 18

Vehicle FeaturesInfotainment System . . . . . . . . . . . 19Steering Wheel Controls . . . . . . . 19

Cruise Control . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 19Driver InformationCenter (DIC) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 19

Forward Collision Alert (FCA)System . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 20

Lane DepartureWarning (LDW) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 20

Side Blind ZoneAlert (SBZA) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 20

Rear Vision Camera (RVC) . . . . 20Rear Cross Traffic Alert (RCTA)System . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 20

Parking Assist . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 20Power Outlets . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 21Sunroof . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 21

Performance and MaintenanceTraction Control/ElectronicStability Control . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 22

Tire Pressure Monitor . . . . . . . . . . 22Engine Oil Life System . . . . . . . . 22Driving for Better FuelEconomy . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 23

Roadside AssistanceProgram . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 23


6 In Brief

Instrument Panel


In Brief 7

1. Air Vents 0 142.

2. Turn Signal Lever. See Turnand Lane-Change Signals0 130.

Headlamp High/Low-BeamChanger 0 128.

3. Instrument Cluster 0 101.

4. Driver Information Center (DIC)Display. See Driver InformationCenter (DIC) 0 113.

5. Windshield Wiper/Washer 0 95.

Rear Window Wiper/Washer0 97.

6. Traction Control/ElectronicStability Control 0 169.

Hazard Warning Flashers0 129.

Passenger Airbag StatusIndicator. See PassengerSensing System 0 65.

7. Light Sensor. See AutomaticHeadlamp System 0 129.

8. Infotainment 0 134.

9. Instrument Panel Storage 0 89.

10. Shift Lever. See AutomaticTransmission 0 165.

11. Auxiliary Input Jack. See theInfotainment Manual.

12. Power Outlets 0 98.

13. Parking Assist 0 176 (IfEquipped).

Lane Departure Warning(LDW) 0 181 (If Equipped).

14. Climate Control Systems 0 135or Dual Automatic ClimateControl System 0 138 (IfEquipped).

15. Ignition Positions 0 156.

16. Steering Wheel Controls 0 95.

17. Horn 0 95.

18. Steering Wheel Adjustment0 95.

19. Cruise Control 0 171.

Forward Collision Alert (FCA)System 0 178 (If Equipped).

20. Instrument Panel Storage 0 89.

21. Data Link Connector (DLC)(Out of View). See MalfunctionIndicator Lamp (Check EngineLight) 0 106.

22. Hood Release. See Hood0 190.

23. Exterior Lamp Controls 0 127.

Instrument Panel IlluminationControl 0 131.

Front Fog Lamps 0 130 (IfEquipped).


8 In Brief

Initial DriveInformation

Remote Keyless Entry(RKE) SystemThe RKE transmitter may work up to30 m (98 ft) away from the vehicle.

Press the key release button toextend the key blade. The key canbe used for the ignition and alllocks.

K : Press to unlock the driver door,all doors, or, if equipped, the lockingfuel door. The hazard warningflashers may flash.

Q : Press to lock the doors, or,if equipped, the locking fuel door.

Lock and unlock feedback can bepersonalized. See VehiclePersonalization 0 121.

7 : If equipped, press and holdbriefly to initiate vehicle locator.Press and hold for at leastthree seconds to sound the panicalarm. Press again to cancel thepanic alarm.

See Keys 0 24 and Remote KeylessEntry (RKE) System Operation 0 26.

Remote Vehicle StartIf equipped, the engine can bestarted from outside of the vehicle.

Starting the Vehicle

1. Press and release Q on theRKE transmitter.

2. Immediately press and hold /for at least four seconds or untilthe turn signal lamps flash.

3. Start the vehicle normally afterentering.

When the vehicle starts, the parkinglamps will turn on.

Remote start can be extended.

Canceling a Remote Start

To cancel a remote start, do one ofthe following:

. Press and hold/ until theparking lamps turn off.

. Turn on the hazard warningflashers.

. Turn the vehicle on and then off.

See Remote Vehicle Start 0 28.

Door LocksTo lock or unlock a door manually:

. From the inside, to lock the door,use the lock knob on the top ofthe door panel.


In Brief 9

. From the outside, turn the keytoward the front or rear of thevehicle, or press K or Q on theRemote Keyless Entry (RKE)transmitter.

Power Door Locks

K : Press to unlock the doors.

Q : Press to lock the doors.

See Power Door Locks 0 30.

LiftgateTo lock or unlock the liftgate frominside, press Q or K on the powerdoor locks. See Power Door Locks0 30.

To lock or unlock the liftgate fromoutside, press Q or K on theRemote KeylessEntry (RKE) transmitter. See RemoteKeyless Entry (RKE) SystemOperation 0 26.

To open the liftgate, press the touchpad in the pull cup under the licenseplate and lift manually.

See Liftgate 0 32.

Windows

Press the switch to lower thewindow. Pull up on the front edge ofthe switch to raise it. See PowerWindows 0 37.

The switches work when the vehicleis in ON/RUN or ACC/ACCESSORY, or when RetainedAccessory Power (RAP) is active.See Retained Accessory Power(RAP) 0 161.


10 In Brief

Seat Adjustment

Manual Seats

To adjust a manual seat:

1. Pull the handle at the front ofthe seat.

2. Slide the seat to the desiredposition and release thehandle.

3. Try to move the seat back andforth to be sure it is locked inplace.

See Seat Adjustment 0 43.

Power Seats

To adjust a power seat:

. Move the seat forward orrearward by sliding the controlforward or rearward.

. Raise or lower the front part ofthe seat cushion by moving thefront of the control up or down.

. Raise or lower the entire seat bymoving the rear of the control upor down.

See Power Seat Adjustment 0 44.

Lumbar Adjustment

If available, press the front or rear ofthe switch to increase or decreaselumbar support. Release the switchwhen the desired level of support isreached.

See Lumbar Adjustment 0 44.


In Brief 11

Reclining Seatbacks

Manual Seat Shown, Power SeatSimilar

To recline the seatback:

1. Lift the lever.

If necessary, move the safetybelt out of the way to accessthe lever.

2. Move the seatback to thedesired position, then releasethe lever to lock the seatbackin place.

3. Push and pull on the seatbackto make sure it is locked.

To return the seatback to an uprightposition:

1. Lift the lever fully withoutapplying pressure to theseatback, and the seatbackreturns to the upright position.


See Reclining Seatbacks 0 44.

Memory Features

If available, the MEM, 1, and 2buttons on the outboard side of thedriver seat are used to manuallystore and recall the driver seat and

outside mirror positions. Thesemanually stored positions arereferred to as Button Memorypositions.

The vehicle will also automaticallystore driver seat and outside mirrorpositions to the current driverRemote Keyless Entry (RKE)transmitter when the ignition isplaced in OFF. These automaticallystored positions are referred to asRKE Memory positions.

See Memory Seats 0 45 andVehicle Personalization 0 121.

Second Row SeatsThe rear seatbacks can be foldeddown to increase cargo space.

See Rear Seats 0 49.


12 In Brief

Heated Seats

If equipped, the controls are on theclimate control panel. The enginemust be running to operate theheated seats.

Press M or L to heat the driver orpassenger seat cushion andseatback.

Press the control once for thehighest setting. With each press ofthe control, the heated seat willchange to the next lower setting,and then the off setting. Three lightsindicate the highest setting and onelight the lowest.

See Heated Front Seats 0 47.

Head RestraintAdjustmentDo not drive until the head restraintsfor all occupants are installed andadjusted properly.

To achieve a comfortable seatingposition, change the seatbackrecline angle as little as necessarywhile keeping the seat and the headrestraint height in the properposition.

See Head Restraints 0 42 and SeatAdjustment 0 43.

Safety Belts

Refer to the following sections forimportant information on how to usesafety belts properly:

. Safety Belts 0 53.

. How to Wear Safety BeltsProperly 0 54.

. Lap-Shoulder Belt 0 55.

. Lower Anchors and Tethers forChildren (LATCH System) 0 77.


In Brief 13

Passenger SensingSystem

United States

Canada and Mexico

The passenger sensing systemturns off the front outboardpassenger frontal airbag and kneeairbag (if equipped) under certainconditions. No other airbag isaffected by the passenger sensingsystem. See Passenger SensingSystem 0 65 for importantinformation.

The passenger airbag statusindicator will be visible on theinstrument panel when the vehicle isstarted. See Passenger AirbagStatus Indicator 0 105.

Mirror Adjustment

Exterior Mirrors

To adjust the mirrors:

1. Turn the selector switch to L(Left) or R (Right) to choosethe driver or passenger mirror.

2. Move the control to adjust themirror.

3. Turn the selector switch to9to deselect the mirror.

Interior Mirror

Adjustment

Hold the rearview mirror in thecenter and move it to view the areabehind the vehicle.

Manual Rearview Mirror

If equipped with a manual rearviewmirror, push the tab forward fordaytime use and pull it for nighttimeuse to avoid glare from theheadlamps from behind. SeeManual Rearview Mirror 0 36.

Automatic Dimming RearviewMirror

If equipped with an automaticdimming rearview mirror, the mirrorwill automatically reduce the glarefrom the headlamps from behind.The dimming feature comes onwhen the vehicle is started.

See Automatic Dimming RearviewMirror 0 37.


14 In Brief

Steering WheelAdjustment

To adjust the steering wheel:

1. Pull the lever down.

2. Move the steering wheel upor down.

3. Pull or push the steering wheelcloser or away from you.

4. Lift the lever up to lock thesteering wheel in place.

Do not adjust the steering wheelwhile driving.

Interior LightingFront and Rear Dome Lamps

The front dome lamp controls are inthe overhead console.

( : Press to turn the lamps off,even when a door is open.

H : When the button is returned tothe middle position, the lamps turnon automatically when a door isopened.

' : Press to turn on the domelamps.

The rear dome lamp controls are inthe headliner above the rear seats.

9 : Press to turn the lamps off,even when a door is open.

H : When the button is returned tothe middle position, the lamps turnon automatically when a door isopened.

R : Press to turn on the dome lamps.


In Brief 15

Reading Lamps

The front reading lamps are in theoverhead console.

# or$ : Press to turn each lampon or off.

For more information about interiorlighting, see Instrument PanelIllumination Control 0 131 orCourtesy Lamps 0 131.

Exterior Lighting

The exterior lamp control is to theleft of the steering column on theinstrument panel.

There are four positions:

O : Briefly turn to this position toturn the automatic lamp control offor on again.

AUTO : Turns the headlamps onautomatically at normal brightness,together with the parking lamps,taillamps, license plate lamps,sidemarker lamps, and instrumentpanel lights.

; : Turns on the parking lamps,taillamps, license plate lamps,sidemarker lamps, and instrumentpanel lights.

5 : Turns on the headlamps,parking lamps, taillamps, licenseplate lamps, sidemarker lamps, andinstrument panel lights. A warningchime sounds if the driver door isopened when the ignition switch isoff and the headlamps are on.

# : If equipped with fog lamps,press to turn the lamps on or off.

See:

. Exterior Lamp Controls 0 127

. Daytime Running Lamps (DRL)0 128

. Front Fog Lamps 0 130

Windshield Wiper/Washer

The windshield wiper/washer leveris on the right side of the steeringcolumn.


16 In Brief

Move the lever to one of thefollowing positions:

HI : Use for fast wipes.

LO : Use for slow wipes.

INT : Use this setting for intermittentwipes or Rainsense™, if equipped.For intermittent wipes, move thewindshield wiper lever to INT. Turnthex INT band up for morefrequent wipes or down for lessfrequent wipes.

If equipped with Rainsense,movethe windshield wiper lever to INTand turn thex INT band to adjustthe sensitivity to moisture.

. Turn the band up for moresensitivity to moisture.

. Turn the band down for lesssensitivity to moisture.

. Move the windshield wiper leverout of the INT position todeactivate Rainsense.

OFF : Use to turn the wipers off.

1X : For a single wipe, briefly movethe wiper lever down. For severalwipes, hold the wiper lever down.

b : Pull the windshield wiper levertoward you to spray windshieldwasher fluid and activate the wipers.

Rear Window Wiper/Washer

The rear wiper/washer controls areon the end of the windshield wiperlever.

ON : Press the upper portion of thebutton for continuous rear windowwipes.

OFF : The rear wiper turns off whenthe button is returned to the middleposition.

INT : Press the lower portion of thebutton to set a delay betweenwipes.

m= REAR : Push the windshieldwiper lever forward to spray washerfluid on the rear window. The leverreturns to its starting position whenreleased.

See Windshield Wiper/Washer 0 95and Rear Window Wiper/Washer0 97, if equipped.


In Brief 17

Climate ControlsThe heating, cooling, defrosting, and ventilation for the vehicle can becontrolled with these systems.

Climate Control System

1. Temperature Control

2. Air Delivery Modes

3. Fan Control

4. Defrost

5. Rear Window Defogger

6. Air Conditioning or Comfort/Eco Air Conditioning

7. Recirculation

See Climate Control Systems 0 135(If Equipped).


18 In Brief

Dual Automatic Climate Control System

1. Driver and Passenger HeatedSeats (If Equipped)

2. Driver and PassengerTemperature Controls


4. AUTO (Automatic Operation)

5. Defrost


7. Fan Controls


9. Recirculation

10. Heated Steering Wheel (IfEquipped)

See Dual Automatic Climate ControlSystem 0 138 (If Equipped).

Transmission

Driver Shift Control (DSC)

DSC allows you to shift anautomatic transmission similar to amanual transmission. To use theDSC feature:

1. Move the shift lever fromD (Drive) rearward toM (Manual Mode).

2. Press the + (plus) end of thebutton on the top of the shiftlever to upshift, or press the −(minus) end of the button todownshift.

See Manual Mode 0 166.


In Brief 19

Vehicle Features

Infotainment SystemSee the infotainment manual forinformation on the radio, audioplayers, phone, navigation system,and voice or speech recognition.It also includes information onsettings.

Steering Wheel ControlsThe infotainment system can beoperated by using the steeringwheel controls. See "SteeringWheel Controls" in the infotainmentmanual.

Cruise Control

o : Press to turn the cruise controlsystem on or off. A white indicatorcomes in the instrument clusterwhen cruise is turned on.

RES/+ : If there is a set speed inmemory, move the thumbwheel upbriefly to resume to that speed orhold upward to accelerate. If cruisecontrol is already active, use toincrease vehicle speed.

SET/− : Move the thumbwheel downbriefly to set the speed and activatecruise control. If cruise control isalready active, use to decreasespeed.

n : Press to disengage cruisecontrol without erasing the setspeed from memory.

See Cruise Control 0 171.

Driver InformationCenter (DIC)The DIC display is in the instrumentcluster. It shows the status of manyvehicle systems. The controls forthe DIC are on the turn signal lever.

1. SET/CLR: Press to set or clearthe menu item displayed.

2. wx : Turn the band to scrollthrough the menu items.


20 In Brief

3. MENU: Press to display theDIC menus. This button is alsoused to return to or exit the lastscreen displayed on the DIC.

See Driver Information Center (DIC)0 113.

Forward Collision Alert(FCA) SystemIf equipped, FCA may help avoid orreduce the harm caused byfront-end crashes. FCA provides agreen indicator,V, when a vehicleis detected ahead. Whenapproaching a vehicle ahead tooquickly, FCA provides a visual alertand rapidly beeps.

See Forward Collision Alert (FCA)System 0 178.

Lane DepartureWarning (LDW)If equipped, LDW may help avoidunintentional lane departures atspeeds of 56 km/h (35 mph) orgreater. LDW uses a camera sensorto detect the lane markings. The

LDW light, @, is green if a lanemarking is detected. If the vehicledeparts the lane without using a turnsignal in that direction, the light willchange to amber and flash. Inaddition, beeps will sound.

See Lane Departure Warning (LDW)0 181.

Side Blind ZoneAlert (SBZA)If equipped, SBZA will detectmoving vehicles in the next laneover in the vehicle's side blind zonearea. When this happens, the SBZAdisplay will light up in thecorresponding outside side mirrorand will flash if the turn signal is on.

See Side Blind Zone Alert (SBZA)0 179.

Rear VisionCamera (RVC)If equipped, RVC displays a view ofthe area behind the vehicle, on theinfotainment system display, whenthe vehicle is shifted intoR (Reverse).

See Rear Vision Camera (RVC)0 174.

Rear Cross Traffic Alert(RCTA) SystemIf equipped, the RCTA system usesa triangle with an arrow displayedon the RVC screen to warn of trafficbehind your vehicle that may crossyour vehicle's path while inR (Reverse). In addition, beeps willsound.

See “Rear Cross Traffic Alert(RCTA)” under Rear Vision Camera(RVC) 0 174.

Parking AssistIf available, Front and Rear ParkingAssist (FRPA) uses sensors on thefront and rear bumpers to detect


In Brief 21

objects while parking the vehicle.It operates at speeds less than8 km/h (5 mph). FRPA uses audiobeeps to provide distance andsystem information.

Keep the sensors on the vehicle'sfront and rear bumpers clean toensure proper operation.

See Parking Assist 0 176.

Power OutletsThe accessory power outlet can beused to plug in electrical equipment,such as a cell phone or MP3 player.

There is one accessory power outleton the center stack below theclimate control. This outlet ispowered when the key is in ON/RUN or ACC/ACCESSORY, or untilthe driver door is opened within10 minutes of turning off the vehicle.See Retained Accessory Power(RAP) 0 161.

See Power Outlets 0 98.

Sunroof

If equipped, the sunroof onlyoperates when the ignition is turnedto ON/RUN or Retained AccessoryPower (RAP) is active.

Open/Close : Press and hold thefront or rear of switch (1) to open orclose the sunroof.

Vent : Press and hold the front orrear of switch (2) to vent or closethe sunroof.

Manually close the sunshade.

The sunroof will not operate if thevehicle has an electrical failure.If problems persist, see your dealer.

See Sunroof 0 39.


22 In Brief

Performance andMaintenance

Traction Control/Electronic StabilityControlThe traction control system limitswheel spin. The system is on whenthe vehicle is started.

The StabiliTrak system assists withdirectional control of the vehicle indifficult driving conditions. Thesystem is on when the vehicle isstarted.

. To turn off traction control, pressand release g on the center

stack. i illuminates in theinstrument cluster and theappropriate DIC message isdisplayed. See Ride ControlSystem Messages 0 120.

. Press and release g again toturn traction control back on.

. To turn off both Traction Controland StabiliTrak, press andhold g until g and i illuminatein the instrument cluster and theappropriate DIC message isdisplayed. See Ride ControlSystem Messages 0 120.

. Press g again to turn on bothsystems.

See Traction Control/ElectronicStability Control 0 169.

Tire Pressure MonitorThis vehicle may have a TirePressure Monitor System (TPMS).

The low tire pressure warning lightalerts to a significant loss inpressure of one of the vehicle'stires. If the warning light comes on,stop as soon as possible and inflatethe tires to the recommended

pressure shown on the Tire andLoading Information label. SeeVehicle Load Limits 0 152. Thewarning light will remain on until thetire pressure is corrected.

The low tire pressure warning lightmay come on in cool weather whenthe vehicle is first started, and thenturn off as the vehicle is driven. Thismay be an early indicator that thetire pressures are getting low andthe tires need to be inflated to theproper pressure.

The TPMS does not replace normalmonthly tire maintenance. Maintainthe correct tire pressures.

See Tire Pressure Monitor System0 231.

Engine Oil Life SystemThe engine oil life system calculatesengine oil life based on vehicle useand displays the CHANGE ENGINEOIL SOON DIC message when it isnecessary to change the engine oiland filter.


In Brief 23

Remember, the oil life display mustbe reset after each oil change. It willnot reset itself. Also, be careful notto reset the oil life displayaccidentally at any time other thanwhen the oil has just been changed.It cannot be reset accurately untilthe next oil change.

Resetting the Oil Life System

1. Press the MENU button toshow Remaining Oil Life on thedisplay. This display shows anestimate of the oil’s remaininguseful life. If 99% is displayed,that means that 99% of thecurrent oil life remains.

2. To reset the engine oil lifesystem, press the SET/CLRbutton while the oil life displayis active. After a few seconds,there will be a single chime andthe oil life will be resetto 100%.

Be careful not to reset the oil lifedisplay accidentally at any timeother than after the oil is changed.It cannot be reset accurately.

See Engine Oil Life System 0 197.

Driving for Better FuelEconomyDriving habits can affect fuelmileage. Here are some driving tipsto get the best fuel economypossible.

. Avoid fast starts and acceleratesmoothly.

. Brake gradually and avoidabrupt stops.

. Avoid idling the engine for longperiods of time.

. When road and weatherconditions are appropriate, usecruise control.

. Always follow posted speedlimits or drive more slowly whenconditions require.

. Keep vehicle tires properlyinflated.

. Combine several trips into asingle trip.

. Replace the vehicle's tires withthe same TPC Spec numbermolded into the tire's sidewallnear the size.

. Follow recommended scheduledmaintenance.

Roadside AssistanceProgramU.S.: 1-800-252-1112

TTY Users (U.S. Only):1-888-889-2438

Canada: 1-800-268-6800

New Buick owners are automaticallyenrolled in the Roadside AssistanceProgram.

See Roadside Assistance Program0 283.


24 Keys, Doors, and Windows

Keys, Doors, andWindows

Keys and LocksKeys . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 24Remote Keyless Entry (RKE)System . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 26

Remote Keyless Entry (RKE)System Operation . . . . . . . . . . . . 26

Remote Vehicle Start . . . . . . . . . . 28Door Locks . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 30Power Door Locks . . . . . . . . . . . . . 30Delayed Locking . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 30Automatic Door Locks . . . . . . . . . 31Lockout Protection . . . . . . . . . . . . . 31Safety Locks . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 31

DoorsLiftgate . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 32

Vehicle SecurityVehicle Security . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 33Vehicle Alarm System . . . . . . . . . 33Immobilizer . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 34Immobilizer Operation . . . . . . . . . 34

Exterior MirrorsConvex Mirrors . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 35Power Mirrors . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 35

Folding Mirrors . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 36Heated Mirrors . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 36Reverse Tilt Mirrors . . . . . . . . . . . . 36

Interior MirrorsInterior Rearview Mirrors . . . . . . . 36Manual Rearview Mirror . . . . . . . . 36Automatic Dimming RearviewMirror . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 37

WindowsWindows . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 37Power Windows . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 37Sun Visors . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 39

RoofSunroof . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 39

Keys and Locks

Keys

{ Warning

Leaving children in a vehicle withthe ignition key is dangerous andchildren or others could beseriously injured or killed. Theycould operate the power windowsor other controls or make thevehicle move. The windows willfunction with the keys in theignition, and children or otherscould be caught in the path of aclosing window. Do not leavechildren in a vehicle with theignition key.


Keys, Doors, and Windows 25

{ Warning

If the key is unintentionallyrotated while the vehicle isrunning, the ignition could bemoved out of the RUN position.This could be caused by heavyitems hanging from the key ring,or by large or long items attachedto the key ring that could becontacted by the driver orsteering wheel. If the ignitionmoves out of the RUN position,the engine will shut off, brakingand steering power assist may be

(Continued)

Warning (Continued)

impacted, and airbags may notdeploy. To reduce the risk ofunintentional rotation of theignition key, do not change theway the ignition key and RemoteKeyless Entry (RKE) transmitter,if equipped, are connected to theprovided key rings.

The ignition key, key rings, and RKEtransmitter, if equipped, aredesigned to work together. As asystem, they reduce the risk ofunintentionally moving the key outof the RUN position. If replacementsor additions are required, see yourdealer. Limit added items to a fewessential keys or small, light itemsno larger than an RKE transmitter.

The key that is part of the RemoteKeyless Entry (RKE) transmitter canbe used for the ignition and alllocks.

Press the key release button on theRKE transmitter to extend the keyblade. Press the button and the keyblade to retract the key.

The key code is stamped on the keynumber plate and can be used tomake new keys at any dealer. Storethis information in a safe placeoutside the vehicle.

If it becomes difficult to turn the keyin the ignition, inspect the key bladefor debris. Periodically clean with abrush or pick.

See your dealer if a new key isneeded.



If locked out of the vehicle, seeRoadside Assistance Program0 283.

With an active OnStar subscription,an OnStar Advisor may remotelyunlock the vehicle. See OnStarOverview 0 293.

Remote Keyless Entry(RKE) SystemSee Radio Frequency Statement0 289.

If there is a decrease in the RKEoperating range:

. Check the distance. Thetransmitter may be too far fromthe vehicle.

. Check the location. Othervehicles or objects may beblocking the signal.

. Check the transmitter's battery.See “Battery Replacement” laterin this section.

. If the transmitter is still notworking correctly, see yourdealer or a qualified technicianfor service.

Remote Keyless Entry(RKE) System OperationThe RKE transmitter may work up to30 m (98 ft) away from the vehicle.

Other conditions can affect theperformance of the transmitter. SeeRemote Keyless Entry (RKE)System 0 26.

The following may be available:

Q (Lock) : Press to lock all doorsor, if equipped, the locking fuel door.

The hazard warning flashers mayflash and/or the horn may sound toindicate locking. See “Remote Lock/Unlock/Start” under VehiclePersonalization 0 121.

If the driver door is open when Q ispressed and Open Door Anti LockOut is enabled through vehiclepersonalization, all doors will lockand then the driver door will unlock.See “Remote Lock/Unlock/Start”under Vehicle Personalization0 121.

Pressing Q may also arm thetheft-deterrent system. See VehicleAlarm System 0 33.

K (Unlock) : Press to unlock thedriver door, all doors or, if equipped,the locking fuel door. See “RemoteLock/Unlock/Start” under VehiclePersonalization 0 121.

The hazard warning flashers willflash to indicate unlocking. See“Remote Lock/Unlock/Start” underVehicle Personalization 0 121.

Pressing K will disarm thetheft-deterrent system. See VehicleAlarm System 0 33.



7 (Vehicle Locator/PanicAlarm) : If equipped, press and holdbriefly to initiate vehicle locator. Theexterior lamps flash and the hornchirps three times.

Press and hold 7 for at leastthree seconds to sound the panicalarm. The horn sounds and theturn signals flash for 30 seconds,or until 7 is pressed again or thekey is placed in the ignition andturned to ACC/ACCESSORY orON/RUN.

/ (Remote Vehicle Start) :If equipped, press Q and then press

and hold/ for several seconds tostart the engine from outside thevehicle using the RKE transmitter.See Remote Vehicle Start 0 28.

The buttons on the keys aredisabled when there is a key in theignition.

Programming Transmitters tothe Vehicle

Only RKE transmitters programmedto this vehicle will work. If atransmitter is lost or stolen, a

replacement can be purchased andprogrammed through your dealer.When the replacement transmitter isprogrammed to this vehicle, allremaining transmitters must also bereprogrammed. Any lost or stolentransmitters will no longer workonce the new transmitter isprogrammed.

Programming with a RecognizedTransmitter

To program a new key:

1. Insert the original, alreadyprogrammed key in the ignitionand turn the key to the ON/RUN position.

2. Turn the key to LOCK/OFF,and remove the key.

3. Insert the new key to beprogrammed and turn it to theON/RUN position withinfive seconds.

The security light will turn offonce the key has beenprogrammed.

4. Repeat Steps 1–3 if additionalkeys are to be programmed.

If a key is lost or damaged, see yourdealer to have a new key made.

Programming without aRecognized Transmitter

U.S. owners are permitted toprogram a new key to their vehiclewhen a recognized key is notavailable. Canadian regulationsrequire that Canadian owners seetheir dealer for programming newkeys when a recognized keys is notavailable.

If there are no currently recognizedkeys available, follow this procedureto program the first key.

This procedure will takeapproximately 30 minutes tocomplete for the first key. Thevehicle must be off and all of thekeys you wish to program must bewith you.

1. Insert the new vehicle key intothe ignition.

2. Turn to ON/RUN. The securitylight will come on.

3. Wait 10 minutes until thesecurity light turns off.



4. Turn the ignition to LOCK/OFF.

5. Repeat Steps 2–4 two moretimes. After the third time, turnto ON/RUN; the key is learnedand all previously known keyswill no longer work with thevehicle.

Remaining keys can be learned byfollowing the procedure in“Programming with a RecognizedTransmitter.”

Battery Replacement

The battery is not rechargeable. Toreplace the battery:

Caution

When replacing the battery, donot touch any of the circuitry onthe transmitter. Static from yourbody could damage thetransmitter.

1. Extend the key blade and openthe battery cover on the backof the transmitter by prying witha finger.

2. Remove the used battery bypushing on the battery andsliding it toward the key blade.

3. Insert the new battery, positiveside facing up. Push thebattery down until it is held inplace. Replace with a CR2032or equivalent battery.

4. Snap the battery cover back onto the transmitter.

Remote Vehicle StartThe vehicle may have this featurethat allows you to start the enginefrom outside the vehicle.

/ (Remote Vehicle Start) : Thisbutton will be on the RKEtransmitter if the vehicle has remotestart.

The climate control system will usethe previous settings during aremote start. The rear windowdefogger may come on during aremote start based on cold ambientconditions. The rear windowdefogger indicator light does notcome on during a remote start. If thevehicle has heated seats, they maycome on during a remote start. SeeHeated Front Seats 0 47.

Laws in some local communitiesmay restrict the use of remotestarters. For example, some lawsrequire a person using remote startto have the vehicle in view. Checklocal regulations for anyrequirements.



Other conditions can affect theperformance of the transmitter. SeeRemote Keyless Entry (RKE)System 0 26.

Starting the Vehicle

To start the engine using the remotestart feature:

1. Press and release Q.2. Immediately after completing

Step 1, press and hold/ for atleast four seconds or until theturn signal lamps flash. Theturn signal lamps flashingconfirms the request to remotestart the vehicle has beenreceived.

When the engine starts, the parkinglamps will turn on and remain on aslong as the engine is running. Thedoors will be locked and the climatecontrol system may come on.

The engine will continue to run for10 minutes. After 30 seconds,repeat the steps if a 10-minuteextension is desired. Remote startcan be extended only once.

Extending Engine Run Time

The engine run time can also beextended by another 10 minutes,if during the first 10 minutesSteps 1–2 are repeated while theengine is still running. An extensioncan be requested 30 seconds afterstarting. This provides a total of20 minutes.

The remote start can only beextended once.

When the remote start is extended,the second 10-minute period isadded on to the first 10 minutes fora total of 20 minutes.

A maximum of two remote starts,or a remote start with an extension,are allowed between ignition cycles.

The vehicle's ignition must bechanged to ON/RUN/START andthen back to OFF before the remotestart procedure can be used again.

Canceling a Remote Start

To cancel a remote start, do one ofthe following:

. Press and hold/ until theparking lamps turn off.


. Turn the vehicle on and then off.

Conditions in Which Remote StartWill Not Work

The remote vehicle start feature willnot operate if:

. The key is in the ignition.

. The hood is not closed.

. The hazard warning flashersare on.

. The malfunction indicator lampis on.

. The engine coolant temperatureis too high.

. The oil pressure is low.

. Two remote vehicle starts, or asingle remote start with anextension, have alreadybeen used.

. The vehicle is not in P (Park).



Door Locks

{ Warning

Unlocked doors can bedangerous.

. Passengers, especiallychildren, can easily openthe doors and fall out of amoving vehicle. When adoor is locked, the handlewill not open it. The chanceof being thrown out of thevehicle in a crash isincreased if the doors arenot locked. So, allpassengers should wearsafety belts properly and thedoors should be lockedwhenever the vehicle isdriven.

. Young children who get intounlocked vehicles may beunable to get out. A childcan be overcome byextreme heat and can sufferpermanent injuries or even

(Continued)

Warning (Continued)

death from heat stroke.Always lock the vehiclewhenever leaving it.

. Outsiders can easily enterthrough an unlocked doorwhen you slow down or stopthe vehicle. Locking thedoors can help prevent thisfrom happening.

To lock or unlock a door manually:

. From the inside, to lock the door,use the lock knob on the top ofthe door panel.

. From the outside, turn the keytoward the front or rear of thevehicle, or press K or Q on theRemote Keyless Entry (RKE)transmitter.

Power Door Locks

K (Unlock) : Press to unlock thedoors.

Q (Lock) : Press to lock the doors.

Power door locks features can beprogrammed. See VehiclePersonalization 0 121.

Delayed LockingThis feature delays the locking ofthe doors until five seconds after alldoors are closed.



When Q is pressed on the powerdoor lock switch while the door isopen, a chime will sound threetimes indicating delayed locking isactive.

The doors will lock automaticallyfive seconds after all doors areclosed. If a door is reopened beforethat time, the five-second timer willreset when all doors are closedagain.

Press Q on the door lock switch

again or press Q on the RKEtransmitter to lock the doorsimmediately.

This feature can also beprogrammed. See VehiclePersonalization 0 121.

Automatic Door LocksThe doors will lock automaticallywhen all doors are closed, theignition is on, and the shift lever ismoved out of P (Park).

To unlock the doors:

. Press K on a door.

. Shift the transmission intoP (Park).

Automatic door unlocking can beprogrammed through the DriverInformation Center (DIC). SeeVehicle Personalization 0 121.

Lockout ProtectionWhen locking is requested with thedriver door open and the key in theignition, all the doors will lock andthen the driver door will unlock. Thiscan be manually overridden bypressing and holding Q on thepower door lock switch.

If Open Door Anti Lockout is turnedon, the vehicle is off with the driverdoor open, and door locking isrequested, all the doors will lock andonly the driver door will unlock. TheOpen Door Anti Lockout feature canbe turned on or off using the vehiclepersonalization menus. See VehiclePersonalization 0 121.

Safety LocksThe rear door safety locks preventpassengers from opening the reardoors from inside the vehicle.

Manual Safety Locks

If equipped, the safety lock islocated on the inside edge of therear doors. To use the safety lock:

1. Insert the key into the safetylock slot and turn it so the slotis in the horizontal position.

2. Close the door.

3. Do the same for the otherrear door.



To open a rear door when the safetylock is on:

1. Unlock the door by activatingthe inside handle, by using thepower door lock switch, or byusing the Remote KeylessEntry (RKE) transmitter.

2. Open the door from theoutside.

To cancel the safety lock:

1. Unlock the door and open itfrom the outside.

2. Insert the key into the safetylock slot and turn it so the slotis in the vertical position. Dothe same for the other door.

Doors

Liftgate

{ Warning

Exhaust gases can enter thevehicle if it is driven with theliftgate, hatch/trunk open, or withany objects that pass through theseal between the body and thehatch/trunk or liftgate. Engineexhaust contains carbonmonoxide (CO) which cannot beseen or smelled. It can causeunconsciousness and even death.

If the vehicle must be driven withthe liftgate or hatch/trunk open:

. Close all of the windows.

. Fully open the air outlets onor under the instrumentpanel.

. Adjust the climate controlsystem to a setting thatbrings in only outside airand set the fan speed to the

(Continued)

Warning (Continued)

highest setting. See“Climate Control Systems”in the Index.

. If the vehicle is equippedwith a power liftgate, disablethe power liftgate function.

For more information aboutcarbon monoxide, see EngineExhaust 0 164.

Caution

To avoid damage to the liftgate orliftgate glass, make sure the areaabove and behind the liftgate isclear before opening it.

To lock or unlock the liftgate frominside, press Q or K on the powerdoor locks. See Power Door Locks0 30.



To lock or unlock the liftgate fromoutside, press Q or K on theRKE transmitter. See RemoteKeyless Entry (RKE) SystemOperation 0 26.

To open the liftgate, press the touchpad in the pull cup below the licenseplate and lift manually.

To close the liftgate, push from thecenter to ensure that it fully latches.

Vehicle SecurityThis vehicle has theft-deterrentfeatures; however, they do not makethe vehicle impossible to steal.

Vehicle Alarm SystemIf equipped with an anti-theft alarmsystem, the indicator light, on theinstrument panel near thewindshield, shows the status of thesystem.

An indicator light, on the instrumentpanel near the windshield, indicatesthe status of the system:

Off : Alarm system is disarmed.

On Solid : Vehicle is securedduring the delay to arm the system.

Fast Flast : Vehicle is unsecured.A door, the liftgate, or the hoodis open.

Slow Flash : Alarm system isarmed.

Arming the Alarm System

1. Turn off the vehicle.

2. Lock the vehicle in one oftwo ways:

. Use the RKE transmitter.

. With a door open, press Qon the interior of the door.

3. After 30 seconds the alarmsystem will arm, and theindicator light will begin toslowly flash indicating thealarm system is operating.Pressing Q on the RKEtransmitter a second time willbypass the 30-second delayand immediately arm the alarmsystem.



The vehicle alarm system will notarm if the doors are locked withthe key.

If any door or the hood is openedwithout first unlocking with the RKEtransmitter, the horn will chirp andthe lights will flash to indicatepre-alarm. If the vehicle is notstarted, or the door is not unlockedby pressing K on the RKEtransmitter during the 10–secondpre-alarm, the alarm will beactivated.

The alarm will also be activated ifany door or the the hood is openedwithout first disarming the system.When the alarm is activated, theturn signals flash and the hornsounds for about 30 seconds. Thealarm system will then re-arm tomonitor for the next unauthorizedevent.

Disarming the Alarm System

To disarm the alarm system or turnoff the alarm if it has been activated:

. Press K on the RKE transmitter.

. Start the vehicle.

Avoid setting off the alarm byaccident by locking the vehicle afterall occupants have left the vehicleand all doors are closed.

To avoid setting off the alarm byaccident:

. Lock the vehicle after alloccupants have exited.

. Always unlock the vehicle withthe RKE transmitter.

Unlocking the driver door with thekey will not disarm the system orturn off the alarm.

How to Detect a TamperCondition

If K is pressed and the horn chirpsand the lights flash three times, anattempted break-in has occurredwhile the system was armed.

ImmobilizerSee Radio Frequency Statement0 289.

Immobilizer OperationThis vehicle has a passivetheft-deterrent system.

The system does not have to bemanually armed or disarmed.

The vehicle is automaticallyimmobilized when the key isremoved from the ignition.

The system is automaticallydisarmed when the vehicle isstarted with the correct key. The keyuses a transponder that matches animmobilizer control unit in thevehicle and automatically disarmsthe system. Only an authorized keystarts the vehicle. The vehicle maynot start if the key is damaged.

The security light in the instrumentcluster comes on if there is aproblem with arming or disarmingthe theft-deterrent system.



When trying to start the vehicle, thesecurity light comes on briefly whenthe ignition is turned on.

If the engine does not start and thesecurity light stays on, there is aproblem with the system. Turn theignition off and try again.

If the engine still does not start, andthe key appears to be undamagedor the light continues to stay on, tryanother ignition key. If the enginedoes not start with the other key, thevehicle needs service. If the vehicledoes start, the first key may bedamaged. See your dealer who canservice the theft-deterrent systemand have a new key made.

Do not leave the key or device thatdisarms or deactivates thetheft-deterrent system in the vehicle.

Exterior Mirrors

Convex Mirrors

{ Warning

A convex mirror can make things,like other vehicles, look fartheraway than they really are. If youcut too sharply into the right lane,you could hit a vehicle on theright. Check the inside mirror orglance over your shoulder beforechanging lanes.

The passenger side mirror is convexshaped. A convex mirror's surface iscurved so more can be seen fromthe driver seat.

Power Mirrors

To adjust the mirrors:

1. Turn the selector switch to L(Left) or R (Right) to choosethe driver or passenger mirror.

2. Move the control to adjust themirror.

3. Turn the selector switch to9to deselect the mirror.



Folding Mirrors

Manual Folding Mirrors

These mirrors can be folded inwardto prevent damage when goingthrough an automatic car wash. Tofold, pull the mirror toward thevehicle. Push the mirror outward toreturn it to the original position.

Heated MirrorsThis vehicle has heated mirrors:

1 (Rear Window Defogger) :Press to heat the mirrors.

See “Rear Window Defogger” underClimate Control Systems 0 135.

Reverse Tilt MirrorsIf equipped with memory seats, thepassenger and/or driver mirror tiltsto a preselected position when thevehicle is in R (Reverse). Thisallows the curb to be seen whenparallel parking.

The mirror(s) return to the originalposition when:

. The vehicle is shifted out ofR (Reverse), or remains inR (Reverse) for about30 seconds.

. The ignition is turned off.

. The vehicle is driven inR (Reverse) above a set speed.

To turn this feature on or off, seeVehicle Personalization 0 121.

Interior Mirrors

Interior Rearview MirrorsAdjust the rearview mirror for a clearview of the area behind yourvehicle.

If equipped with OnStar, the vehiclemay have three control buttons atthe bottom of the mirror. See yourdealer for more information aboutOnStar and how to subscribe to it.See OnStar Overview 0 293.

Do not spray glass cleaner directlyon the mirror. Use a soft toweldampened with water.

Manual Rearview MirrorIf equipped with a manual rearviewmirror, push the tab forward fordaytime use and pull it for nighttimeuse to avoid glare from theheadlamps from behind.



Automatic DimmingRearview MirrorIf equipped, automatic dimmingreduces the glare of headlampsfrom behind. The dimming featurecomes on when the vehicle isstarted.

Windows

{ Warning

Never leave a child, a helplessadult, or a pet alone in a vehicle,especially with the windowsclosed in warm or hot weather.They can be overcome by theextreme heat and sufferpermanent injuries or even deathfrom heat stroke.

The vehicle aerodynamics aredesigned to improve fuel economyperformance. This may result in a

pulsing sound when either rearwindow is down and the frontwindows are up. To reduce thesound, open either a front windowor the sunroof, if equipped.

Power Windows

{ Warning

Children could be seriouslyinjured or killed if caught in thepath of a closing window. Neverleave keys in a vehicle withchildren. When there are childrenin the rear seat, use the windowlockout button to preventoperation of the windows. SeeKeys 0 24.



The driver door also has switchesthat control the passenger and rearwindows. The switches work whenthe vehicle is in ON/RUN or ACC/ACCESSORY, or when RetainedAccessory Power (RAP) is active.See Retained Accessory Power(RAP) 0 161.

Press the switch to lower thewindow. Pull up on the front edge ofthe switch to raise it.

Express-Up/Express-DownWindows

If equipped, a window with theexpress-up/down feature can beraised or lowered without holding

the switch. Press or pull the windowswitch fully and release it to activatethe express feature. The expressmode can be canceled by pressingor pulling the switch.

Programming the PowerWindows

If the battery on the vehicle hasbeen recharged, disconnected,or replaced, windows with theexpress-up feature need to bereprogrammed for this feature towork. To program the window:

1. Close all doors with the ignitionin ON/RUN or ACC/ACCESSORY, or when RAP isactive. See RetainedAccessory Power (RAP) 0 161.

2. Press and continue to hold thewindow switch until the windowis fully open.

3. Pull up and hold the windowswitch to close the window.Continue to hold it briefly afterthe window is fully closed.

4. Repeat for each window thathas the express-up feature.

Anti-Pinch Feature

The anti-pinch feature is onwindows with the express-upfeature. If an object is in the way ofthe window as it is express-closing,or in certain weather conditions likesevere icing, the window will stopand open to a factory presetposition. The window functionsnormally once the obstruction isremoved.

Rear Window Lockout

The rear window lockout featureprevents the rear passengerwindows from operating, exceptfrom the driver position.



PressZ to activate the rearwindow lockout switch. Theindicator light comes on whenactivated.

PressZ again to deactivate thelockout switch.

Sun Visors

Pull the sun visor down to blockglare. If equipped, detach the sunvisor from the center mount to pivotto the side window or to extendalong the rod.

If equipped, there is a lighted mirroron the sun visor. Lift the coverto open.

Roof

Sunroof

If equipped, the sunroof onlyoperates when the ignition is turnedto ON/RUN or Retained AccessoryPower (RAP) is active.

Open/Close : Press and hold thefront or rear of switch (1) to open orclose the sunroof.

Vent : Press and hold the front orrear of switch (2) to vent or closethe sunroof.

Express-Open/Express-Close : Toexpress-open or express-close thesunroof, fully press and release thefront or rear of switch (1) until thesunroof reaches the desiredposition.

Manually close the sunshade.

The sunroof will not operate if thevehicle has an electrical failure.

Anti-Pinch Feature

If an object is in the path of thesunroof when it is closing, theanti-pinch feature will detect theobject and stop the sunroof fromclosing at the point of theobstruction. The sunroof thenreturns to the full-open position.



Dirt and debris may collect on thesunroof seal or in the track. Thiscould cause an issue with sunroofoperation or noise. It could also plugthe water drainage system.Periodically open the sunroof andremove any obstacles or loosedebris. Wipe the sunroof seal androof sealing area using a cleancloth, mild soap, and water. Do notremove grease from the sunroof.

If water is see dripping into thewater drainage system, this isnormal.


Seats and Restraints 41

Seats andRestraints

Head RestraintsHead Restraints . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 42

Front SeatsSeat Adjustment . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 43Power Seat Adjustment . . . . . . . . 44Lumbar Adjustment . . . . . . . . . . . . 44Reclining Seatbacks . . . . . . . . . . . 44Memory Seats . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 45Front Seat Armrest . . . . . . . . . . . . 47Heated Front Seats . . . . . . . . . . . . 47Folding Seatback . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 48

Rear SeatsRear Seats . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 49Rear Seat Armrest . . . . . . . . . . . . . 52

Safety BeltsSafety Belts . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 53How to Wear Safety BeltsProperly . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 54

Lap-Shoulder Belt . . . . . . . . . . . . . 55Safety Belt Use DuringPregnancy . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 57

Safety Belt Extender . . . . . . . . . . . 58Safety System Check . . . . . . . . . . 58

Safety Belt Care . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 58Replacing Safety Belt SystemParts after a Crash . . . . . . . . . . . 58

Airbag SystemAirbag System . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 59Where Are the Airbags? . . . . . . . 61When Should an AirbagInflate? . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 62

What Makes an AirbagInflate? . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 63

How Does an AirbagRestrain? . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 63

What Will You See after anAirbag Inflates? . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 64

Passenger Sensing System . . . 65Servicing the Airbag-EquippedVehicle . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 69

Adding Equipment to theAirbag-Equipped Vehicle . . . . . 69

Airbag System Check . . . . . . . . . . 70Replacing Airbag System Partsafter a Crash . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 70

Child RestraintsOlder Children . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 71Infants and Young Children . . . . 72Child Restraint Systems . . . . . . . 75Where to Put the Restraint . . . . . 76Lower Anchors and Tethers forChildren (LATCH System) . . . . 77

Replacing LATCH System PartsAfter a Crash . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 83

Securing Child Restraints(Rear Seat) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 83

Securing Child Restraints (FrontPassenger Seat) . . . . . . . . . . . . . 85


42 Seats and Restraints

Head Restraints

{ Warning

With head restraints that are notinstalled and adjusted properly,there is a greater chance thatoccupants will suffer a neck/spinal injury in a crash. Do notdrive until the head restraints forall occupants are installed andadjusted properly.

Front Seats

The front seats have adjustablehead restraints in the outboardseating positions.

Adjust the head restraint so that thetop of the restraint is at the sameheight as the top of the occupant'shead. This position reduces thechances of a neck injury in a crash.

The height of the head restraint canbe adjusted. Pull the head restraintup to raise it. Try to move the headrestraint to make sure that it islocked in place.

To lower the head restraint, pressthe button, located on the top of theseatback, and push the headrestraint down. Try to move thehead restraint after the button isreleased to make sure that it islocked in place.

The front seat outboard headrestraints are not removable.



Rear Seats

The rear seats have head restraintsin the outboard seating positionsthat can be lowered for bettervisibility when the rear seat isunoccupied.

To lower the head restraint, pressthe button, located on the top of theseatback, and push the headrestraint down.

When an occupant is in the seat,always return the head restraint tothe upright position. Pull the headrestraint up and push it rearwarduntil it locks into place. Push andpull on the head restraint to makesure that it is locked.

Rear outboard head restraints arenot removable.

Front Seats

Seat Adjustment

{ Warning

You can lose control of thevehicle if you try to adjust a driverseat while the vehicle is moving.Adjust the driver seat only whenthe vehicle is not moving.

To adjust a manual seat:

1. Pull the handle at the front ofthe seat.



2. Slide the seat to the desiredposition and release thehandle.

3. Try to move the seat back andforth to be sure it is locked inplace.

Power Seat Adjustment

To adjust a power seat:

. Move the seat forward orrearward by sliding the controlforward or rearward.

. Raise or lower the front part ofthe seat cushion by moving thefront of the control up or down.

. Raise or lower the entire seat bymoving the rear of the control upor down.

To adjust the seatback, seeReclining Seatbacks 0 44.

To adjust the lumbar support, seeLumbar Adjustment 0 44.

Lumbar Adjustment

If available, press the front or rear ofthe switch to increase or decreaselumbar support. Release the switchwhen the desired level of support isreached.

Reclining Seatbacks

{ Warning

If either seatback is not locked, itcould move forward in a suddenstop or crash. That could causeinjury to the person sitting there.Always push and pull on theseatbacks to be sure they arelocked.

Manual Seat Shown, Power SeatSimilar

To recline the seatback:

1. Lift the lever.




2. Move the seatback to thedesired position, then releasethe lever to lock the seatbackin place.


To return the seatback to an uprightposition:

1. Lift the lever fully withoutapplying pressure to theseatback, and the seatbackreturns to the upright position.


{ Warning

Sitting in a reclined position whenthe vehicle is in motion can bedangerous. Even when buckledup, the safety belts cannot dotheir job.

(Continued)

Warning (Continued)

The shoulder belt will not beagainst your body. Instead, it willbe in front of you. In a crash, youcould go into it, receiving neck orother injuries.

The lap belt could go up overyour abdomen. The belt forceswould be there, not at your pelvicbones. This could cause seriousinternal injuries.

For proper protection when thevehicle is in motion, have theseatback upright. Then sit wellback in the seat and wear thesafety belt properly.

Do not have a seatback reclined ifthe vehicle is moving.

Memory Seats



If available, the MEM, “1,” and 2buttons on the outboard side of thedriver seat are used to manuallysave and recall the driver seat andoutside mirror positions. Thesemanually stored positions arereferred to as Button Memorypositions.

The vehicle will also automaticallysave driver seat and outside mirrorpositions to the current driverRemote Keyless Entry (RKE)transmitter when the ignition isplaced in OFF. These automaticallystored positions are referred to asRKE Memory positions. SeeRemote Keyless Entry (RKE)System Operation 0 26.

Storing Button Memory Positions

To save positions into ButtonMemory:

1. Adjust the driver seat andoutside mirrors to the desireddriving positions.

2. Press and hold MEM (Memory)and 1 at the same time until abeep sounds.

3. Repeat Steps 1 and 2 for asecond driver using 2.

Recalling Button MemoryPositions

To recall the Button Memorypositions, press and hold 1 or 2. Thedriver seat and outside mirrorsmove to the positions stored tothose buttons when pressed.Releasing 1 or 2 before the storedpositions are reached stops therecall.

If something has blocked the driverseat while recalling a memoryposition, the recall may stop.Remove the obstruction; then pressand hold the appropriate manualcontrol for the memory item that isnot recalling for two seconds. Tryrecalling the memory position againby pressing the appropriate memorybutton. If the memory position is stillnot recalling, see your dealer forservice.

Recalling RKE Memory Positions

The RKE memory feature can recallthe driver seat and outside mirrorsto previously stored RKE Memorypositions when entering the vehicle.

Every time the ignition is placed inOFF, the positions of the driver seatand outside mirrors areautomatically stored to the RKEtransmitter that was used to startthe vehicle. These positions andsettings are called RKE Memorypositions and may be different thanthe previously mentioned ButtonMemory positions saved to the1 or 2 buttons.

To recall, press K on the RKEtransmitter and open the driver door.If the driver door is already open,press K on the RKE transmitter toactivate the recall. The driver seatand outside mirrors will move to thepreviously saved RKE Memorypositions.

This feature is turned on or off usingthe vehicle personalization menu.See Vehicle Personalization 0 121.



To stop recall movement, press oneof the memory, power mirror,or power seat controls.

If something has blocked the driverseat while recalling a memoryposition, the recall may stop.Remove the obstruction; then pressand hold the appropriate manualcontrol for the memory item that isnot recalling for two seconds. Tryrecalling the memory position againby opening the driver door andpressing the RKE transmitter Kbutton. If the memory position is stillnot recalling, see your dealer forservice.

Easy Exit Driver Seat

This feature moves the seatrearward allowing the driver moreroom to exit the vehicle.

To activate, place the ignition inOFF and open the driver door. If thedriver door is already open, placingthe ignition in OFF will activate therecall.

This feature is turned on or off usingthe vehicle personalization menu.See Vehicle Personalization 0 121.

To stop recall movement, press oneof the memory or power seatcontrols.

If something has blocked the driverseat while recalling the exit position,the recall may stop. Remove theobstruction; then press and hold thepower seat control rearward fortwo seconds. Try recalling the exitposition again. If the exit position isstill not recalling, see your dealer forservice.

Front Seat Armrest

There is an armrest on the inboardside of the driver seat. To raise orlower the armrest, push up or pulldown on the armrest.

Heated Front Seats

{ Warning

If you cannot feel temperaturechange or pain to the skin, theseat heater may cause burns. Toreduce the risk of burns, peoplewith such a condition should usecare when using the seat heater,especially for long periods oftime. Do not place anything onthe seat that insulates againstheat, such as a blanket, cushion,cover, or similar item. This maycause the seat heater tooverheat. An overheated seatheater may cause a burn or maydamage the seat.



If equipped, the controls are on theclimate control panel. The enginemust be running to operate theheated seats.

Press M or L to heat the driver orpassenger seat cushion andseatback.

Press the control once for thehighest setting. With each press ofthe control, the heated seat willchange to the next lower setting,and then the off setting. Three lightsindicate the highest setting and onelight the lowest.

The passenger seat may takelonger to heat up.

Remote Start Heated Seats

When it is cold outside, the heatedseats can be turned onautomatically during a remotevehicle start. The heated seats willbe canceled when the ignition isturned on. Press the heated seatcontrols to use the heated seatsafter the vehicle is started.

The heated seat indicator lights onthe control do not turn on during aremote start.

The temperature performance of anunoccupied seat may be reduced.This is normal.

The heated seats will not turn onduring a remote start unless theheated seat feature is enabled inthe vehicle personalization menu.See Remote Vehicle Start 0 28 andVehicle Personalization 0 121.

Folding SeatbackThe front passenger seatbackfolds flat.

{ Warning

If you fold the seatback forward tocarry longer objects, such as skis,be sure any such cargo is notnear an airbag. In a crash, aninflating airbag might force thatobject toward a person. Thiscould cause severe injury or evendeath. Secure objects away fromthe area in which an airbag wouldinflate. For more information, seeWhere Are the Airbags? 0 61 andVehicle Load Limits 0 152.

{ Warning

Things you put on this seatbackcan strike and injure people in asudden stop or turn, or in a crash.Remove or secure all itemsbefore driving.

To fold the seatback:

1. Lower the head restraint all theway. See Head Restraints0 42.



2. Move the seat as far back aspossible. See Seat Adjustment0 43.

3. Lift the lever fully and fold theseatback forward.


4. Continue lowering the seatbackuntil it is completely folded andlocks in place.

To raise the seatback:

1. Lift the lever fully to unlock theseatback. Then, raise theseatback and push it rearwarduntil it re-engages.

2. Push and pull on the seatbackto make sure it is locked inplace.

{ Warning

If either seatback is not locked, itcould move forward in a suddenstop or crash. That could causeinjury to the person sitting there.Always push and pull on theseatbacks to be sure they arelocked.

Rear SeatsFolding the Seatback

Either side of the seatback can befolded down for more cargo space.Fold a seatback only when thevehicle is not moving.

Caution

Folding a rear seat with the safetybelts still fastened may causedamage to the seat or the safetybelts. Always unbuckle the safetybelts and return them to theirnormal stowed position beforefolding a rear seat.

Caution

Folding the rear seatback prior totilting the seat cushion forwardmay damage the rear seat.Always tilt the rear seat cushionforward before folding theseatback.



To fold a seatback down:

1. Make sure the floor area infront of the rear seats is clear.

2. Fully lower the head restraint.See Head Restraints 0 42.

3. Slide the front seats forwardand place the front seatbacksin the upright position. SeeSeat Adjustment 0 43 andReclining Seatbacks 0 44.

4. Pull the strap on the front edgeof the rear seat cushion torelease the cushion. Tilt theseat cushion forward towardthe front of the vehicle.

The seat cushion must be tiltedforward before the seatback isfolded down. Otherwise, theseatback will not fold downproperly.

Rear Seat with Retainer Hook onthe Seatback

5. Make sure the safety belt is inthe retainer hook on top of theseatback, if equipped.

Rear Seat with Retainer Hook onthe Seatback

6. Reach under the belt and pullthe lever on top of the seatbackto unlock the seatback.

A tab near the seatback leverraises when the seatback isunlocked.



7. Fold the seatback forwardand down.

Safety Belt Clip on Side Trim

8. Place the outboard safety beltin the safety belt clip (ifequipped) on the side trim ofthe vehicle.

9. Repeat Steps 1–8 for the otherseatback and seat cushion,if desired.

Raising the Seatback

{ Warning

If either seatback is not locked, itcould move forward in a suddenstop or crash. That could cause

(Continued)

Warning (Continued)

injury to the person sitting there.Always push and pull on theseatbacks to be sure they arelocked.

{ Warning

A safety belt that is improperlyrouted, not properly attached,or twisted will not provide theprotection needed in a crash. Theperson wearing the belt could beseriously injured. After raising therear seatback, always check to besure that the safety belts areproperly routed and attached, andare not twisted.



To return the rear seatback to thenormal seating position:

Safety Belt Clip on Side Trim

1. Remove the outboard safetybelt from the safety belt clip (ifequipped) on the side trim ofthe vehicle.

2. Lift the seatback and push itrearward to lock it in place.A tab near the seatback leverretracts when the seatback islocked in place.

Make sure the safety belts arenot pinched by the seatbacklocking mechanism.

The center rear safety belt maylock when you raise theseatback. If this happens, letthe belt go back all the wayand start again. If the safetybelt is still locked, try againafter pulling the seatcushion out.

3. Push and pull the top of theseatback to be sure it is lockedinto position.

4. Return the seat cushion to itsoriginal position and pushdown on the front part of theseat cushion until it latches.

Make sure the safety belts andsafety belt buckles are nottrapped under the seat cushionand are properly positionedfor use.

5. Repeat Steps 1–4 for the otherseatback and seat cushion,if necessary.

If additional cargo space is notneeded, the seatbacks should bekept in the upright, locked position.

Rear Seat Armrest

The rear seat has an armrest in thecenter of the seatback. Lower thearmrest to access the cupholders.

To fold, lift the armrest up and pushit rearward until it is flush with theseatback.



Safety BeltsThis section of the manualdescribes how to use safety beltsproperly. It also describes somethings not to do with safety belts.

{ Warning

Do not let anyone ride where asafety belt cannot be wornproperly. In a crash, if you or yourpassenger(s) are not wearingsafety belts, injuries can be muchworse than if you are wearingsafety belts. You can be seriouslyinjured or killed by hitting thingsinside the vehicle harder or bybeing ejected from the vehicle. Inaddition, anyone who is notbuckled up can strike otherpassengers in the vehicle.

It is extremely dangerous to ridein a cargo area, inside or outsideof a vehicle. In a collision,passengers riding in these areasare more likely to be seriouslyinjured or killed. Do not allow

(Continued)

Warning (Continued)

passengers to ride in any area ofthe vehicle that is not equippedwith seats and safety belts.

Always wear a safety belt, andcheck that all passenger(s) arerestrained properly too.

This vehicle has indicators as areminder to buckle the safety belts.See Safety Belt Reminders 0 104.

Why Safety Belts Work

When riding in a vehicle, you travelas fast as the vehicle does. If thevehicle stops suddenly, you keepgoing until something stops you.It could be the windshield, theinstrument panel, or the safety belts!

When you wear a safety belt, youand the vehicle slow down together.There is more time to stop becauseyou stop over a longer distance and,when worn properly, your strongestbones take the forces from thesafety belts. That is why wearingsafety belts makes such goodsense.

Questions and Answers AboutSafety Belts

Q: Will I be trapped in the vehicleafter a crash if I am wearing asafety belt?

A: You could be— whether you arewearing a safety belt or not.Your chance of being consciousduring and after a crash, so youcan unbuckle and get out, ismuch greater if you are belted.



Q: If my vehicle has airbags, whyshould I have to wear safetybelts?

A: Airbags are supplementalsystems only; so they work withsafety belts— not instead ofthem. Whether or not an airbagis provided, all occupants stillhave to buckle up to get themost protection.

Also, in nearly all states and inall Canadian provinces, the lawrequires wearing safety belts.

How to Wear Safety BeltsProperlyThis section is only for people ofadult size.

There are special things to knowabout safety belts and children. Andthere are different rules for smallerchildren and infants. If a child will beriding in the vehicle, see OlderChildren 0 71 or Infants and YoungChildren 0 72. Follow those rules foreveryone's protection.

It is very important for all occupantsto buckle up. Statistics show thatunbelted people are hurt more oftenin crashes than those who arewearing safety belts.

There are important things to knowabout wearing a safety belt properly.

. Sit up straight and always keepyour feet on the floor in frontof you.

. Always use the correct bucklefor your seating position.

. Wear the lap part of the belt lowand snug on the hips, justtouching the thighs. In a crash,this applies force to the strong

pelvic bones and you would beless likely to slide under the lapbelt. If you slid under it, the beltwould apply force on yourabdomen. This could causeserious or even fatal injuries.

. Wear the shoulder belt over theshoulder and across the chest.These parts of the body are bestable to take belt restrainingforces. The shoulder belt locks ifthere is a sudden stop or crash.

{ Warning

You can be seriously injured,or even killed, by not wearingyour safety belt properly.

. Never allow the lap orshoulder belt to becomeloose or twisted.

. Never wear the shoulderbelt under both arms orbehind your back.

. Never route the lap orshoulder belt over anarmrest.



Lap-Shoulder BeltAll seating positions in the vehiclehave a lap-shoulder belt.

The following instructions explainhow to wear a lap-shoulder beltproperly.

1. Adjust the seat, if the seat isadjustable, so you can sit upstraight. To see how, see“Seats” in the Index.

2. Pick up the latch plate and pullthe belt across you. Do not letit get twisted.

The lap-shoulder belt may lockif you pull the belt across youvery quickly. If this happens, letthe belt go back slightly tounlock it. Then pull the beltacross you more slowly.

If the shoulder portion of apassenger belt is pulled out allthe way, the child restraintlocking feature may beengaged. If this happens, letthe belt go back all the wayand start again.

The rear center safety belt canonly be withdrawn from theretractor if the seatback is inthe upright locked position.

3. Push the latch plate into thebuckle until it clicks.

Pull up on the latch plate tomake sure it is secure. If thebelt is not long enough, seeSafety Belt Extender 0 58.

Position the release button onthe buckle so that the safetybelt could be quickly unbuckledif necessary.

4. If equipped with a shoulder beltheight adjuster, move it to theheight that is right for you. See“Shoulder Belt Height Adjuster”later in this section forinstructions on use andimportant safety information.



5. To make the lap part tight, pullup on the shoulder belt.

To unlatch the belt, push the buttonon the buckle. The belt shouldreturn to its stowed position.

Always stow the safety belt slowly.If the safety belt webbing returnsquickly to the stowed position, theretractor may lock and cannot bepulled out. If this happens, pull thesafety belt straight out firmly tounlock the webbing, and thenrelease it. If the webbing is stilllocked in the retractor, see yourdealer.

Before a door is closed, be sure thesafety belt is out of the way. If adoor is slammed against a safetybelt, damage can occur to both thesafety belt and the vehicle.

Shoulder Belt Height Adjuster

The vehicle has a shoulder beltheight adjuster for the driver andfront outboard passenger seatingpositions.

Adjust the height so the shoulderportion of the belt is on the shoulderbut not falling off of it. The beltshould be close to but notcontacting the neck. Improper

shoulder belt height adjustmentcould reduce the effectiveness ofthe safety belt in a crash. See Howto Wear Safety Belts Properly 0 54.

To move the shoulder belt heightadjuster down, push down on therelease button and move the heightadjuster to the desired position. Youcan move the height adjuster up bypushing up on the shoulder beltguide.

After the adjuster is set to thedesired position, try to move it downwithout pushing the release buttonto make sure it has locked intoposition.



Safety Belt Pretensioners

This vehicle has safety beltpretensioners for the front outboardoccupants. Although the safety beltpretensioners cannot be seen, theyare part of the safety belt assembly.They can help tighten the safetybelts during the early stages of amoderate to severe frontal, nearfrontal, or rear crash if the thresholdconditions for pretensioneractivation are met. Safety beltpretensioners can also help tightenthe safety belts in a side crash or arollover event.

Pretensioners work only once. If thepretensioners activate in a crash,the pretensioners and probablyother parts of the vehicle's safetybelt system will need to be replaced.See Replacing Safety Belt SystemParts after a Crash 0 58.

Rear Safety Belt ComfortGuides

Rear safety belt comfort guides mayprovide added safety belt comfortfor older children who haveoutgrown booster seats and for

some adults. When installed on ashoulder belt, the comfort guidepositions the belt away from theneck and head.

Comfort guides are availablethrough your dealer for the rearoutboard seating positions.Instructions are included with theguide.

Safety Belt Use DuringPregnancySafety belts work for everyone,including pregnant women. Like alloccupants, they are more likely tobe seriously injured if they do notwear safety belts.

A pregnant woman should wear alap-shoulder belt, and the lapportion should be worn as low aspossible, below the rounding,throughout the pregnancy.

The best way to protect the fetus isto protect the mother. When a safetybelt is worn properly, it is more likelythat the fetus will not be hurt in acrash. For pregnant women, as foranyone, the key to making safetybelts effective is wearing themproperly.



Safety Belt ExtenderIf the vehicle's safety belt will fastenaround you, you should use it.

But if a safety belt is not longenough, your dealer will order youan extender. When you go in toorder it, take the heaviest coat youwill wear, so the extender will belong enough for you. To help avoidpersonal injury, do not let someoneelse use it, and use it only for theseat it is made to fit. The extenderhas been designed for adults. Neveruse it for securing child seats. Towear it, attach it to the regular safetybelt. For more information, see theinstruction sheet that comes withthe extender.

Safety System CheckNow and then, check that the safetybelt reminder light, safety belts,buckles, latch plates, retractors, andanchorages are all working properly.Look for any other loose ordamaged safety belt system partsthat might keep a safety belt systemfrom doing its job. See your dealerto have it repaired. Torn or frayed

safety belts may not protect you in acrash. They can rip apart underimpact forces. If a belt is torn orfrayed, get a new one right away.

Make sure the safety belt reminderlight is working. See Safety BeltReminders 0 104.

Keep safety belts clean and dry.See Safety Belt Care 0 58.

Safety Belt CareKeep belts clean and dry.

{ Warning

Do not bleach or dye safety belts.It may severely weaken them. Ina crash, they might not be able toprovide adequate protection.Clean safety belts only with mildsoap and lukewarm water.

Replacing Safety BeltSystem Parts after aCrash

{ Warning

A crash can damage the safetybelt system in the vehicle.A damaged safety belt systemmay not properly protect theperson using it, resulting inserious injury or even death in acrash. To help make sure thesafety belt systems are workingproperly after a crash, have theminspected and any necessaryreplacements made as soon aspossible.

After a minor crash, replacement ofsafety belts may not be necessary.But the safety belt assemblies thatwere used during any crash mayhave been stressed or damaged.See your dealer to have the safetybelt assemblies inspected orreplaced.



New parts and repairs may benecessary even if the safety beltsystem was not being used at thetime of the crash.

Have the safety belt pretensionerschecked if the vehicle has been in acrash, or if the airbag readiness lightstays on after you start the vehicleor while you are driving. See AirbagReadiness Light 0 105.

Airbag SystemThe vehicle has the followingairbags:

. A frontal airbag for the driver.

. A frontal airbag for the frontoutboard passenger.

. A seat-mounted side impactairbag for the driver.

. A seat-mounted side impactairbag for the front outboardpassenger.

. A roof-rail airbag for the driverand the passenger seateddirectly behind the driver.

. A roof-rail airbag for the frontoutboard passenger and thepassenger seated directlybehind the front outboardpassenger.

The vehicle may have the followingairbags:

. A knee airbag for the driver.

. A knee airbag for the frontoutboard passenger.

. Seat-mounted side impactairbags for the second rowoutboard passengers.

All vehicle airbags have the wordAIRBAG on the trim or on a labelnear the deployment opening.

For frontal airbags, the wordAIRBAG is on the center of thesteering wheel for the driver and onthe instrument panel for the frontoutboard passenger.

For knee airbags, the word AIRBAGis on the lower part of theinstrument panel.

For seat-mounted side impactairbags, the word AIRBAG is on theside of the seatback closest tothe door.

For roof-rail airbags, the wordAIRBAG is on the ceiling or trim.

Airbags are designed to supplementthe protection provided by safetybelts. Even though today's airbagsare also designed to help reducethe risk of injury from the force of aninflating bag, all airbags must inflatevery quickly to do their job.



Here are the most important thingsto know about the airbag system:

{ Warning

You can be severely injured orkilled in a crash if you are notwearing your safety belt, evenwith airbags. Airbags aredesigned to work with safetybelts, not replace them. Also,airbags are not designed to inflatein every crash. In some crashessafety belts are the only restraint.See When Should an AirbagInflate? 0 62.

Wearing your safety belt during acrash helps reduce the chance ofhitting things inside the vehicle orbeing ejected from it. Airbags are“supplemental restraints” to thesafety belts. Everyone in thevehicle should wear a safety beltproperly, whether or not there isan airbag for that person.

{ Warning

Because airbags inflate with greatforce and faster than the blink ofan eye, anyone who is upagainst, or very close to anyairbag when it inflates can beseriously injured or killed. Do notsit unnecessarily close to anyairbag, as you would be if sittingon the edge of the seat or leaningforward. Safety belts help keepyou in position before and duringa crash. Always wear a safetybelt, even with airbags. The drivershould sit as far back as possiblewhile still maintaining control ofthe vehicle. The safety belts andthe front outboard passengerairbags are most effective whenyou are sitting well back andupright in the seat with both feeton the floor.

Occupants should not lean on orsleep against the door or sidewindows in seating positions withseat-mounted side impact airbagsand/or roof-rail airbags.

{ Warning

Children who are up against,or very close to, any airbag whenit inflates can be seriously injuredor killed. Always secure childrenproperly in the vehicle. To readhow, see Older Children 0 71 orInfants and Young Children 0 72.

There is an airbag readiness lighton the instrument cluster whichshows the airbag symbol. Thesystem checks the airbag electricalsystem for malfunctions. The lighttells you if there is an electricalproblem. See Airbag ReadinessLight 0 105 for more information.



Where Are the Airbags?

The driver frontal airbag is in thecenter of the steering wheel.

The front outboard passengerfrontal airbag is in the passengerside instrument panel.

The driver knee airbag (if equipped)is below the steering column. Thefront outboard passenger kneeairbag (if equipped) is below theglove box.

Driver Side Shown, PassengerSide Similar

The seat-mounted side impactairbags for the driver and frontoutboard passenger are in the sideof the seatbacks closest to the door.

The roof-rail airbags for the driver,front outboard passenger, andsecond row outboard passengersare in the ceiling above the sidewindows.



Rear Seat Driver Side Shown,Passenger Side Similar

On vehicles with second rowseat-mounted side impact airbags,they are in the side of the seatbackclosest to the door.

{ Warning

If something is between anoccupant and an airbag, theairbag might not inflate properlyor it might force the object intothat person causing severe injuryor even death. The path of aninflating airbag must be kept

(Continued)

Warning (Continued)

clear. Do not put anythingbetween an occupant and anairbag, and do not attach or putanything on the steering wheelhub or on or near any otherairbag covering.

Do not use seat accessories thatblock the inflation path of aseat-mounted side impact airbag.

Never secure anything to the roofof a vehicle with roof-rail airbagsby routing a rope or tie‐downthrough any door or windowopening. If you do, the path of aninflating roof-rail airbag will beblocked.

When Should an AirbagInflate?This vehicle is equipped withairbags. See Airbag System 0 59.Airbags are designed to inflate if theimpact exceeds the specific airbagsystem's deployment threshold.Deployment thresholds are used to

predict how severe a crash is likelyto be in time for the airbags toinflate and help restrain theoccupants. The vehicle haselectronic sensors that help theairbag system determine theseverity of the impact. Deploymentthresholds can vary with specificvehicle design.

Frontal airbags are designed toinflate in moderate to severe frontalor near frontal crashes to helpreduce the potential for severeinjuries, mainly to the driver's orfront outboard passenger's headand chest.

Whether the frontal airbags will orshould inflate is not based primarilyon how fast the vehicle is traveling.It depends on what is hit, thedirection of the impact, and howquickly the vehicle slows down.

Frontal airbags may inflate atdifferent crash speeds depending onwhether the vehicle hits an objectstraight on or at an angle, andwhether the object is fixed ormoving, rigid or deformable, narrowor wide.



Frontal airbags are not intended toinflate during vehicle rollovers, inrear impacts, or in many sideimpacts.

In addition, the vehicle hasadvanced technology frontalairbags. Advanced technologyfrontal airbags adjust the restraintaccording to crash severity.

Knee airbags (if equipped) aredesigned to inflate in moderate tosevere frontal or near frontalimpacts. Knee airbags are notdesigned to inflate during vehiclerollovers, in rear impacts, or in manyside impacts.

Seat-mounted side impact airbagsare designed to inflate in moderateto severe side crashes dependingon the location of the impact.Seat-mounted side impact airbagsare not designed to inflate in frontalimpacts, near frontal impacts,rollovers, or rear impacts.A seat-mounted side impact airbagis designed to inflate on the side ofthe vehicle that is struck.

Roof-rail airbags are designed toinflate in moderate to severe sidecrashes depending on the locationof the impact. In addition, theseroof-rail airbags are designed toinflate during a rollover or in asevere frontal impact. Roof-railairbags are not designed to inflate inrear impacts. Both roof-rail airbagswill inflate when either side of thevehicle is struck, if the sensingsystem predicts that the vehicle isabout to roll over on its side, or in asevere frontal impact.

In any particular crash, no one cansay whether an airbag should haveinflated simply because of thevehicle damage or repair costs.

What Makes an AirbagInflate?In a deployment event, the sensingsystem sends an electrical signaltriggering a release of gas from theinflator. Gas from the inflator fills theairbag causing the bag to break outof the cover. The inflator, the airbag,and related hardware are all part ofthe airbag module.

For airbag locations, see Where Arethe Airbags? 0 61.

How Does an AirbagRestrain?In moderate to severe frontal ornear frontal collisions, even beltedoccupants can contact the steeringwheel or the instrument panel. Inmoderate to severe side collisions,even belted occupants can contactthe inside of the vehicle.

Airbags supplement the protectionprovided by safety belts bydistributing the force of the impactmore evenly over theoccupant's body.

Rollover capable roof-rail airbagsare designed to help contain thehead and chest of occupants in theoutboard seating positions in thefirst and second rows. The rollovercapable roof-rail airbags aredesigned to help reduce the risk offull or partial ejection in rolloverevents, although no system canprevent all such ejections.



But airbags would not help in manytypes of collisions, primarilybecause the occupant's motion isnot toward those airbags. See WhenShould an Airbag Inflate? 0 62.

Airbags should never be regardedas anything more than a supplementto safety belts.

What Will You See afteran Airbag Inflates?After the frontal, knee (if equipped),and seat-mounted side impactairbags inflate, they quickly deflate,so quickly that some people maynot even realize an airbag inflated.Roof-rail airbags may still be at leastpartially inflated for some time afterthey inflate. Some components ofthe airbag module may be hot forseveral minutes. For location of theairbags, see Where Are theAirbags? 0 61.

The parts of the airbag that comeinto contact with you may be warm,but not too hot to touch. There maybe some smoke and dust comingfrom the vents in the deflatedairbags. Airbag inflation does not

prevent the driver from seeing out ofthe windshield or being able to steerthe vehicle, nor does it preventpeople from leaving the vehicle.

{ Warning

When an airbag inflates, theremay be dust in the air. This dustcould cause breathing problemsfor people with a history ofasthma or other breathing trouble.To avoid this, everyone in thevehicle should get out as soon asit is safe to do so. If you havebreathing problems but cannotget out of the vehicle after anairbag inflates, then get fresh airby opening a window or a door.If you experience breathingproblems following an airbagdeployment, you should seekmedical attention.

The vehicle has a feature that mayautomatically unlock the doors, turnon the interior lamps and hazardwarning flashers, and shut off thefuel system after the airbags inflate.

The feature may also activate,without airbag inflation, after anevent that exceeds a predeterminedthreshold. You can lock the doors,and turn off the interior lamps andhazard warning flashers by usingthe controls for those features.

{ Warning

A crash severe enough to inflatethe airbags may have alsodamaged important functions inthe vehicle, such as the fuelsystem, brake and steeringsystems, etc. Even if the vehicleappears to be drivable after amoderate crash, there may beconcealed damage that couldmake it difficult to safely operatethe vehicle.

Use caution if you should attemptto restart the engine after a crashhas occurred.

In many crashes severe enough toinflate the airbag, windshields arebroken by vehicle deformation.



Additional windshield breakage mayalso occur from the front outboardpassenger airbag.

. Airbags are designed to inflateonly once. After an airbaginflates, you will need some newparts for the airbag system.If you do not get them, theairbag system will not be thereto help protect you in anothercrash. A new system will includeairbag modules and possiblyother parts. The service manualfor the vehicle covers the needto replace other parts.

. The vehicle has a crash sensingand diagnostic module whichrecords information after acrash. See Vehicle DataRecording and Privacy 0 290and Event Data Recorders0 291.

. Let only qualified technicianswork on the airbag systems.Improper service can mean thatan airbag system will not workproperly. See your dealer forservice.

Passenger SensingSystemThe vehicle has a passengersensing system for the frontoutboard passenger position. Thepassenger airbag status indicatorwill light on the instrument panelwhen the vehicle is started.

United States

Canada and Mexico

The words ON and OFF, or thesymbol for on and off, will be visibleduring the system check. When thesystem check is complete, either theword ON or OFF, or the symbol for

on or off, will be visible. SeePassenger Airbag Status Indicator0 105.

The passenger sensing systemturns off the front outboardpassenger frontal airbag and kneeairbag (if equipped) under certainconditions. No other airbag isaffected by the passenger sensingsystem.

The passenger sensing systemworks with sensors that are part ofthe front outboard passenger seat.The sensors are designed to detectthe presence of a properly seatedoccupant and determine if the frontoutboard passenger frontal airbagand knee airbag (if equipped)should be allowed to inflate or not.

According to accident statistics,children are safer when properlysecured in a rear seat in the correctchild restraint for their weightand size.

Whenever possible, children age12 and under should be secured ina rear seating position.



Never put a rear-facing child seat inthe front. This is because the risk tothe rear-facing child is so great,if the airbag inflates.

{ Warning

A child in a rear-facing childrestraint can be seriously injuredor killed if the front outboardpassenger frontal airbag inflates.This is because the back of therear-facing child restraint wouldbe very close to the inflatingairbag. A child in a forward-facingchild restraint can be seriouslyinjured or killed if the frontoutboard passenger frontal airbaginflates and the passenger seat isin a forward position.

Even if the passenger sensingsystem has turned off the frontoutboard passenger airbag(s), nosystem is fail-safe. No one canguarantee that an airbag will not

(Continued)

Warning (Continued)

inflate under some unusualcircumstance, even though theairbag(s) are off.

Secure rear-facing child restraintsin a rear seat, even if theairbag(s) are off. If you secure aforward-facing child restraint inthe front outboard passengerseat, always move the seat as farback as it will go. It is better tosecure the child restraint in arear seat.

The passenger sensing system isdesigned to turn off the frontoutboard passenger frontal airbagand knee airbag (if equipped) if:

. The front outboard passengerseat is unoccupied.

. The system determines that aninfant is present in a rear-facinginfant seat.

. The system determines that asmall child is present in a childrestraint.

. The system determines that asmall child is present in abooster seat.

. A front outboard passengertakes his/her weight off of theseat for a period of time.

. A front outboard passenger seatis occupied by a smaller person,such as a child who hasoutgrown child restraints.

. There is a critical problem withthe airbag system or thepassenger sensing system.

When the passenger sensingsystem has turned off the frontoutboard passenger frontal airbagand knee airbag (if equipped), theoff indicator will light and stay lit asa reminder that the airbags are off.See Passenger Airbag StatusIndicator 0 105.

The passenger sensing system isdesigned to turn on the frontoutboard passenger frontal airbagand knee airbag (if equipped)anytime the system senses that aperson of adult size is sittingproperly in the front outboard



passenger seat. When thepassenger sensing system hasallowed the airbags to be enabled,the on indicator will light and stay litas a reminder that the airbags areactive.

For some children who haveoutgrown child restraints and forvery small adults, the passengersensing system may or may not turnoff the front outboard passengerfrontal airbag and knee airbag (ifequipped), depending upon theperson's seating posture and bodybuild. Everyone in the vehicle whohas outgrown child restraints shouldwear a safety belt properly —whether or not there is an airbag forthat person.

{ Warning

If the airbag readiness light evercomes on and stays on, it meansthat something may be wrongwith the airbag system. To helpavoid injury to yourself or others,have the vehicle serviced right

(Continued)

Warning (Continued)

away. See Airbag ReadinessLight 0 105 for more information,including important safetyinformation.

If the On Indicator Is Lit for aChild Restraint

If a child restraint has been installedand the on indicator is lit:

1. Turn the vehicle off.

2. Remove the child restraint fromthe vehicle.

3. Remove any additional itemsfrom the seat such as blankets,cushions, seat covers, seatheaters, or seat massagers.

4. Reinstall the child restraintfollowing the directionsprovided by the child restraintmanufacturer and refer toSecuring Child Restraints(Rear Seat) 0 83 or SecuringChild Restraints (FrontPassenger Seat) 0 85.

5. If, after reinstalling the childrestraint and restarting thevehicle, the on indicator is stilllit, turn the vehicle off. Thenslightly recline the vehicleseatback and adjust the seatcushion, if adjustable, to makesure that the vehicle seatbackis not pushing the childrestraint into the seat cushion.Also make sure the childrestraint is not trapped underthe vehicle head restraint.If this happens, adjust the headrestraint. See Head Restraints0 42.

6. Restart the vehicle.

If the on indicator is still lit, securethe child in the child restraint in arear seat position in the vehicle, andcheck with your dealer.



If the Off Indicator Is Lit for anAdult-Sized Occupant

If a person of adult size is sitting inthe front outboard passenger seat,but the off indicator is lit, it could bebecause that person is not sittingproperly in the seat. Use thefollowing steps to allow the systemto detect that person and enable thefront outboard passenger frontalairbag and knee airbag (ifequipped):

1. Turn the vehicle off.

2. Remove any additional materialfrom the seat, such asblankets, cushions, seatcovers, seat heaters, or seatmassagers.

3. Place the seatback in the fullyupright position.

4. Have the person sit upright inthe seat, centered on the seatcushion, with legs comfortablyextended.

5. Restart the vehicle and havethe person remain in thisposition for two tothree minutes after the onindicator is lit.

{ Warning

If the front outboard passengerairbag is turned off for anadult-sized occupant, the airbagwill not be able to inflate and helpprotect that person in a crash,resulting in an increased risk ofserious injury or even death. Anadult-sized occupant should not

(Continued)

Warning (Continued)

ride in the front outboardpassenger seat, if the passengerairbag off indicator is lit.

Additional Factors AffectingSystem Operation

Safety belts help keep thepassenger in position on the seatduring vehicle maneuvers andbraking, which helps the passengersensing system maintain thepassenger airbag status. See“Safety Belts” and “Child Restraints”in the Index for additionalinformation about the importance ofproper restraint use.

A thick layer of additional material,such as a blanket or cushion,or aftermarket equipment such asseat covers, seat heaters, and seatmassagers can affect how well thepassenger sensing systemoperates. We recommend that younot use seat covers or otheraftermarket equipment except whenapproved by GM for your specific



vehicle. See Adding Equipment tothe Airbag-Equipped Vehicle 0 69for more information aboutmodifications that can affect howthe system operates.

The on indicator may be lit if anobject, such as a briefcase,handbag, grocery bag, laptop,or other electronic device, is put onan unoccupied seat. If this is notdesired, remove the object fromthe seat.

{ Warning

Stowing of articles under thepassenger seat or between thepassenger seat cushion andseatback may interfere with theproper operation of the passengersensing system.

Servicing theAirbag-Equipped VehicleAirbags affect how the vehicleshould be serviced. There are partsof the airbag system in severalplaces around the vehicle. Your

dealer and the service manual haveinformation about servicing thevehicle and the airbag system. Topurchase a service manual, seeService Publications OrderingInformation 0 288.

{ Warning

For up to 10 seconds after thevehicle is turned off and thebattery is disconnected, an airbagcan still inflate during improperservice. You can be injured if youare close to an airbag when itinflates. Avoid yellow connectors.They are probably part of theairbag system. Be sure to followproper service procedures, andmake sure the person performingwork for you is qualified to do so.

Adding Equipment to theAirbag-Equipped VehicleAdding accessories that change thevehicle's frame, bumper system,height, front end, or side sheetmetal, may keep the airbag system

from working properly. Theoperation of the airbag system canalso be affected by changing ormoving any parts of the front seats,safety belts, the airbag sensing anddiagnostic module, steering wheel,instrument panel, any of the airbagmodules, ceiling or pillar garnishtrim, overhead console, frontsensors, side impact sensors,or airbag wiring.

Your dealer and the service manualhave information about the locationof the airbag sensors, sensing anddiagnostic module, and airbagwiring.

In addition, the vehicle has apassenger sensing system for thefront outboard passenger position,which includes sensors that are partof the passenger seat. Thepassenger sensing system may notoperate properly if the original seattrim is replaced with non-GMcovers, upholstery, or trim; or withGM covers, upholstery, or trimdesigned for a different vehicle. Anyobject, such as an aftermarket seatheater or a comfort-enhancing pador device, installed under or on top



of the seat fabric, could alsointerfere with the operation of thepassenger sensing system. Thiscould either prevent properdeployment of the passengerairbag(s) or prevent the passengersensing system from properlyturning off the passenger airbag(s).See Passenger Sensing System0 65.

If the vehicle has rollover roof-railairbags, see Different Size Tiresand Wheels 0 238 for additionalimportant information.

If you have to modify your vehiclebecause you have a disability andyou have questions about whetherthe modifications will affect thevehicle's airbag system, or if youhave questions about whether theairbag system will be affected if thevehicle is modified for any otherreason, call Customer Assistance.See Customer Assistance Offices0 281.

Airbag System CheckThe airbag system does not needregularly scheduled maintenance orreplacement. Make sure the airbagreadiness light is working. SeeAirbag Readiness Light 0 105.

Caution

If an airbag covering is damaged,opened, or broken, the airbagmay not work properly. Do notopen or break the airbagcoverings. If there are anyopened or broken airbagcoverings, have the airbagcovering and/or airbag modulereplaced. For the location of theairbags, see Where Are theAirbags? 0 61. See your dealerfor service.

Replacing Airbag SystemParts after a Crash

{ Warning

A crash can damage the airbagsystems in the vehicle.A damaged airbag system maynot work properly and may notprotect you and yourpassenger(s) in a crash, resultingin serious injury or even death. Tohelp make sure the airbagsystems are working properlyafter a crash, have theminspected and any necessaryreplacements made as soon aspossible.

If an airbag inflates, you will need toreplace airbag system parts. Seeyour dealer for service.

If the airbag readiness light stays onafter the vehicle is started or comeson when you are driving, the airbagsystem may not work properly. Havethe vehicle serviced right away. SeeAirbag Readiness Light 0 105.



Child Restraints

Older Children

Older children who have outgrownbooster seats should wear thevehicle safety belts.

The manufacturer instructions thatcome with the booster seat state theweight and height limitations for thatbooster. Use a booster seat with alap-shoulder belt until the childpasses the fit test below:

. Sit all the way back on the seat.Do the knees bend at the seatedge? If yes, continue. If no,return to the booster seat.

. Buckle the lap-shoulder belt.Does the shoulder belt rest onthe shoulder? If yes, continue.If no, try using the rear safetybelt comfort guide, if equipped.See “Rear Safety Belt ComfortGuides” under Lap-Shoulder Belt0 55. If a comfort guide is notavailable, or if the shoulder beltstill does not rest on theshoulder, then return to thebooster seat.

. Does the lap belt fit low andsnug on the hips, touching thethighs? If yes, continue. If no,return to the booster seat.

. Can proper safety belt fit bemaintained for the length of thetrip? If yes, continue. If no,return to the booster seat.

Q: What is the proper way towear safety belts?

A: An older child should wear alap-shoulder belt and get theadditional restraint a shoulderbelt can provide. The shoulderbelt should not cross the face orneck. The lap belt should fitsnugly below the hips, justtouching the top of the thighs.This applies belt force to thechild's pelvic bones in a crash.It should never be worn over theabdomen, which could causesevere or even fatal internalinjuries in a crash.

Also see “Rear Safety Belt ComfortGuides” under Lap-Shoulder Belt0 55.

According to accident statistics,children are safer when properlyrestrained in a rear seating position.



In a crash, children who are notbuckled up can strike other peoplewho are buckled up, or can bethrown out of the vehicle. Olderchildren need to use safety beltsproperly.

{ Warning

Never allow more than one childto wear the same safety belt. Thesafety belt cannot properly spreadthe impact forces. In a crash, theycan be crushed together andseriously injured. A safety beltmust be used by only one personat a time.

{ Warning

Never allow a child to wear thesafety belt with the shoulder beltbehind their back. A child can beseriously injured by not wearingthe lap-shoulder belt properly. In acrash, the child would not berestrained by the shoulder belt.The child could move too farforward increasing the chance ofhead and neck injury. The childmight also slide under the lapbelt. The belt force would then beapplied right on the abdomen.

(Continued)

Warning (Continued)

That could cause serious or fatalinjuries. The shoulder belt shouldgo over the shoulder and acrossthe chest.

Infants and YoungChildrenEveryone in a vehicle needsprotection! This includes infants andall other children. Neither thedistance traveled nor the age andsize of the traveler changes theneed, for everyone, to use safety



restraints. In fact, the law in everystate in the United States and inevery Canadian province sayschildren up to some age must berestrained while in a vehicle.

{ Warning

Children can be seriously injuredor strangled if a shoulder belt iswrapped around their neck. Theshoulder belt can tighten butcannot be loosened if it is locked.The shoulder belt locks when it ispulled all the way out of theretractor. It unlocks when theshoulder belt is allowed to go allthe way back into the retractor,but it cannot do this if it iswrapped around a child’s neck.If the shoulder belt is locked andtightened around a child’s neck,the only way to loosen the belt isto cut it.

Never leave children unattendedin a vehicle and never allowchildren to play with the safetybelts.

Every time infants and youngchildren ride in vehicles, they shouldhave the protection provided byappropriate child restraints. Neitherthe vehicle's safety belt system norits airbag system is designedfor them.

Children who are not restrainedproperly can strike other people,or can be thrown out of the vehicle.

{ Warning

Never hold an infant or a childwhile riding in a vehicle. Due tocrash forces, an infant or a childwill become so heavy it is notpossible to hold it during a crash.For example, in a crash at only40 km/h (25 mph), a 5.5 kg (12 lb)infant will suddenly become a110 kg (240 lb) force on a person'sarms. An infant should besecured in an appropriaterestraint.

{ Warning

Children who are up against,or very close to, any airbag whenit inflates can be seriously injuredor killed. Never put a rear-facingchild restraint in the frontoutboard seat. Secure arear-facing child restraint in a rearseat. It is also better to secure aforward-facing child restraint in arear seat. If you must secure aforward-facing child restraint inthe front outboard seat, alwaysmove the front passenger seat asfar back as it will go.



Q: What are the different types ofadd-on child restraints?

A: Add-on child restraints, whichare purchased by the vehicleowner, are available in four basictypes. Selection of a particularrestraint should take intoconsideration not only the child'sweight, height, and age but alsowhether or not the restraint willbe compatible with the motorvehicle in which it will be used.

For most basic types of childrestraints, there are manydifferent models available. Whenpurchasing a child restraint, besure it is designed to be used ina motor vehicle. If it is, the

restraint will have a label sayingthat it meets federal motorvehicle safety standards.

The restraint manufacturerinstructions that come with therestraint state the weight andheight limitations for a particularchild restraint. In addition, thereare many kinds of restraintsavailable for children withspecial needs.

{ Warning

To reduce the risk of neck andhead injury in a crash, infants andtoddlers should be secured in arear-facing child restraint until agetwo, or until they reach themaximum height and weight limitsof their child restraint.

{ Warning

A young child's hip bones are stillso small that the vehicle's regularsafety belt may not remain low on

(Continued)

Warning (Continued)

the hip bones, as it should.Instead, it may settle up aroundthe child's abdomen. In a crash,the belt would apply force on abody area that is unprotected byany bony structure. This alonecould cause serious or fatalinjuries. To reduce the risk ofserious or fatal injuries during acrash, young children shouldalways be secured in appropriatechild restraints.



Child Restraint Systems

Rear-Facing Infant Seat

A rear-facing infant seat providesrestraint with the seating surfaceagainst the back of the infant.

The harness system holds the infantin place and, in a crash, acts tokeep the infant positioned in therestraint.

Forward-Facing Child Seat

A forward-facing child seat providesrestraint for the child's body with theharness.

Booster Seats

A booster seat is a child restraintdesigned to improve the fit of thevehicle's safety belt system.A booster seat can also help a childto see out the window.

Securing an Add-On ChildRestraint in the Vehicle

{ Warning

A child can be seriously injured orkilled in a crash if the childrestraint is not properly secured inthe vehicle. Secure the child

(Continued)



Warning (Continued)

restraint properly in the vehicleusing the vehicle safety belt orLATCH system, following theinstructions that came with thatchild restraint and the instructionsin this manual.

To help reduce the chance of injury,the child restraint must be securedin the vehicle. Child restraintsystems must be secured in vehicleseats by lap belts or the lap beltportion of a lap-shoulder belt, or bythe LATCH system. See LowerAnchors and Tethers for Children(LATCH System) 0 77. Children canbe endangered in a crash if the childrestraint is not properly secured inthe vehicle.

When securing an add-on childrestraint, refer to the instructionsthat come with the restraint whichmay be on the restraint itself or in abooklet, or both, and to this manual.The child restraint instructions are

important, so if they are notavailable, obtain a replacementcopy from the manufacturer.

Keep in mind that an unsecuredchild restraint can move around in acollision or sudden stop and injurepeople in the vehicle. Be sure toproperly secure any child restraint inthe vehicle— even when no child isin it.

In some areas of the United Statesand Canada, Certified ChildPassenger Safety Technicians(CPSTs) are available to inspectand demonstrate how to correctlyuse and install child restraints. Inthe U.S., refer to the NationalHighway Traffic SafetyAdministration (NHTSA) website tolocate the nearest child safety seatinspection station. For CPSTavailability in Canada, check withTransport Canada or the ProvincialMinistry of Transportation office.

Securing the Child Within theChild Restraint

{ Warning

A child can be seriously injured orkilled in a crash if the child is notproperly secured in the childrestraint. Secure the childproperly following the instructionsthat came with that child restraint.

Where to Put theRestraintAccording to accident statistics,children and infants are safer whenproperly restrained in a childrestraint system or infant restraintsystem secured in a rear seatingposition.

Whenever possible, children aged12 and under should be secured ina rear seating position.

Never put a rear-facing child seat inthe front. This is because the risk tothe rear-facing child is so great if theairbag deploys.



{ Warning

A child in a rear-facing childrestraint can be seriously injuredor killed if the front passengerairbag inflates. This is becausethe back of the rear-facing childrestraint would be very close tothe inflating airbag. A child in aforward-facing child restraint canbe seriously injured or killed if thefront passenger airbag inflatesand the passenger seat is in aforward position.

Even if the passenger sensingsystem has turned off the frontpassenger frontal airbag, nosystem is fail-safe. No one canguarantee that an airbag will notdeploy under some unusualcircumstance, even though it isturned off.

Secure rear-facing child restraintsin a rear seat, even if the airbagis off. If you secure aforward-facing child restraint in

(Continued)

Warning (Continued)

the front seat, always move thefront passenger seat as far backas it will go. It is better to securethe child restraint in a rear seat.

See Passenger Sensing System0 65 for additional information.

When securing a child restraint in arear seating position, study theinstructions that came with the childrestraint to make sure it iscompatible with this vehicle.

Child restraints and booster seatsvary considerably in size, and somemay fit in certain seating positionsbetter than others.

Depending on where you place thechild restraint and the size of thechild restraint, you may not be ableto access adjacent safety beltassemblies or LATCH anchors foradditional passengers or childrestraints. Adjacent seatingpositions should not be used if the

child restraint prevents access to orinterferes with the routing of thesafety belt.

Wherever a child restraint isinstalled, be sure to secure the childrestraint properly.

Keep in mind that an unsecuredchild restraint can move around in acollision or sudden stop and injurepeople in the vehicle. Be sure toproperly secure any child restraint inthe vehicle — even when no child isin it.

Lower Anchors andTethers for Children(LATCH System)The LATCH system secures a childrestraint during driving or in a crash.LATCH attachments on the childrestraint are used to attach the childrestraint to the anchors in thevehicle. The LATCH system isdesigned to make installation of achild restraint easier.

In order to use the LATCH system inyour vehicle, you need a childrestraint that has LATCH



attachments. LATCH-compatiblerear-facing and forward-facing childseats can be properly installedusing either the LATCH anchors orthe vehicle’s safety belts. Do notuse both the safety belts and theLATCH anchorage system to securea rear-facing or forward-facingchild seat.

Booster seats use the vehicle’ssafety belts to secure the child inthe booster seat. If the manufacturerrecommends that the booster seatbe secured with the LATCH system,this can be done as long as thebooster seat can be positionedproperly and there is no interferencewith the proper positioning of thelap-shoulder belt on the child.

Make sure to follow the instructionsthat came with the child restraint,and also the instructions in thismanual.

When installing a child restraint witha top tether, you must also useeither the lower anchors or thesafety belts to properly secure the

child restraint. A child restraint mustnever be attached using only the toptether.

The LATCH anchorage system canbe used until the combined weightof the child plus the child restraint is29.5 kg (65 lbs). Use the safety beltalone instead of the LATCHanchorage system once thecombined weight is more than29.5 kg (65 lbs).

The following explains how to attacha child restraint with theseattachments in the vehicle.

Not all vehicle seating positions orchild restraints have lower anchorsand attachments or top tetheranchors and attachments. In thiscase, the safety belt must be used(with top tether where available) tosecure the child restraint. SeeSecuring Child Restraints (RearSeat) 0 83 or Securing ChildRestraints (Front Passenger Seat)0 85.

Lower Anchors

Lower anchors (1) are metal barsbuilt into the vehicle. There are twolower anchors for each LATCHseating position that willaccommodate a child restraint withlower attachments (2).



Top Tether Anchor

A top tether (3, 4) anchors the top ofthe child restraint to the vehicle.A top tether anchor is built into thevehicle. The top tetherattachment (2) on the child restraintconnects to the top tether anchor inthe vehicle in order to reduce theforward movement and rotation ofthe child restraint during driving or ina crash.

The child restraint may have asingle tether (3) or a dual tether (4).Either will have a singleattachment (2) to secure the toptether to the anchor.

Some child restraints that have atop tether are designed for use withor without the top tether beingattached. Others require the toptether always to be attached. InCanada, the law requires thatforward-facing child restraints havea top tether, and that the tether beattached. Be sure to read and followthe instructions for your childrestraint.

Lower Anchor and Top TetherAnchor Locations

I (Top Tether Anchor) : Seatingpositions with top tether anchors.

H (Lower Anchor) : Seatingpositions with two lower anchors.

To assist in locating the loweranchors, each seating position withlower anchors has two labels, nearthe crease between the seatbackand the seat cushion.

To assist in locating the top tetheranchors, the top tether anchorsymbol is on the trim near theanchor.



The top tether anchors are on theback of the rear seatbacks. Be sureto use an anchor on the same sideof the vehicle as the seatingposition where the child restraint willbe placed.

Do not secure a child restraint in aposition without a top tether anchorif a national or local law requiresthat the top tether be attached, or ifthe instructions that come with thechild restraint say that the top tethermust be attached.

According to accident statistics,children and infants are safer whenproperly restrained in a childrestraint system or infant restraint

system secured in a rear seatingposition. See Where to Put theRestraint 0 76 for additionalinformation.

Securing a Child RestraintDesigned for the LATCHSystem

{ Warning

If a LATCH-type child restraint isnot attached to anchors or withthe safety belt, the child restraintwill not be able to protect the childcorrectly. In a crash, the childcould be seriously injured orkilled. Install a LATCH-type childrestraint properly using theanchors, or use the vehicle safetybelts to secure the restraint,following the instructions thatcame with the child restraint andthe instructions in this manual.

{ Warning

To reduce the risk of serious orfatal injuries during a crash, donot attach more than one childrestraint to a single anchor.Attaching more than one childrestraint to a single anchor couldcause the anchor or attachmentto come loose or even breakduring a crash. A child or otherscould be injured.

{ Warning

Children can be seriously injuredor strangled if a shoulder belt iswrapped around their neck. Theshoulder belt can tighten butcannot be loosened if it is locked.The shoulder belt locks when it ispulled all the way out of theretractor. It unlocks when theshoulder belt is allowed to go allthe way back into the retractor,but it cannot do this if it is

(Continued)



Warning (Continued)

wrapped around a child’s neck.If the shoulder belt is locked andtightened around a child’s neck,the only way to loosen the belt isto cut it.

Buckle any unused safety beltsbehind the child restraint sochildren cannot reach them. Pullthe shoulder belt all the way outof the retractor to set the lock,and tighten the belt behind thechild restraint after the childrestraint has been installed.

Caution

Do not let the LATCHattachments rub against thevehicle’s safety belts. This maydamage these parts. If necessary,move buckled safety belts toavoid rubbing the LATCHattachments.

(Continued)

Caution (Continued)

Do not fold the empty rear seatwith a safety belt buckled. Thiscould damage the safety belt orthe seat. Unbuckle and return thesafety belt to its stowed position,before folding the seat.

If you need to secure more than onechild restraint in the rear seat, seeWhere to Put the Restraint 0 76.

This system is designed to makeinstallation of child restraints easier.When using lower anchors, do notuse the vehicle's safety belts.Instead use the vehicle's anchorsand child restraint attachments tosecure the restraints. Somerestraints also use another vehicleanchor to secure a top tether.

1. Attach and tighten the lowerattachments to the loweranchors. If the child restraintdoes not have lowerattachments or the desiredseating position does not havelower anchors, secure the child

restraint with the top tether andthe safety belts. Refer to yourchild restraint manufacturerinstructions and theinstructions in this manual.

1.1. Find the lower anchors forthe desired seatingposition.

1.2. Put the child restraint onthe seat.

When installing arear-facing child restraint,it may be necessary tomove the front seatforward to properly installthe child restraint per thechild restraintmanufacturer instructions.See Seat Adjustment0 43.

1.3. Attach and tighten thelower attachments on thechild restraint to the loweranchors.

2. If the child restraintmanufacturer recommends thatthe top tether be attached,attach and tighten the top



tether to the top tether anchor,if equipped. Refer to the childrestraint instructions and thefollowing steps:

2.1. Find the top tether anchor.

2.2. Remove the cargo coverbefore installing the toptether. Place the cargocover on the floor of thecargo area. The cargocover should remain offwhile the top tether isin use.

2.3. Route, attach, and tightenthe top tether according toyour child restraintinstructions and thefollowing instructions:

If the position you areusing does not have ahead restraint and you areusing a single tether, routethe tether over theseatback.

If the position you areusing does not have ahead restraint and you areusing a dual tether, routethe tether over theseatback.

If the position you areusing has an adjustablehead restraint and you areusing a single tether, raisethe head restraint androute the tether under thehead restraint and inbetween the headrestraint posts.



If the position you areusing has an adjustablehead restraint and you areusing a dual tether, raisethe head restraint androute the tether under thehead restraint and aroundthe head restraint posts.

3. Before placing a child in thechild restraint, make sure it issecurely held in place. Tocheck, grasp the child restraintat the LATCH path and attemptto move it side to side andback and forth. There shouldbe no more than 2.5 cm (1 in) ofmovement for properinstallation.

Replacing LATCH SystemParts After a Crash

{ Warning

A crash can damage the LATCHsystem in the vehicle. A damagedLATCH system may not properlysecure the child restraint,

(Continued)

Warning (Continued)

resulting in serious injury or evendeath in a crash. To help makesure the LATCH system isworking properly after a crash,see your dealer to have thesystem inspected and anynecessary replacements made assoon as possible.

If the vehicle has the LATCH systemand it was being used during acrash, new LATCH system partsmay be needed.

New parts and repairs may benecessary even if the LATCHsystem was not being used at thetime of the crash.

Securing Child Restraints(Rear Seat)When securing a child restraint in arear seating position, study theinstructions that came with the childrestraint to make sure it iscompatible with this vehicle.

If the child restraint has the LATCHsystem, see Lower Anchors andTethers for Children (LATCHSystem) 0 77 for how and where toinstall the child restraint usingLATCH. If a child restraint issecured in the vehicle using asafety belt and it uses a top tether,see Lower Anchors and Tethers forChildren (LATCH System) 0 77 fortop tether anchor locations.

Do not secure a child seat in aposition without a top tether anchorif a national or local law requiresthat the top tether be anchored, or ifthe instructions that come with thechild restraint say that the top strapmust be anchored.

In Canada, the law requires thatforward-facing child restraints havea top tether, and that the tether beattached.

If the child restraint or vehicle seatposition does not have the LATCHsystem, you will be using the safetybelt to secure the child restraint inthis position. Be sure to follow theinstructions that came with the child



restraint. Secure the child in thechild restraint when and as theinstructions say.

If more than one child restraintneeds to be installed in the rearseat, be sure to read Where to Putthe Restraint 0 76.

1. Put the child restraint onthe seat.

For outboard second rowseating positions, remove thesafety belt from the guide. Donot secure the child restraintwith the safety belt routedthrough the guide.

When installing a rear-facingchild restraint, it may benecessary to move the frontseat forward to properly installthe child restraint per the childrestraint manufacturerinstructions.

2. Pick up the latch plate, and runthe lap and shoulder portionsof the vehicle's safety beltthrough or around the restraint.The child restraint instructionswill show you how.


Position the release button onthe buckle so that the safetybelt could be quickly unbuckledif necessary.

4. Pull the shoulder belt all theway out of the retractor to setthe lock. When the retractorlock is set, the belt can betightened but not pulled out ofthe retractor.



5. To tighten the belt, push downon the child restraint, pull theshoulder portion of the belt totighten the lap portion of thebelt, and feed the shoulder beltback into the retractor. Wheninstalling a forward-facing childrestraint, it may be helpful touse your knee to push down onthe child restraint as youtighten the belt.

Try to pull the belt out of theretractor to make sure theretractor is locked. If theretractor is not locked, repeatSteps 4 and 5.

6. If the child restraint has a toptether, follow the child restraintmanufacturer's instructionsregarding the use of the toptether. See Lower Anchors andTethers for Children (LATCHSystem) 0 77 for moreinformation.

7. Before placing a child in thechild restraint, make sure it issecurely held in place. Tocheck, grasp the child restraintat the safety belt path andattempt to move it side to sideand back and forth. When thechild restraint is properlyinstalled, there should be nomore than 2.5 cm (1 in) ofmovement.

To remove the child restraint,unbuckle the vehicle safety belt andlet it return to the stowed position.If the top tether is attached to a toptether anchor, disconnect it.

Securing Child Restraints(Front Passenger Seat)This vehicle has airbags. A rearseat is a safer place to secure aforward-facing child restraint. SeeWhere to Put the Restraint 0 76.

In addition, the vehicle has apassenger sensing system which isdesigned to turn off the frontoutboard passenger frontal airbagand knee airbag (if equipped) undercertain conditions. See PassengerSensing System 0 65 andPassenger Airbag Status Indicator0 105 for more information,including important safetyinformation.

Never put a rear-facing child seat inthe front. This is because the risk tothe rear-facing child is so great,if the airbag deploys.

{ Warning

A child in a rear-facing childrestraint can be seriously injuredor killed if the front outboard

(Continued)



Warning (Continued)

passenger frontal airbag inflates.This is because the back of therear-facing child restraint wouldbe very close to the inflatingairbag. A child in a forward-facingchild restraint can be seriouslyinjured or killed if the frontoutboard passenger frontal airbaginflates and the passenger seat isin a forward position.

Even if the passenger sensingsystem has turned off the frontoutboard passenger frontalairbag, no system is fail-safe. Noone can guarantee that an airbagwill not deploy under someunusual circumstance, eventhough it is turned off.

Secure rear-facing child restraintsin a rear seat, even if the airbagis off. If you secure aforward-facing child restraint inthe front seat, always move the

(Continued)

Warning (Continued)

front passenger seat as far backas it will go. It is better to securethe child restraint in a rear seat.

See Passenger Sensing System0 65 for additional information.

If the child restraint uses a toptether, see Lower Anchors andTethers for Children (LATCHSystem) 0 77 for top tether anchorlocations.

Do not secure a child seat in aposition without a top tether anchorif a national or local law requiresthat the top tether be anchored, or ifthe instructions that come with thechild restraint say that the top strapmust be anchored.

In Canada, the law requires thatforward-facing child restraints havea top tether, and that the tether beattached.

When using the lap-shoulder belt tosecure the child restraint in thisposition, follow the instructions thatcame with the child restraint and thefollowing instructions:

1. Move the seat as far back as itwill go before securing theforward-facing child restraint.

When the passenger sensingsystem has turned off the frontoutboard passenger frontalairbag and knee airbag (ifequipped), the off indicator onthe passenger airbag statusindicator should light and staylit when the vehicle is started.See Passenger Airbag StatusIndicator 0 105.

2. Put the child restraint onthe seat.

3. Pick up the latch plate, and runthe lap and shoulder portionsof the vehicle's safety beltthrough or around the restraint.The child restraint instructionswill show you how.




Position the release button onthe buckle, so that the safetybelt could be quickly unbuckledif necessary.

5. Pull the shoulder belt all theway out of the retractor to setthe lock. When the retractorlock is set, the belt can betightened but not pulled out ofthe retractor.

6. To tighten the belt, push downon the child restraint, pull theshoulder portion of the belt totighten the lap portion of thebelt, and feed the shoulder beltback into the retractor. Wheninstalling a forward-facing childrestraint, it may be helpful touse your knee to push down onthe child restraint as youtighten the belt.

Try to pull the belt out of theretractor to make sure theretractor is locked. If theretractor is not locked, repeatSteps 5 and 6.



7. Before placing a child in thechild restraint, make sure it issecurely held in place. Tocheck, grasp the child restraintat the safety belt path andattempt to move it side to sideand back and forth. When thechild restraint is properlyinstalled, there should be nomore than 2.5 cm (1 in) ofmovement.

If the front outboard passengerfrontal airbag and knee airbag (ifequipped) are off, the off indicator inthe passenger airbag statusindicator will come on and stay onwhen the vehicle is started.

If a child restraint has been installedand the on indicator is lit, see “If theOn Indicator Is Lit for a ChildRestraint” under Passenger SensingSystem 0 65.

To remove the child restraint,unbuckle the vehicle safety belt andlet it return to the stowed position.


Storage 89

Storage

Storage CompartmentsStorage Compartments . . . . . . . . 89Instrument Panel Storage . . . . . . 89Glove Box . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 89Cupholders . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 90Sunglasses Storage . . . . . . . . . . . 90Underseat Storage . . . . . . . . . . . . . 90Center Console Storage . . . . . . . 91

Additional Storage FeaturesCargo Cover . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 91Cargo Management System . . . 91Convenience Net . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 92Warning Triangle . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 92First Aid Kit . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 93

Roof Rack SystemRoof Rack System . . . . . . . . . . . . . 93

StorageCompartments

{ Warning

Do not store heavy or sharpobjects in storage compartments.In a crash, these objects maycause the cover to open andcould result in injury.

Instrument Panel Storage

Pull the handle to open.

Press the button to open.

Glove BoxLift up on the glove box lever toopen it.


90 Storage

Cupholders

If equipped, pull the rear seatarmrest down to access.

Sunglasses Storage

If equipped, the sunglasses storageis over the driver door.

Underseat Storage

If equipped, there is storage underthe front passenger seat. Lift theend of the tray and pull it forward toopen. Push it in toward the seat toclose.


Storage 91

Center Console Storage

For vehicles with center consolestorage, press the button and sliderearward to open.

Additional StorageFeatures

Cargo Cover

If equipped, use the cargo cover tocover items in the rear of thevehicle.

To install, hang the loops on theliftgate anchors.

Do not place objects on the cargocover.

Cargo ManagementSystemThis vehicle has a cargomanagement system in the rear.

Pull the strap to lift.


92 Storage

Fold the load floor. Place the hookfrom the load floor inside the hookon the side trim.

Convenience Net

The vehicle may have aconvenience net.

The net is used to store small loadsand should not be used for heavyloads.

Warning Triangle

If equipped, the warning triangle isstowed in the rear storagecompartment.


Storage 93

First Aid Kit

If equipped, the first aid kit isstowed in the side rear storagecompartment.

Roof Rack System

{ Warning

If something is carried on top ofthe vehicle that is longer or widerthan the roof rack— like paneling,plywood, or a mattress— thewind can catch it while the vehicleis being driven. The item beingcarried could be violently torn off,and this could cause a collisionand damage the vehicle. Nevercarry something longer or widerthan the roof rack on top of thevehicle unless using a GMcertified accessory carrier.

For vehicles with a roof rack, therack can be used to load items. Forroof racks that do not havecrossrails included, GM Certifiedcrossrails can be purchased as anaccessory. See your dealer foradditional information.

Caution

Loading cargo on the roof rackthat weighs more than 75 kg(165 lb) or hangs over the rear orsides of the vehicle may damagethe vehicle. Load cargo so that itrests evenly between thecrossrails, making sure to fastencargo securely.

To prevent damage or loss of cargowhen driving, check to make surecrossrails and cargo are securelyfastened. Loading cargo on the roofrack will make the vehicle’s centerof gravity higher. Avoid high speeds,sudden starts, sharp turns, suddenbraking, or abrupt maneuvers;otherwise it may result in loss ofcontrol. If driving for a long distance,on rough roads, or at high speeds,occasionally stop the vehicle tomake sure the cargo remains in itsplace. Do not exceed the maximumvehicle capacity when loading thevehicle.

See Vehicle Load Limits 0 152.


94 Instruments and Controls

Instruments andControls

ControlsSteering Wheel Adjustment . . . . 95Steering Wheel Controls . . . . . . . 95Heated Steering Wheel . . . . . . . . 95Horn . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 95Windshield Wiper/Washer . . . . . . 95Rear Window Wiper/Washer . . . 97Compass . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 97Clock . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 98Power Outlets . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 98

Warning Lights, Gauges, andIndicatorsWarning Lights, Gauges, andIndicators . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 100

Instrument Cluster . . . . . . . . . . . . 101Speedometer . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 102Odometer . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 102Trip Odometer . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 102Tachometer . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 102Fuel Gauge . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 102Engine Coolant TemperatureGauge . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 103

Safety Belt Reminders . . . . . . . . 104Airbag Readiness Light . . . . . . . 105

Passenger Airbag StatusIndicator . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 105

Charging System Light . . . . . . . 106Malfunction Indicator Lamp(Check Engine Light) . . . . . . . . 106

Brake System WarningLight . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 108

Antilock Brake System (ABS)Warning Light . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 109

Power Steering WarningLight . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 109

Lane Departure Warning(LDW) Light . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 109

Vehicle Ahead Indicator . . . . . . . 110Traction Off Light . . . . . . . . . . . . . 110StabiliTrak® OFF Light . . . . . . . . 110Traction Control System (TCS)/StabiliTrak® Light . . . . . . . . . . . . 111

Tire Pressure Light . . . . . . . . . . . 111Engine Oil Pressure Light . . . . . 111Low Fuel Warning Light . . . . . . . 112Immobilizer Light . . . . . . . . . . . . . 112High-Beam On Light . . . . . . . . . . 112Front Fog Lamp Light . . . . . . . . . 113Lamps On Reminder . . . . . . . . . . 113Cruise Control Light . . . . . . . . . . 113

Information DisplaysDriver InformationCenter (DIC) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 113

Vehicle MessagesVehicle Messages . . . . . . . . . . . . 116Battery Voltage and ChargingMessages . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 117

Brake System Messages . . . . . 117Door Ajar Messages . . . . . . . . . . 117Engine Cooling SystemMessages . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 117

Engine Oil Messages . . . . . . . . . 118Engine Power Messages . . . . . 118Fuel System Messages . . . . . . . 118Object Detection SystemMessages . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 118

Ride Control SystemMessages . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 120

Tire Messages . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 120Transmission Messages . . . . . . 121

Vehicle PersonalizationVehicle Personalization . . . . . . . 121


Instruments and Controls 95

Controls

Steering WheelAdjustment

To adjust the steering wheel:

1. Pull the lever down.

2. Move the steering wheel upor down.

3. Pull or push the steering wheelcloser or away from you.

4. Lift the lever up to lock thesteering wheel in place.

Do not adjust the steering wheelwhile driving.

Steering Wheel ControlsThe infotainment system can beoperated by using the steeringwheel controls. See "SteeringWheel Controls" in the infotainmentmanual.

Heated Steering Wheel

((Heated Steering Wheel) : Forvehicles with a heated steeringwheel, press to turn it on or off.A light on the button displays whenthe feature is turned on.

The steering wheel takes aboutthree minutes to start heating.

Horn

Pressa on the steering wheel padto sound the horn.

Windshield Wiper/Washer

The windshield wiper/washer leveris on the right side of the steeringcolumn.

Move the lever to one of thefollowing positions:

HI : Use for fast wipes.

LO : Use for slow wipes.



INT (Intermittent Wipes/RainsenseWipe Sensitivity Control) : Movethe lever up to INT for intermittentwipes, then turn thex INT bandup for more frequent wipes or downfor less frequent wipes. If thevehicle has Rainsense™, seeRainsense™ later in this section.

OFF : Use to turn the wipers off.

1X (Mist) : For a single wipe, brieflymove the wiper lever down. Forseveral wipes, hold the wiperlever down.

b (Windshield Washer) : Pull thewindshield wiper lever toward you tospray windshield washer fluid andactivate the wipers. The wipers willcontinue until the lever is releasedor the maximum wash time isreached. When the windshield wiperlever is released, additional wipesmay occur depending on how longthe windshield washer had beenactivated. See Washer Fluid 0 204for information on filling thewindshield washer fluid reservoir.

{ Warning

In freezing weather, do not usethe washer until the windshield iswarmed. Otherwise the washerfluid can form ice on thewindshield, blocking your vision.

Clear snow and ice from the wiperblades before using them. If frozento the windshield, carefully loosen orthaw them. Damaged wiper bladesshould be replaced. See WiperBlade Replacement 0 209.

Heavy snow or ice can overload thewiper motor. A circuit breaker willstop the motor until it cools down.

Rainsense™

If equipped with Rainsense, a rainsensor detects the amount of wateron the windshield and controls thefrequency of the windshield wiper.

Keep the sensor free from debris toallow for best system performance.

INT (Rainsense Wipe SensitivityControl) : Move the windshieldwiper lever to INT. Turn thex INTband on the wiper lever to adjust thesensitivity.

. Turn the band up for moresensitivity to moisture.

. Turn the band down for lesssensitivity to moisture.

. Move the windshield wiper leverout of the INT position todeactivate Rainsense.

Wiper Arm Assembly Protection

When using an automatic car wash,move the windshield wiper lever toOFF. This disables the automaticRainsense windshield wipers and/ormanual windshield wipers.



With Rainsense, if the transmissionis in N (Neutral) and the vehiclespeed is very slow, the wipers willautomatically stop at the base of thewindshield.

The wiper operations return tonormal when the transmission is nolonger in N (Neutral) or the vehiclespeed has increased.

Rear Window Wiper/WasherThe rear wiper/washer controls areon the end of the windshield wiperlever.

ON : Press the upper portion of thebutton for continuous rear windowwipes.

OFF : The rear wiper turns off whenthe button is returned to the middleposition.

INT (Intermittent Rear Wipes) :Press the lower portion of the buttonfor rear intermittent wipes.

m= REAR (Rear Washer) : Pushthe windshield wiper lever forwardto spray washer fluid on the rearwindow. The lever returns to itsstarting position when released.

Reverse Gear Wipes

If the rear wiper control is off, therear wiper will automatically operatecontinuously when the shift lever isin R (Reverse), and the frontwindshield wiper is performing lowor high speed wipes. If the rearwiper control is off, the shift lever isin R (Reverse), and the frontwindshield wiper is performinginterval wipes, then the rear wiperautomatically performs intervalwipes.

This feature can be changed. SeeVehicle Personalization 0 121.

The windshield washer reservoir isused for the windshield and the rearwindow. Check the fluid level in thereservoir if either washer is notworking. See Washer Fluid 0 204.

CompassThe vehicle may have a compassdisplay in the Driver InformationCenter (DIC).

Setting the Compass Zone

Under certain circumstances, suchas during a long trip or moving to anew area, the compass zone willneed to be reset. If the compass isnot set to the correct zone, it maygive false readings. The compasszone should be set to the area inwhich the vehicle is currentlytraveling.

Use the DIC buttons to set thecompass zone:

1. While the vehicle is in P (Park),press the MENU button todisplay the DIC menu.

2. Press and hold SET/CLR whilethe Set Area display is active.



3. Find the vehicle's currentlocation and zone number onthe map. Zones 1 through 15are available.

4. Usewx to change to thecorrect zone number.

5. Press SET/CLR to confirm thesetting.

ClockThe infotainment system controlsare used to access the time anddate settings through the menusystem. See “Using the System” inthe infotainment manual.

Setting the Clock

To set the time and date:

1. Press the CONFIG button andthen turn the TUNE/MENUknob to select Time and Dateor press H.

2. Select the desired feature.

3. Turn the TUNE/MENU knob toadjust the highlighted number.

4. Press the TUNE/MENU knob toselect the next number.

5. To save and return to the Timeand Date menu, press / BACKat any time or press the TUNE/MENU knob after adjusting thevalue.

6. Repeat steps 2–5 for theremaining feature.

If auto timing is set, the timedisplayed on the clock may notupdate immediately when drivinginto a new time zone.

Setting the 12/24 Hour Format

1. Press the CONFIG button andselect Time and Date orpress H.

2. Select Set Time Format.

3. Turn the TUNE/MENU knob tohighlight the 12 hour or 24 hourdisplay format.

4. Press the TUNE/MENU knob toselect display format.

Power OutletsPower Outlets 12 Volt Direct Current

The accessory power outlets can beused to plug in electrical equipment,such as a cell phone or MP3 player.

There is one accessory power outleton the center stack below theclimate control. This outlet ispowered when the key is in ON/RUN or ACC/ACCESSORY, or untilthe driver door is opened within10 minutes of turning off the vehicle.See Retained Accessory Power(RAP) 0 161.



Caution

Leaving electrical equipmentplugged in for an extended periodof time while the vehicle is off willdrain the battery. Always unplugelectrical equipment when not inuse and do not plug in equipmentthat exceeds the maximum20 amp rating.

Certain electrical accessories maynot be compatible with theaccessory power outlet and couldoverload vehicle or adapter fuses.If a problem is experienced, seeyour dealer.

When adding electrical equipment,be sure to follow the installationinstructions included with theequipment. See Add-On ElectricalEquipment 0 187.

Caution

Hanging heavy equipment fromthe power outlet can causedamage not covered by thevehicle warranty. The poweroutlets are designed foraccessory power plugs only, suchas cell phone charge cords.

Power Outlet 110/120 VoltAlternating Current

If equipped, this power outlet is onthe rear of the center console. It canbe used to plug in electricalequipment that uses a maximumlimit of 150 watts.

An indicator light on the outlet turnson to show it is in use. The lightcomes on when the ignition is inON/RUN and equipment requiringless than 150 watts is plugged intothe outlet, and no system fault isdetected.

The indicator light does not come onwhen the ignition is in LOCK/OFF orif the equipment is not fully seatedinto the outlet.

If equipment is connected usingmore than 150 watts or a systemfault is detected, a protection circuitshuts off the power supply and theindicator light turns off. To reset thecircuit, unplug the item and plug it



back in or turn the RetainedAccessory Power (RAP) off andthen back on. See RetainedAccessory Power (RAP) 0 161. Thepower restarts when equipmentusing 150 watts or less is pluggedinto the outlet and a system fault isnot detected.

The power outlet is not designed forand may not work properly, if thefollowing are plugged in:

. Equipment with high initial peakwattage such as:compressor-driven refrigeratorsand electric power tools.

. Other equipment requiring anextremely stable power supplysuch as:microcomputer-controlledelectric blankets, touch sensorlamps, etc.

. Medical equipment.

Warning Lights,Gauges, andIndicatorsWarning lights and gauges cansignal that something is wrongbefore it becomes serious enoughto cause an expensive repair orreplacement. Paying attention to thewarning lights and gauges couldprevent injury.

Some warning lights come on brieflywhen the engine is started toindicate they are working. Whenone of the warning lights comes onand stays on while driving, or whenone of the gauges shows there maybe a problem, check the section thatexplains what to do. Waiting to dorepairs can be costly and evendangerous.



Instrument Cluster

English Shown, Metric Similar



SpeedometerThe speedometer shows the vehiclespeed in kilometers per hour (km/h)and miles per hour (mph).

OdometerThe odometer shows how far thevehicle has been driven, in eitherkilometers or miles.

Trip OdometerThe trip odometer shows how farthe vehicle has been driven sincethe trip odometer was last reset.

The trip odometer is accessed andreset through the Driver InformationCenter (DIC). See DriverInformation Center (DIC) 0 113.

TachometerThe tachometer displays the enginespeed in revolutions perminute (rpm).

For vehicles with the Stop/Startsystem, when the ignition is in ON/RUN, the tachometer indicates thevehicle status. When pointing to

AUTO STOP, the engine is off butthe vehicle is on and can move. Theengine could auto start at any time.When the indicator points to OFF,the vehicle is off.

When the engine is on, thetachometer will indicate the engine’srevolutions per minute (rpm). Thetachometer may vary by severalhundred rpm’s, during auto stopmode, when the engine is shuttingoff and restarting.

A slight bump may be felt when thetransmission is determining themost fuel efficient operating range.

Caution

If the engine is operated with therpm’s in the warning area at thehigh end of the tachometer, thevehicle could be damaged, andthe damage would not be coveredby the vehicle warranty. Do notoperate the engine with the rpm’sin the warning area.

Fuel Gauge

Metric



English

The fuel gauge indicates about howmuch fuel is left when the ignition isturned to ON/RUN.

When the tank nears empty, the lowfuel warning light will come on.There is still a little fuel left, but thevehicle's fuel tank should be filledsoon. See Low Fuel Warning Light0 112 for more information.

An arrow on the fuel gaugeindicates on which side of thevehicle the fuel door is located.

Here are four things that someowners ask about. None of theseshow a problem with the fuel gauge:

. At the service station, the gaspump shuts off before the gaugereads full.

. It takes a little more or less fuelto fill up than the gaugeindicated. For example, thegauge may have indicated thetank was half full, but it actuallytook a little more or less thanhalf the tank's capacity to fillthe tank.

. The indicator moves a little whenturning a corner or speeding up.

. The gauge goes back to emptywhen the ignition is turned off.

Engine CoolantTemperature Gauge

Metric



English

This gauge shows the enginecoolant temperature.

If the indicator needle moves to thehot side of the gauge toward theshaded area, the engine is too hot.

If the vehicle has been operatedunder normal driving conditions, pulloff the road, stop the vehicle, andturn off the engine as soon aspossible.

Safety Belt Reminders

Driver Safety Belt ReminderLight

There is a driver safety beltreminder light on the instrumentcluster.

When the vehicle is started, thislight flashes and a chime may comeon to remind the driver to fastentheir safety belt. Then the light stayson solid until the belt is buckled.This cycle may continue severaltimes if the driver remains orbecomes unbuckled while thevehicle is moving.

If the driver safety belt is buckled,neither the light nor the chimecomes on.

Passenger Safety BeltReminder Light

The vehicle may also have apassenger safety belt reminder light.

When the vehicle is started, thislight flashes and a chime may comeon to remind passengers to fastentheir safety belt. Then the light stayson solid until the belt is buckled.

This cycle continues several times ifthe front passenger remains orbecomes unbuckled while thevehicle is moving.

If the front passenger safety belt isbuckled, neither the chime nor thelight comes on.

The front passenger safety beltreminder light and chime may turnon if an object is put on the seatsuch as a briefcase, handbag,grocery bag, laptop, or other



electronic device. To turn off thereminder light and/or chime, removethe object from the seat or bucklethe safety belt.

Airbag Readiness LightThis light shows if there is anelectrical problem with the airbagsystem. The system check includesthe airbag sensor(s), passengersensing system (if equipped), thepretensioners, the airbag modules,the wiring, and the crash sensingand diagnostic module. For moreinformation on the airbag system,see Airbag System 0 59.

The airbag readiness light comes onfor several seconds when thevehicle is started. If the light doesnot come on then, have it fixedimmediately.

{ Warning

If the airbag readiness light stayson after the vehicle is started orcomes on while driving, it meansthe airbag system might not beworking properly. The airbags inthe vehicle might not inflate in acrash, or they could even inflatewithout a crash. To help avoidinjury, have the vehicle servicedright away.

Passenger Airbag StatusIndicatorThe vehicle has a passengersensing system. See PassengerSensing System 0 65 for importantsafety information. The instrumentpanel has a passenger airbag statusindicator.

United States

Canada and Mexico

When the vehicle is started, thepassenger airbag status indicatorwill light ON and OFF, or the symbolfor on and off, for several secondsas a system check. Then, afterseveral seconds, the statusindicator will light either ON or OFF,or the on or off symbol to let youknow the status of the frontoutboard passenger frontal airbagand knee airbag (if equipped).

If the word ON or the on symbol islit on the passenger airbag statusindicator, it means that the front



outboard passenger frontal airbagand knee airbag (if equipped) areallowed to inflate.

If the word OFF or the off symbol islit on the passenger airbag statusindicator, it means that thepassenger sensing system hasturned off the front outboardpassenger frontal airbag andpassenger knee airbag (ifequipped).

If, after several seconds, both statusindicator lights remain on, or if thereare no lights at all, there may be aproblem with the lights or thepassenger sensing system. Seeyour dealer for service.

{ Warning

If the airbag readiness light evercomes on and stays on, it meansthat something may be wrongwith the airbag system. To helpavoid injury to yourself or others,have the vehicle serviced rightaway. See Airbag Readiness

(Continued)

Warning (Continued)

Light 0 105 for more information,including important safetyinformation.

Charging System Light

This light will come on briefly whenthe ignition is turned on, and theengine is not running, as a check toshow it is working.

It should go out when the engine isstarted. If it stays on, or comes onwhile driving, there may be aproblem with the electrical chargingsystem. Have it checked by yourdealer. Driving while this light is oncould drain the battery. If a shortdistance must be driven with thelight on, turn off all accessories,

such as the radio and airconditioner, to help reduce the drainon the battery.

Malfunction IndicatorLamp (Check EngineLight)This light is part of the vehicle’semission control on-boarddiagnostic system. If this light is onwhile the engine is running, amalfunction has been detected andthe vehicle may require service. Thelight should come on to show that itis working when the ignition is inON/RUN with the engine notrunning. See Ignition Positions0 156.



Malfunctions are often indicated bythe system before any problem isnoticeable. Being aware of the lightand seeking service promptly whenit comes on may prevent damage.

Caution

If the vehicle is driven continuallywith this light on, the emissioncontrol system may not work aswell, the fuel economy may belower, and the vehicle may notrun smoothly. This could lead tocostly repairs that might not becovered by the vehicle warranty.

Caution

Modifications to the engine,transmission, exhaust, intake,or fuel system, or the use ofreplacement tires that do notmeet the original tirespecifications, can cause this lightto come on. This could lead tocostly repairs not covered by the

(Continued)

Caution (Continued)

vehicle warranty. This could alsoaffect the vehicle’s ability to passan Emissions Inspection/Maintenance test. SeeAccessories and Modifications0 189.

If the light is flashing : Amalfunction has been detected thatcould damage the emission controlsystem and increase vehicleemissions. Diagnosis and servicemay be required.

To help prevent damage, reducevehicle speed and avoid hardaccelerations and uphill grades.

If the light continues to flash, find asafe place to park. Turn the vehicleoff and wait at least 10 secondsbefore restarting the engine. If thelight is still flashing, follow theprevious guidelines and see yourdealer for service as soon aspossible.

If the light is on steady : Amalfunction has been detected.Diagnosis and service may berequired.

Check the following:

. A loose or missing fuel cap maycause the light to come on. SeeFilling the Tank 0 184. A fewdriving trips with the capproperly installed may turn thelight off.

. Poor fuel quality can causeinefficient engine operation andpoor driveability, which may goaway once the engine is warmedup. If this occurs, change thefuel brand. It may require atleast one full tank of the properfuel to turn the light off. See Fuel0 183.

If the light remains on, see yourdealer.



Emissions Inspection andMaintenance Programs

If the vehicle requires an EmissionsInspection/Maintenance test, thetest equipment will likely connect tothe vehicle's Data LinkConnector (DLC).

The DLC is under the instrumentpanel to the left of the steeringwheel. Connecting devices that arenot used to perform an EmissionsInspection/Maintenance test or toservice the vehicle may affectvehicle operation See Add-OnElectrical Equipment 0 187. Seeyour dealer if assistance is needed.

The vehicle may not passinspection if:

. The light is on when the engineis running.

. The light does not come onwhen the ignition is in ON/RUNwith the engine not running.

. Critical emission control systemshave not been completelydiagnosed. If this happens, thevehicle would not be ready forinspection and might requireseveral days of routine drivingbefore the system is ready forinspection. This can happen ifthe 12-volt battery has recentlybeen replaced or run down, or ifthe vehicle has been recentlyserviced.

See your dealer if the vehicle willnot pass or cannot be made readyfor the test.

Brake System WarningLightThe vehicle brake system consistsof two hydraulic circuits. If onecircuit is not working, the remainingcircuit can still work to stop thevehicle. For normal brakingperformance, both circuits need tobe working

Metric English

This light should come on brieflywhen the engine is started. If it doesnot come on then, have it fixed so itwill be ready to warn you if there isa problem.

When the ignition is on, the brakesystem warning light comes onwhen the parking brake is set. Thelight stays on if the parking brakedoes not fully release. If it stays onafter the parking brake is fullyreleased, there is a brake problem.Have the brake system inspectedimmediately.

{ Warning

The brake system might not beworking properly if the brakesystem warning light is on.

(Continued)



Warning (Continued)

Driving with the brake systemwarning light on can lead to acrash. If the light is still on afterthe vehicle has been pulled offthe road and carefully stopped,have the vehicle towed forservice.

If the light comes on while driving, achime sounds. Pull off the road andstop. The pedal might be harder topush or go closer to the floor.It might also take longer to stop.If the light is still on, have thevehicle towed for service. SeeTowing the Vehicle 0 250.

Antilock Brake System(ABS) Warning Light

This light comes on briefly when theengine is started.

If the light stays on, turn the ignitionto LOCK/OFF or if the light comeson, stop as soon as possible andturn the ignition off. Then start theengine again to reset the system.If the light still stays on, or comeson again while driving, the vehicleneeds service. See your dealer.If the regular brake system warninglight is not on, the brakes will stillwork, but the antilock brakes will notwork. If the regular brake systemwarning light is also on, the antilockbrakes will not work and there is aproblem with the regular brakes.See Brake System Warning Light0 108.

The ABS warning light will come onbriefly when the ignition is turned toON/RUN. This is normal. If the lightdoes not come on then, have it fixedso it will be ready to warn if there isa problem.

Power Steering WarningLight

This light comes on briefly when theignition is turned to ON/RUN as acheck to show it is working.

If it does not come on have thevehicle serviced by your dealer.

If this light stays on, or comes onwhile driving, the system may not beworking. If this happens, see yourdealer for service.

Lane Departure Warning(LDW) Light



If equipped, this light comes onbriefly while starting the vehicle. If itdoes not come on, have the vehicleserviced.

This light is green if LDW is on andready to operate.

This light changes to amber andflashes to indicate that the lanemarking has been crossed withoutusing a turn signal in that direction.

See Lane Departure Warning (LDW)0 181.

Vehicle Ahead Indicator

If equipped, this indicator willdisplay green when a vehicle isdetected ahead

See Forward Collision Alert (FCA)System 0 178.

Traction Off Light

This light comes on briefly whilestarting the engine. If it does not,have the vehicle serviced by yourdealer. If the system is workingnormally, the indicator light thenturns off.

The traction off light comes on whenthe Traction Control System (TCS)has been turned off by pressing andreleasing the TCS/StabiliTrakbutton.

This light and the StabiliTrak OFFlight come on when StabiliTrak isturned off.

If the TCS is off, wheel spin is notlimited. Adjust driving accordingly.


StabiliTrak® OFF Light

This light comes on briefly whilestarting the engine. If it does not,have the vehicle serviced by yourdealer.

This light comes on when theStabiliTrak system is turned off.If StabiliTrak is off, the TractionControl System (TCS) is also off.

If StabiliTrak and TCS are off, thesystem does not assist in controllingthe vehicle. Turn on the TCS andthe StabiliTrak systems, and thewarning light turns off.




Traction Control System(TCS)/StabiliTrak® Light

The StabiliTrak or Traction ControlSystem (TCS) indicator/warninglight comes on briefly when theengine is started.

If the light does not come on, havethe vehicle serviced by your dealer.If the system is working normally,the indicator light turns off.

If the light is on and not flashing, theTCS, and potentially the StabiliTraksystem have been disabled.

If the indicator/warning light is onand flashing, the TCS and/or theStabiliTrak system is activelyworking.


Tire Pressure Light

For vehicles with the Tire PressureMonitor System (TPMS), this lightcomes on briefly when the engine isstarted. It provides informationabout tire pressures and the TPMS.

When the Light Is On Steady

This indicates that one or more ofthe tires are significantlyunderinflated.

Stop as soon as possible, andinflate the tires to the pressure valueshown on the Tire and LoadingInformation label. See Tire Pressure0 229.

When the Light Flashes First andThen Is On Steady

If the light flashes for about a minuteand then stays on, there may be aproblem with the TPMS. If the

problem is not corrected, the lightwill come on at every ignition cycle.See Tire Pressure MonitorOperation 0 232.

Engine Oil Pressure Light

Caution

Lack of proper engine oilmaintenance can damage theengine. Driving with the engine oillow can also damage the engine.The repairs would not be coveredby the vehicle warranty. Checkthe oil level as soon as possible.Add oil if required, but if the oillevel is within the operating rangeand the oil pressure is still low,have the vehicle serviced. Alwaysfollow the maintenance schedulefor changing engine oil.



This light should come on briefly asthe engine is started. If it does notcome on, have the vehicle servicedby your dealer.

If the light comes on and stays on, itmeans that oil is not flowing throughthe engine properly. The vehiclecould be low on oil and might havesome other system problem. Seeyour dealer.

Low Fuel Warning Light

Metric Shown, English Similar

This light comes on for a fewseconds when the ignition is turnedon as a check to indicate it isworking. If it does not come on,have it fixed.

The low fuel warning light comes onand a chime sounds periodicallywhen the vehicle is low on fuel. Thelight turns off when fuel is added tothe fuel tank.

Immobilizer Light

The immobilizer light should comeon briefly as the engine is started.If it does not come on, have thevehicle serviced by your dealer.If the system is working normally,the indicator light turns off.

If the light stays on and the enginedoes not start, there could be aproblem with the immobilizersystem. See Immobilizer Operation0 34.

High-Beam On Light



This light comes on when thehigh-beam headlamps are in use.

See Headlamp High/Low-BeamChanger 0 128.

Front Fog Lamp Light

For vehicles with front fog lamps,this light comes on when the frontfog lamps are in use.

The light goes out when the frontfog lamps are turned off. See FrontFog Lamps 0 130 for moreinformation.

Lamps On Reminder

This light comes on when theexterior lamps are in use. SeeExterior Lamp Controls 0 127.

Cruise Control Light

For vehicles with cruise control, thecruise control light is white when thecruise control is on and ready, andturns green when the cruise controlis set and active.

The light turns off when the cruisecontrol is turned off. See CruiseControl 0 171.

Information Displays

Driver InformationCenter (DIC)The Driver Information Center (DIC)displays information about thevehicle. It also displays warningmessages if a system problem isdetected. See Vehicle Messages0 116. All messages appear in theDIC display in the center of theinstrument cluster.

The vehicle may also have featuresthat can be customized through thecontrols on the radio. See VehiclePersonalization 0 121.

DIC Operation and Displays

The DIC has different displayswhich can be accessed by using theDIC buttons on the turn signal lever.The DIC displays trip, fuel, andvehicle system information, andwarning messages if a systemproblem is detected.



The bottom of the DIC displayshows the position of the shift leverand the odometer. It may also showthe direction the vehicle is driving.

In cold weather the DIC display maychange slowly. This is normal andwill move more quickly as thevehicle's interior temperature rises.

DIC Buttons

1. SET/CLR (Set/Clear): Press toset or clear the menu itemwhen it is displayed.

2. w / x (Band): Turn the bandto scroll through the menuitems. A small marker willmove across the bottom of thepage as you scroll through theitems. This shows where eachpage is in the menu.

3. MENU: Press to get to the Trip/Fuel Menu and the VehicleInformation Menu. This buttonis also used to return to or exitthe last screen displayed onthe DIC.

Trip/Fuel Menu Items

Press MENU on the turn signallever until the Trip/Fuel Menu isdisplayed. Usew / x to scrollthrough the following menu items:

. Digital Speedometer

. Trip 1

. Trip 2

. Fuel Range

. Fuel Economy

. Average Vehicle Speed

. Timer

. Navigation

Digital Speedometer

The speedometer shows how fastthe vehicle is moving in eitherkilometers per hour (km/h) or milesper hour (mph). The speedometercannot be reset.

Trip 1 and Trip 2

These displays show the currentdistance traveled, in eitherkilometers (km) or miles (mi), sincethe last reset for the trip odometer.The trip odometer can be reset tozero by pressing SET/CLR, or thetrip odometer reset stem in thecluster, while the trip odometerdisplay is showing.

Fuel Range

This display shows the approximatedistance the vehicle can be drivenwithout refueling. The fuel rangeestimate is based on an average ofthe vehicle's fuel economy overrecent driving history and theamount of fuel remaining in the fueltank. Fuel range cannot be reset.

Fuel Economy

This display shows instantaneousand average fuel economy in litersper 100 kilometers (L/100 km) ormiles per gallon (mpg).

The instantaneous fuel economyreflects only the approximate currentfuel economy and changes



frequently as driving conditionschange. Unlike average economy,this display cannot be reset.

Average fuel economy is calculatedbased on the number of L/100 km (mpg) recorded since thelast time this menu item was reset.This number reflects only theapproximate average fuel economythat the vehicle has right now, andwill change as driving conditionschange. The average fuel economycan be reset by pressing SET/CLRwhile the Average Fuel Economydisplay is showing.

Average Vehicle Speed

This display shows the averagespeed of the vehicle in kilometersper hour (km/h) or miles perhour (mph). This average iscalculated based on the variousvehicle speeds recorded since thelast reset of this value. The averagespeed can be reset by pressingSET/CLR while the Average VehicleSpeed display is showing.

Timer

This display can be used as a timer.To start the timer, press SET/CLRwhile Timer is displayed. Thedisplay will show the amount of timethat has passed since the timer waslast reset, not including time theignition is off. Time will continue tobe counted as long as the ignition ison, even if another display is beingshown on the DIC. The timer willrecord up to 99 hours, 59 minutes,and 59 seconds (99:59:59) afterwhich the display will return to zero.To stop the timer, press SET/CLRbriefly while Timer is displayed. Toreset the timer to zero, press andhold SET/CLR.

Navigation

This display is used for theNavigation System Turn-by-Turnguidance. See the infotainmentmanual, if the vehicle hasnavigation, for more information.

Vehicle Information MenuItems

Press MENU on the turn signallever until the Vehicle InformationMenu is displayed. Usew / x toscroll through the following menuitems:

. Unit

. Remaining Oil Life

. Tire Pressure

Unit

Movew / x to switch betweenmetric or US when the Unit displayis active. Press SET/CLR to confirmthe setting. This will change thedisplays on the cluster and DIC toeither metric or English (US)measurements.

Remaining Oil Life

This display shows an estimate ofthe oil's remaining useful life.If REMAINING OIL LIFE 99% isdisplayed, that means 99% of thecurrent oil life remains.



When the remaining oil life is low,the CHANGE ENGINE OIL SOONmessage will appear on the display.See Engine Oil Messages 0 118.The oil should be changed as soonas possible. See Engine Oil 0 195.In addition to the Engine Oil LifeSystem monitoring the oil life,additional maintenance isrecommended in the MaintenanceSchedule in this manual. SeeMaintenance Schedule 0 263 formore information.

Remember, the Remaining Oil Lifedisplay must be reset after each oilchange. It will not reset itself. Also,be careful not to reset theRemaining Oil Life displayaccidentally at any time other thanwhen the oil has just been changed.It cannot be reset accurately untilthe next oil change. To reset theEngine Oil Life System, press SET/CLR while the Remaining Oil Lifedisplay is active. See Engine OilLife System 0 197.

Tire Pressure

The display will show a vehicle withthe approximate pressures of allfour tires. Tire pressure is displayedin either kilopascal (kPa) or poundsper square inch (psi). See TirePressure Monitor System 0 231 andTire Pressure Monitor Operation0 232 for more information.

Compass

The vehicle has a compass displayin the DIC. See Compass 0 97 formore information.

Vehicle MessagesMessages displayed on the DICindicate the status of the vehicle orsome action that may be needed tocorrect a condition. Multiplemessages may display one after theother.

The messages that do not requireimmediate action can beacknowledged and cleared bypressing SET/CLR. The messagesthat require immediate action cannotbe cleared until that action isperformed. All messages should betaken seriously and clearing themessages does not correct theproblem.

The following are some of thevehicle messages that may bedisplayed depending on yourvehicle content.



Battery Voltage andCharging Messages

BATTERY LOW STARTVEHICLE

If this message displays, start thevehicle to prevent further draining ofthe battery.

BATTERY SAVER ACTIVE

This message displays when thevehicle has detected that the batteryvoltage is dropping beyond areasonable point. The battery saversystem starts reducing features ofthe vehicle that may be noticed. Atthe point that features are disabled,this message displays. Turn offunnecessary accessories to allowthe battery to recharge.

LOW BATTERY

This message is displayed when thebattery voltage is low. See Battery -North America 0 207.

Brake System Messages

BRAKE FLUID LOW

This message is displayed when thebrake fluid level is low. See BrakeFluid 0 206.

BRAKES OVERHEATED

This message may display if thebrakes are too hot.

RELEASE PARKING BRAKE

This message is displayed if theparking brake is applied. Release itbefore you attempt to drive. SeeParking Brake 0 168 for moreinformation.

SERVICE BRAKE ASSIST

This message is displayed whenthere is a problem with the brakeassist system. Take the vehicle toyour dealer.

Door Ajar Messages

DOOR(S) OPEN

A vehicle symbol will be displayedon the DIC showing which door isopen along with this message.Close the door completely.

HOOD OPEN

This message may display alongwith a hood open symbol when thehood is open. Close the hoodcompletely.

REAR ACCESS OPEN

This message will display when theliftgate is open. Close the liftgatecompletely.

Engine Cooling SystemMessages

ENGINE OVERHEATED —IDLE ENGINE

This message displays when theengine coolant temperature is toohot. Stop and allow the vehicle toidle until it cools down.



ENGINE OVERHEATED —STOP ENGINE

This message displays and acontinuous chime sounds if theengine cooling system reachesunsafe temperatures for operation.Stop and turn off the vehicle assoon as it is safe to do so to avoidsevere damage. This messageclears when the engine has cooledto a safe operating temperature.

Engine Oil Messages

CHANGE ENGINE OIL SOON

This message displays when theengine oil needs to be changed.When the engine oil is changed, besure to reset the Oil Life System.See Engine Oil Life System 0 197,Driver Information Center (DIC)0 113, Engine Oil 0 195, andMaintenance Schedule 0 263.

ENGINE OIL HOT, IDLEENGINE

This message displays when theengine oil temperature is too hot.Stop and allow the vehicle to idleuntil it cools down.

ENGINE OIL LOW ADD OIL

On some vehicles, this messagedisplays when the engine oil levelmay be too low. Check the oil levelbefore filling to the recommendedlevel. If the oil is not low and thismessage remains on, take thevehicle to your dealer for service.See Engine Oil 0 195.

Engine Power Messages

ENGINE POWER IS REDUCED

This message displays when thevehicle's engine power is reduced.Reduced engine power can affectthe vehicle's ability to accelerate.If this message is on, but there is noreduction in performance, proceedto your destination. Theperformance may be reduced thenext time the vehicle is driven. Thevehicle may be driven at a reduced

speed while this message is on, butmaximum acceleration and speedmay be reduced. Anytime thismessage stays on, the vehicleshould be taken to your dealer forservice as soon as possible.

Fuel System Messages

FUEL LEVEL LOW

This message displays when thevehicle is low on fuel. Refuel assoon as possible.

TIGHTEN GAS CAP

This message displays when thefuel cap is not on tight. Tighten thefuel cap.

Object Detection SystemMessages

FORWARD COLLISIONALERT OFF

If equipped with the ForwardCollision Alert (FCA) system, thismessage may display if the FCA



system cannot activate due to atemporary condition. See ForwardCollision Alert (FCA) System 0 178.

FRONT CAMERA BLOCKED,CLEAN WINDSHIELD

This message displays when theLane Departure Warning (LDW) andForward Collision Alert (FCA)systems are disabled because thecamera view is blocked and cannotoperate properly. It may alsoactivate during heavy rain or due toroad spray. To clean the system,clean the outside of the windshieldarea in front of the LDW/FCAcamera sensor.

LANE DEPARTURE WARNINGUNAVAILABLE

If equipped with the Lane DepartureWarning (LDW) system, thismessage may display if the LDWsystem cannot activate due to atemporary condition. See LaneDeparture Warning (LDW) 0 181.

PARK ASSIST OFF

This message displays when theparking assist system has beenturned off or when there is atemporary condition causing thesystem to be disabled. See ParkingAssist 0 176.

PARK ASSIST FAULT CLEANBUMPER

This message displays if snow,mud, ice, or dirt is blocking thesensors on the bumpers. Clean thebumpers.

SERVICE FRONT CAMERA

If this message remains on aftercontinued driving, the vehicle needsservice. Do not use the LaneDeparture Warning (LDW) andForward Collision Alert (FCA)features. Take the vehicle to yourdealer.

SERVICE PARKING ASSIST

This message displays if there is aproblem with the Front and RearParking Assist (FRPA) system. Donot use this system to help youpark. See Parking Assist 0 176.

SERVICE SIDE DETECTIONSYSTEM

If this message remains on aftercontinued driving, the vehicle needsservice. Side Blind Zone Alert(SBZA) and Rear Cross Traffic Alert(RCTA) features will not work. Takethe vehicle to your dealer.

SIDE BLIND ZONE ALERT OFF

This message indicates that thedriver has turned the Side BlindZone Alert (SBZA) system off.

SIDE DETECTION SYSTEMUNAVAILABLE

This message indicates that SideBlind Zone Alert (SBZA) and RearCross Traffic Alert (RCTA) aredisabled either because the sensoris blocked and cannot detectvehicles in the blind zone, or thevehicle is passing through an openarea, such as the desert, wherethere is insufficient data foroperation. This message may alsoactivate during heavy rain or due toroad spray. The vehicle does not



need service. For cleaning, see“Washing the Vehicle” underExterior Care 0 253.

Ride Control SystemMessages

ALL WHEEL DRIVE OFF

If your vehicle has the All-WheelDrive (AWD) system, this messagedisplays when the rear drive systemis overheating. This message turnsoff when the rear drive system coolsdown. If the warning message stayson for a while, you need to reset thewarning message. To reset thewarning message, turn the ignitionoff and then back on again. If themessage stays on, see your dealerright away. See All-Wheel Drive0 167 for more information.

SERVICE ALL WHEEL DRIVESYSTEM

If your vehicle has the All-WheelDrive (AWD) system, this messagedisplays if a problem occurs withthis system. If this messageappears, stop as soon as possibleand turn off the vehicle. Restart the

vehicle and check for the messageon the DIC display. If the messageis still displayed or appears againwhen you begin driving, the AWDsystem needs service. See yourdealer.

TRACTION CONTROL OFF

This message displays when theTraction Control System (TCS) isturned off. Adjust your drivingaccordingly.

TRACTION CONTROL ON

This message displays when theTraction Control System (TCS) isfirst turned on. See Traction Control/Electronic Stability Control 0 169 formore information.

Tire Messages

SERVICE TIRE MONITORSYSTEM

This message displays if there is aproblem with the Tire PressureMonitor System (TPMS). See TirePressure Monitor Operation 0 232.

TIRE LEARNING ACTIVE

This message displays when thesystem is learning new tires. SeeTire Pressure Monitor Operation0 232.

TIRE PRESSURE LOW ADDAIR TO TIRE

On vehicles with the Tire PressureMonitor System (TPMS), thismessage displays when thepressure in one or more of thevehicle's tires is low.

The low tire pressure warning lightwill also come on. See TirePressure Light 0 111.

If a tire pressure message displays,inflate the tires until the tire pressureis equal to the values shown on theTire and Loading Information label.See Tires 0 222, Vehicle LoadLimits 0 152, and Tire Pressure0 229.

More than one tire pressuremessage can be received at a time.The DIC also shows the tirepressure values. See DriverInformation Center (DIC) 0 113.



Transmission Messages

SERVICE TRANSMISSION

This message displays if there is aproblem with the transmission. Seeyour dealer.

TRANSMISSION HOT — IDLEENGINE

This message displays and a chimesounds if the transmission fluid inthe vehicle gets hot. Driving with thetransmission fluid temperature highcan cause damage to the vehicle.Stop the vehicle and let it idle toallow the transmission to cool. Thismessage clears when the fluidtemperature reaches a safe level.

VehiclePersonalizationUse the audio system controls toaccess the personalization menusfor customizing vehicle features.

The following are all possiblepersonalization features. Dependingon the vehicle, some may not beavailable

CONFIG (Configuration) : Press toaccess the ConfigurationSettings menu.

TUNE/MENU : Press the center ofthe knob or outer ring for radios withnavigation to enter the menus andselect menu items. Turn the knob orouter ring to scroll through themenus.

/ BACK : Press to exit or movebackward in a menu.

Entering the PersonalizationMenus

1. Press CONFIG to access theConfiguration Settings menu.The key must be in the ON/RUN position.

2. Turn the TUNE/MENU knob orouter ring to highlight theVehicle Settings menu.

3. Press the TUNE/MENU knobor outer ring to selectthe menu.

4. Press / BACK to confirm theselection and move back to thelast menu.

The following list of menu items maybe available:

. Languages

. Time and Date

. Radio Settings

. Phone Settings

. Display Settings

. Vehicle Settings

Languages

Select Languages, then select fromthe available language(s).

Time and Date

Select the Time and Date menu andthe following may display:

. Set Time



. Set Date

. 12 hr / 24 hr Format

Set Time

Select to manually set the time.Turn TUNE/MENU knob or outerring to change the number, thenpress the knob or outer ring toconfirm and go to the next number.

Set Date

Select to manually set the date.Turn TUNE/MENU knob or outerring to change the number, thenpress the knob or outer ring toconfirm and go to the next number.

12 hr / 24 hr Format

Select to set the 12/24 hour format.

Select 12 hr or 24 hr.

Radio Settings

Select Radio Settings and thefollowing may display:

. Auto Volume

. Maximum Startup Volume

. Radio Favorites

Auto Volume

The auto volume featureautomatically adjusts the radiovolume to compensate for road andwind noise as the vehicle speeds upor slows down, so that the volumelevel is consistent.

Select Off, Low, Medium, or High.

Maximum Startup Volume

Select to manually set the startupvolume of the radio.

Turn the TUNE/MENU knob or outerring to increase or decrease thevalue.

Radio Favorites

Select to manually set the numberof favorite pages.

Select 1−6.

Phone Settings

Select Phone Settings and thefollowing may display:

. Bluetooth

. Return to Factory Settings

Bluetooth


. Activation

. Device List

. Pair Device

. Change Bluetooth Code

Activation

When on, the system will allow aBluetooth device to connect.

Select On or Off.

Device List

Allows the management of aBluetooth device.

Select Connect, Separate,or Delete.

Pair Device

Allows the pairing of a newBluetooth device. See “Bluetooth” inthe infotainment manual.

Change Bluetooth Code

Manually change or set the code.



Return to Factory Settings

Select Return to Factory Settings toreturn Bluetooth to the defaultsettings.

Select Yes or No.

Display Settings

Select Display Settings and thefollowing may display:

. Home Page Menu

. Display Off

Home Page Menu

Select Home Page Menu and thefollowing may display:

. Customize

. Sort

. Restore Home Page Defaults

Customize

Select what icons will be availableon the Home Page.

Turn the TUNE/MENU knob or outerring to select an icon, then press theknob or outer ring.

Sort

This allows the first Home Page tobe customized. See “Home Page”under “Using the System” in theinfotainment manual.

Restore Home Page Defaults

Select Restore Home Page Defaultsto return the Home Page to thedefault settings.

Select Yes or No

Display Off

Select to turn the display off. Pressor turn any faceplate button to turnthe display on.

Vehicle Settings


. Climate and Air Quality

. Comfort and Convenience

. Collision Detection System

. Lighting

. Power Door Locks

. Remote Lock/Unlock/Start

. Return to Factory Settings?

Climate and Air Quality

If equipped, select the Climate andAir Quality menu and the followingmay display:

. Auto Fan Speed

. Air Conditioning Mode

. Remote Start Auto Heat Seats

. Auto Defog

. Auto Rear Defog

Auto Fan Speed

This allows the selection of theautomatic fan speed. This featuresets the climate control fan speed tomaintain the interior temperature.

Select High, Medium, or Low.

Air Conditioning Mode

When on, the Air Conditioning willcome on when the vehicle isstarted.

Select On, Off, or Last Setting.

Remote Start Auto Heat Seats

On vehicles with remote start andheated seats, the heated seats canbe set to on or off.



Select On or Off.

Auto Defog

When selected and high humidity isdetected, the climate control systemmay adjust to outside air supply andturn on the air conditioner or theheater. The fan speed may slightlyincrease to help prevent fogging.When high humidity is no longerdetected, the system will return toits prior operation.

Select or Deselect.

Auto Rear Defog

When selected, this feature turns onthe rear defogger at vehicle startwhen the interior temperature is coldand fog is likely. The auto rear defogfunction can be disabled bypressing1. When off, the feature

can be turned on by pressing1.See “Rear Window Defogger” underClimate Control Systems 0 135.

Select or Deselect.

Comfort and Convenience

If equipped, select the Comfort andConvenience menu and thefollowing may display:

. Easy Exit Driver Seat

. Memory Remote Recall

. Chime Volume

. Button Volume

. Reverse Tilt Mirror

. Auto Reverse Gear Wiper

Easy Exit Driver Seat

This feature moves the seatrearward allowing the driver moreroom to exit the vehicle.

Select On or Off.

Memory Remote Recall

If equipped, this feature recalls thedriver seat and outside mirrors topreviously stored Remote KeylessEntry (RKE) transmitter memorypositions when entering the vehicle.See Memory Seats 0 45.

Select On or Off.

Chime Volume

This allows the selection of thechime volume level.

Select Normal or High.

Button Volume

This allows the selection of thevolume level when a button ispressed.

Select Normal or High.

Reverse Tilt Mirror

This feature tilts the outside mirrorswhen the vehicle is in R (Reverse)allowing the driver to view the curbfor parallel parking.

Select On or Off.

Auto Reverse Gear Wiper

When selected, the rear wiper willintermittent wipe when the vehicle isshifted into R (Reverse). Whendeselected, the rear wiper willcontinuously wipe when the vehicleis shifted into R (Reverse).

Select or Deselect.



Collision Detection System

Select the Collision DetectionSystem menu and the following maydisplay:

. Side Blind Zone Alert

Side Blind Zone Alert

This allows this feature to be turnedon or off. See Side Blind Zone Alert(SBZA) 0 179.

Select On or Off.

Lighting

Select the Lighting menu and thefollowing may display:

. Exit Lighting

. Vehicle Locator Lights

Exit Lighting

This allows the selection of howlong the exterior lamps stay onwhen leaving the vehicle when it isdark outside.

Select Off, 30 Seconds, 1 Minute,or 2 Minutes.

Vehicle Locator Lights

This allows the headlamps, parkinglamps, taillamps, and most of theinterior lamps to turn on brieflywhen K is pressed.

Select or Deselect.

Power Door Locks

Select Power Door Locks and thefollowing may display:

. Open Door Anti Lock Out

. Auto Door Unlock

. Delayed Door Lock

Open Door Anti Lock Out

When selected, this feature willkeep the driver door from lockingwhen the door is open. Whendeselected, the Delayed Door Lockmenu will be available and the doorwill lock as programmed throughthis menu.

Select or Deselect.

Auto Door Unlock

This allows selection of which of thedoors will automatically unlock whenthe vehicle is shifted into P (Park).

Select All Doors, Driver Door,or OFF.

Delayed Door Lock

When selected, this feature willdelay the locking of the doors afterthe last door is closed.

Select or Deselect.

Remote Lock/Unlock/Start

Select Remote Lock/Unlock/Startand the following may display:

. Remote Unlock Feedback

. Remote Lock Feedback

. Remote Door Unlock

Remote Unlock Feedback

This allows selection of what type offeedback is given when unlockingthe vehicle with the RKE transmitter.

Select Flash Lights or Off.

Remote Lock Feedback

This allows selection of what type offeedback is given when locking thevehicle with the RKE transmitter.

Select Lights and Horn, Lights Only,Horn Only, or Off.



Remote Door Unlock

This allows selection of which doorswill unlock when pressing K on theRKE transmitter.

When set to Driver Door, the driverdoor will unlock the first time K ispressed and all doors will unlockwhen K is pressed a second time.When set to All Doors, all of thedoors will unlock at the first pressof K.

Select Driver Door or All Doors.

Return to Factory Settings?

Select Return to Factory Settings?to return all vehicle personalizationto the default settings.

Select Yes or No


Lighting 127

Lighting

Exterior LightingExterior Lamp Controls . . . . . . . 127Headlamp High/Low-BeamChanger . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 128

Flash-to-Pass . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 128Daytime RunningLamps (DRL) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 128

Automatic HeadlampSystem . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 129

Hazard Warning Flashers . . . . . 129Turn and Lane-ChangeSignals . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 130

Front Fog Lamps . . . . . . . . . . . . . 130

Interior LightingInstrument Panel IlluminationControl . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 131

Courtesy Lamps . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 131Dome Lamps . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 131Reading Lamps . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 132

Lighting FeaturesEntry Lighting . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 132Exit Lighting . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 132Battery Power Protection . . . . . 132

Exterior Lighting

Exterior Lamp Controls

The exterior lamp control is to theleft of the steering column on theinstrument panel.

There are four positions:

O (Off) : Briefly turn to this positionto turn the automatic lamp controloff or on again.

AUTO (Automatic) : Turns theheadlamps on automatically atnormal brightness, together with theparking lamps, taillamps, licenseplate lamps, sidemarker lamps, andinstrument panel lights.

; (Parking Lamps) : Turns on theparking lamps, taillamps, licenseplate lamps, sidemarker lamps, andinstrument panel lights.

5 (Headlamps) : Turns on theheadlamps, parking lamps,taillamps, license plate lamps,sidemarker lamps, and instrumentpanel lights. A warning chimesounds if the driver door is openedwhen the ignition switch is off andthe headlamps are on.

# (Front Fog Lamps, IfEquipped) : Pess to turn the lampson or off.

See Front Fog Lamps 0 130.

When the lights are on,; will belit. See Lamps On Reminder 0 113.


128 Lighting

Headlamp High/Low-Beam Changer

3 (Headlamp High/Low-BeamChanger) : Push the turn signallever away from you and release, toturn the high beams on.

To return to low beams, push thelever again or pull it toward you andrelease.

This indicator light turns on in theinstrument cluster when thehigh-beam headlamps are on.

Flash-to-PassTo flash the high beams, pull theturn signal lever all the way towardyou. Then release it.

Daytime RunningLamps (DRL)Daytime Running Lamps can makeit easier for others to see the front ofyour vehicle during the day. Fullyfunctional DRL are required on allvehicles first sold in Canada.

A light sensor on top of theinstrument panel makes the DRLwork, so be sure it is not covered.

The DRL system makes thelow-beam headlamps come on at areduced brightness when thefollowing conditions are met:

. The ignition is in the ON/RUN mode.

. The exterior lamp control isin AUTO.

. The engine is running.

When the DRL are on, only thelow-beam headlamps, at a reducedlevel of brightness, will be on. Thetaillamps, sidemarker, instrumentpanel, and other lamps will notbe on.

The headlamps automaticallychange from DRL to the regularheadlamps depending on thedarkness of the surroundings. Theother lamps that come on with theheadlamps will also come on.

When it is bright enough outside,the headlamps go off and the DRLcome on.

To turn the DRL off or on again, turnthe exterior lamp control to the offposition and then release. Forvehicles first sold in Canada, theDRL cannot be turned off.


Lighting 129

Automatic HeadlampSystemWhen it is dark enough outside andthe exterior lamp control is in theautomatic position, the headlampscome on automatically. See ExteriorLamp Controls 0 127.

The vehicle has a light sensor ontop of the instrument panel. Makesure it is not covered, or theheadlamps will be on when they arenot needed.

The system may also turn on theheadlamps when driving through aparking garage or tunnel.

If the vehicle is started in a darkgarage, the automatic headlampsystem comes on immediately. If itis light outside when the vehicleleaves the garage, there is a slightdelay before the automaticheadlamp system changes to theDRL. During that delay, theinstrument cluster may not be asbright as usual. Make sure theinstrument panel brightness controlis in the full bright position. SeeInstrument Panel IlluminationControl 0 131.

Lights On with Wipers

If the windshield wipers areactivated in daylight with the engineon, and the exterior lamp control isin AUTO, the headlamps, parkinglamps, and other exterior lampscome on. The transition time for thelamps coming on varies based onwiper speed. When the wipers arenot operating, these lamps turn off.Move the exterior lamp control toPor; to disable this feature.

Hazard Warning Flashers

| (Hazard Warning Flasher) :Press and momentarily hold thisbutton to make the front and rearturn signal lamps flash on and off.This warns others that you arehaving trouble. Press andmomentarily hold again to turn theflashers off.


130 Lighting

Turn and Lane-ChangeSignals

Move the lever all the way up ordown to signal a turn.

An arrow on the instrument clusterwill flash in the direction of the turnor lane change.

Raise or lower the lever until thearrow starts to flash to signal a lanechange. The turn signal flashesthree times.

The lever returns to its startingposition when it is released.

If after signaling a turn or lanechange the arrow flashes rapidly ordoes not come on, a signal bulbmay be burned out. Replace any

burned out bulbs. If a bulb is notburned out, check the fuse. SeeFuses and Circuit Breakers 0 215.

Front Fog Lamps

If the vehicle is equipped with frontfog lamps, the button is on theoutboard side of the instrumentpanel.

The ignition must be on to turn onthe fog lamps.

# (Front Fog Lamps) : Press toturn the fog lamps on or off. Anindicator light on the instrumentcluster comes on when the foglamps are on.

The fog lamps come on togetherwith the parking lamps.

If the high-beam headlamps areturned on, the fog lamps will turn off.If the high-beam headlamps areturned off, the fog lamps will turnback on again.

Some localities have laws thatrequire the headlamps to be onalong with the fog lamps.


Lighting 131

Interior Lighting

Instrument PanelIllumination Control

This feature controls the brightnessof the instrument panel controls andinfotainment display screen. Thethumbwheel is to the left of thesteering column on the instrumentpanel.

D (Instrument PanelBrightness) : Move thethumbwheel up or down and hold, tobrighten or dim the instrument panelcontrols and infotainment displayscreen.

Courtesy LampsThe courtesy lamps come onautomatically when any door isopened and the dome lamp is in thedoor position.

Dome LampsFront and Rear Dome Lamps

The front dome lamp controls are inthe overhead console.

( (Dome Lamp Override) : Pressto turn the lamps off, even when adoor is open.

H (Door) : When the button isreturned to the middle position, thelamps turn on automatically when adoor is opened.

' (On) : Press to turn on thedome lamps.

The rear dome lamp controls are inthe headliner above the rear seats.

9 (Dome Lamp Override) : Pressto turn the lamps off, even when adoor is open.

H (Door) : When the button isreturned to the middle position, thelamps turn on automatically when adoor is opened.


132 Lighting

R (On) : Press to turn on the domelamps.

Reading Lamps

The front reading lamps are in theoverhead console.

# or$ (Reading Lamps) : Pressto turn each lamp on or off.

Lighting Features

Entry LightingThe headlamps, parking lamps,taillamps, back-up lamps, and mostof the interior lamps turn on brieflyat night or in areas of limited lightingwhen K is pressed on the RemoteKeyless Entry (RKE) transmitter.After about 30 seconds the exteriorlamps turn off, and then the domeand remaining interior lamps will dimto off. Entry lighting can be disabledmanually by changing the ignitionout of the OFF position, or bypressing the RKE transmitter Qbutton.

This feature can be changed. See“Vehicle Locator Lights” underVehicle Personalization 0 121.

Exit LightingThe headlamps, taillamps, parkinglamps, back‐up lamps, and licenseplate lamps come on at night, or inareas with limited lighting, when thekey is removed from the ignition.The dome lamps also come onwhen the key is removed from theignition. The exterior lamps anddome lamps remain on after thedoor is closed for a set amount oftime, then automatically turn off.

The exterior lamps turn offimmediately by turning the exteriorlamps control off.

The exit lighting feature can bechanged. See VehiclePersonalization 0 121.

Battery Power ProtectionThe battery saver feature protectsagainst draining the vehicle'sbattery.

If some interior lamps or the manualparking lamps or headlamps are lefton and the ignition is turned off, the


Lighting 133

battery rundown protection systemautomatically turns the lamp off aftersome time.

To restart the 10 minute timer, turnthe exterior lamp control to the Oposition and then back to the;or5 position. To keep the lampson for more than 10 minutes, theignition must be in the ACC/ACCESSORY or ON/RUN position.


134 Infotainment System

InfotainmentSystem

IntroductionInfotainment . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 134

Introduction

InfotainmentSee the infotainment manual forinformation on the radio, audioplayers, phone, navigation system,and voice or speech recognition.It also includes information onsettings.


Climate Controls 135

Climate Controls

Climate Control SystemsClimate Control Systems . . . . . 135Dual Automatic ClimateControl System . . . . . . . . . . . . . 138

Air VentsAir Vents . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 142

MaintenanceAir Intake . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 142Passenger Compartment AirFilter . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 142

Climate Control Systems

The heating, cooling, defrosting, and ventilation for the vehicle can becontrolled with this system.

1. Temperature Control


3. Fan Control

4. Defrost



7. Recirculation

Climate Control Influence on Stop/Start Operation and Fuel Economy(If Equipped)

The climate control system dependson other vehicle systems for heatand power input. Certain climatecontrol settings can lead to higherfuel usage and/or fewer auto stops.


136 Climate Controls

The following are climate controlsettings that use more fuel:

. Comfort air conditioning mode.

. The defrost mode.

. Extreme temperature settings,such as LO or HI.

. High fan speed settings.

To help reduce fuel usage:

. Use the full automatic control asdescribed under “AutomaticOperation” following.

. Use eco air conditioning, insteadof the comfort air conditioning.

. Select a temperature setting thatis higher in hot weather andlower in cold weather.

. Turn off the air conditioningwhen it is not needed.

. Only use defrost to clear thewindows.

9 (Fan Control) : Turn the knobclockwise or counterclockwise toincrease or decrease the fan speed.Turn the knob completely to 0 toturn off the fan and air conditioningcompressor.

Temperature Control : Turn theknob clockwise or counterclockwiseto increase or decrease thetemperature setting.

Air Delivery Mode Control : Press[,Y , or X to change thedirection of the airflow. Air deliverymode settings can be combined. Anindicator light comes on in theselected mode button.

[ (Floor) : Air is directed to thefloor outlets.

Y (Vent) : Air is directed to theinstrument panel outlets.

X (Defog) : Air is directed to thewindshield and side window vents.

0 (Defrost) : Press to clear thewindshield of fog or frost morequickly. Air is directed to thewindshield.

For best results, clear all snow andice from the windshield beforedefrosting.

Do not drive the vehicle until all thewindows are clear.

Air Conditioning

# (Air Conditioning) (ForNon-Stop/Start Vehicles) : Pressto turn the air conditioning on or off.If the fan is turned off or the outsidetemperature falls below freezing, theair conditioner will not run and theindicator light turns off.

# (Comfort/Eco Air Conditioning)(For Stop/Start Vehicles) : Pressto cycle between the off, comfort,and eco air conditioning modes. Theindicator will be lit in comfort andeco modes and turns off when thereis no air conditioning function. If thefan is turned off or the outsidetemperature falls below freezing, theair conditioning compressor willnot work.

For comfort a/c, press#. Theindicator will turn amber. When theindicator light is on, the airconditioner runs automatically tocool the air inside the vehicle or todry the air needed to defog thewindshield faster.



For eco a/c, press# again. Theindicator will turn green. This settingbalances fuel economy and airconditioning comfort. In warmweather conditions, auto stops mayoccur more frequently and thevehicle interior may be warmer ascompared to the comfort airconditioning. This setting allowshigher humidity inside the vehicleand window fogging before theengine restarts.

Pressing the0 button during anauto stop may restart the engine toprevent window fogging. To reachcomfort levels quickly during anauto stop, the engine will restart ifthe air conditioner is off and# isselected.

If temperature controls are adjustedcooler during an auto stop, theengine may restart to ensure thatcomfort is reached.

h (Recirculation) : Press to turnon the recirculation. An indicatorlight comes on. Air is recirculatedinside the vehicle. It helps to quicklycool the air inside the vehicle or

reduce entry of outside air andodors. To improve fuel efficiencyand to cool the vehicle faster,recirculation may be automaticallyselected in warm weather when thetemperature is set to the coldestsetting. The recirculation light willnot come on. Pressh to selectrecirculation; press it again to selectoutside air.

Rear Window Defogger

1 (Rear Defogger) : Press to turnthe rear window defogger on or off.An indicator light on the buttoncomes on to show that the rearwindow defogger is on.

The defogger only works when theignition is in ON/RUN. The defoggerturns off if the ignition is in the ACC/ACCESSORY or LOCK/OFFposition.

Do not drive the vehicle until all thewindows are clear.

Caution

Do not use a razor blade or sharpobject to clear the inside rearwindow. Do not adhere anythingto the defogger grid lines in therear glass. These actions maydamage the rear defogger.Repairs would not be covered bythe vehicle warranty.



Dual Automatic Climate Control SystemThe heating, cooling, and ventilation for the vehicle can be controlled withthis system.

1. Driver and Passenger HeatedSeats (If Equipped)

2. Driver and PassengerTemperature Controls


4. AUTO (Automatic Operation)

5. Defrost


7. Fan Controls


9. Recirculation

10. Heated Steering Wheel (IfEquipped)

Climate Control Influence on Stop/Start Operation and Fuel Economy(If Equipped)

The climate control system dependson other vehicle systems for heatand power input. Certain climatecontrol settings can lead to higherfuel usage and/or fewer auto stops.

The following are climate controlsettings that use more fuel:

. Comfort air conditioning mode.

. The defrost mode.

. Extreme temperature settings,such as LO or HI.

. High fan speed settings.

To help reduce fuel usage:

. Use the full automatic control asdescribed under “AutomaticOperation” following.

. Use eco air conditioning, insteadof the comfort air conditioning.

. Select a temperature setting thatis higher in hot weather andlower in cold weather.

. Turn off the air conditioningwhen it is not needed.



. Only use defrost to clear thewindows.

Automatic Operation

The system automatically controlsthe fan speed, air delivery, airconditioning, and recirculation inorder to heat or cool the vehicle tothe desired temperature.

When the AUTO indicator light ison, the system is in full automaticoperation. If the air delivery mode orfan setting is manually adjusted, theauto indicator turns off and displayswill show the selected settings.

To place the system in automaticmode do the following:

1. Press AUTO.

2. Set the temperature. Allow thesystem time to stabilize. Thenadjust the temperature asneeded for best comfort.

To improve fuel efficiency andto cool the vehicle faster,recirculation may beautomatically selected in warmweather. The recirculation light

will not come on. Pressh toselect recirculation; press itagain to select outside air.

English units can be changed tometric units through the DriverInformation Center (DIC). SeeDriver Information Center (DIC)0 113.

Manual Operation

9 (Fan Control) : Press thelower9 button to decrease the fanspeed. Pressing the lower buttonlonger turns the fan and cooling off.Press the upper9 button toincrease the fan speed. Theselected fan speed is indicated by anumber on the display screen.Press AUTO to return to automaticoperation.

Air Delivery Modes : Press[,Y,

or X to change the direction of theairflow. Air delivery mode settingscan be combined. An indicator lightcomes on in the selected modebutton.

Changing the mode cancels theautomatic operation and the systemgoes into manual mode. PressAUTO to return to automaticoperation.

[ (Floor) : Air is directed to thefloor outlets.

Y (Vent) : Air is directed to theinstrument panel outlets.

X (Defog) : Air is directed to thewindshield and side window vents.

0 (Defrost) : Press to clear thewindshield of fog or frost morequickly. Air is directed to thewindshield.

For best results, clear all snow andice from the windshield beforedefrosting.

# (Air Conditioning) (ForNon-Stop/Start Vehicles) : Pressto turn the air conditioning on or off.If the fan is turned off or the outsidetemperature falls below freezing, theair conditioner will not run and theindicator light turns off.

Press AUTO to return to automaticoperation. When the indicator lightis on, the air conditioner runs



automatically to cool the air insidethe vehicle or to dry the air neededto defog the windshield faster.

# (Comfort/Eco Air Conditioning)(For Stop/Start Vehicles) : Pressto cycle between the off, comfort,and eco air conditioning modes. Theindicator will be lit in comfort andeco modes and turns off when thereis no air conditioning function. If thefan is turned off or the outsidetemperature falls below freezing, theair conditioning compressor willnot work.

For comfort a/c, press#. Theindicator will turn amber. When theindicator light is on, the airconditioner runs automatically tocool the air inside the vehicle or todry the air needed to defog thewindshield faster.

For eco a/c, press# again. Theindicator will turn green. This settingbalances fuel economy and airconditioning comfort. In warmweather conditions, auto stops mayoccur more frequently and thevehicle interior may be warmer ascompared to the comfort air

conditioning. This setting allowshigher humidity inside the vehicleand window fogging before theengine restarts.

Pressing the0 button during anauto stop may restart the engine toprevent window fogging. To reachcomfort levels quickly during anauto stop, the engine will restart ifthe air conditioner is off and AUTOor# is selected.

If temperature controls are adjustedcooler during an auto stop, theengine may restart to ensure thatcomfort is reached.

h (Recirculation) : Press to turnon recirculation. An indicator lightcomes on. Air is recirculated toquickly cool the inside of the vehicleor reduce entry of outside air andodors.

Auto Defog : The climate controlsystem may have a sensor toautomatically detect high humidityinside the vehicle. When highhumidity is detected, the climatecontrol system may adjust tooutside air supply and turn on the

air conditioner. If the climate controlsystem does not detect possiblewindow fogging, it returns to normaloperation. To turn Auto Defog off oron, see "Climate and Air Quality"under Vehicle Personalization0 121.

Rear Window Defogger

= (Rear Window Defogger) :Press to turn the rear windowdefogger on or off. An indicator lighton the button comes on to show thatthe rear window defogger is on.

The defogger only works when theignition is in ON/RUN. The defoggerturns off if the ignition is in the ACC/ACCESSORY or LOCK/OFFposition.

The rear window defogger can beset to automatic operation; see“Climate and Air Quality” underVehicle Personalization 0 121.When auto rear defog is selected,the rear window defogger turns onautomatically when the interiortemperature is cold and the outsidetemperature is about 4 °C (40 °F)and below. The auto rear defoggerturns off automatically after about



10 minutes. At higher speeds, therear window defogger may stay oncontinuously.

For vehicles with heated outsiderearview mirrors, they turn on whenthe rear window defogger button ison and help to clear fog or frost fromthe surface of the mirrors. SeeHeated Mirrors 0 36.

Caution

Do not try to clear frost or othermaterial from the inside of thefront windshield and rear windowwith a razor blade or anythingelse that is sharp. This maydamage the rear windowdefogger grid and affect theradio's ability to pick up stationsclearly. The repairs would not becovered by the vehicle warranty.

M or L (Heated Seats, IfEquipped) : Press to turn theheated seats on or off. See HeatedFront Seats 0 47.

( (Heated Steering Wheel, IfEquipped) : Press to turn theheated steering wheel on or off. SeeHeated Steering Wheel 0 95.

Remote Start Climate ControlOperation : For vehicles with theremote vehicle start feature, theclimate control system may runwhen the vehicle is started remotely.The system uses the driver’sprevious settings to heat or cool theinside of the vehicle. The rear defogmay come on during remote startbased on cold ambient conditions.The rear defog indicator light doesnot come on during a remote start.If the vehicle has front heated seats,they may come on during a remotestart. The heated seat indicatorlights do not come on during aremote start. See Remote VehicleStart 0 28 and Heated Front Seats0 47.

Sensors

The solar sensor, located on top ofthe instrument panel near thewindshield, monitors the solar heat.

The climate control system uses thesensor information to adjust thetemperature, fan speed,recirculation, and air delivery modefor best comfort.

If the sensor is covered, theautomatic climate control systemmay not work properly.



Air VentsUse the louvers located on the airvents to change the direction of theairflow.

Use the thumbwheels near the airvents to control the amount ofairflow or to shut off the airflow.

Operation Tips

. Keep all outlets open wheneverpossible for best systemperformance.

. Keep the paths under all seatsclear of objects to help circulatethe air inside the vehicle moreeffectively.

. Use of non-GM approved hooddeflectors can adversely affectthe performance of the system.

Maintenance

Air IntakeClear away any ice, snow, or leavesfrom the air intake at the base of thewindshield that can block the flow ofair into the vehicle.

Passenger CompartmentAir FilterThe filter removes dust, pollen, andother airborne irritants from outsideair that is pulled into the vehicle.

The filter should be replaced as partof routine scheduled maintenance.See Maintenance Schedule 0 263.To find out what type of filter to use,see Maintenance ReplacementParts 0 274.

1. Open the glove box completelyand disconnect the damper onthe outboard side.

2. Push in both sides of the glovebox and pull to remove.

3. Open the filter cover byreleasing tabs on both sidesand pulling up the cover.



4. Replace the air filter.

5. Close the air filter cover andreinstall the glove box.

See your dealer if additionalassistance is needed.


144 Driving and Operating

Driving andOperating

Driving InformationDriver Behavior . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 145Driving Environment . . . . . . . . . . 145Vehicle Design . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 145Distracted Driving . . . . . . . . . . . . 145Defensive Driving . . . . . . . . . . . . . 146Drunk Driving . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 146Control of a Vehicle . . . . . . . . . . . 146Braking . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 147Steering . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 147Off-Road Recovery . . . . . . . . . . . 148Loss of Control . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 148Driving on Wet Roads . . . . . . . . 148Hill and Mountain Roads . . . . . 149Winter Driving . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 150If the Vehicle Is Stuck . . . . . . . . 151Vehicle Load Limits . . . . . . . . . . . 152

Starting and OperatingNew Vehicle Break-In . . . . . . . . . 156Ignition Positions . . . . . . . . . . . . . 156Starting the Engine . . . . . . . . . . . 158Engine Heater . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 159Retained AccessoryPower (RAP) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 161

Shifting Into Park . . . . . . . . . . . . . 161

Shifting out of Park . . . . . . . . . . . 162Parking over ThingsThat Burn . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 163

Engine ExhaustEngine Exhaust . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 164Running the Vehicle WhileParked . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 164

Automatic TransmissionAutomatic Transmission . . . . . . 165Manual Mode . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 166

Drive SystemsAll-Wheel Drive . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 167

BrakesAntilock BrakeSystem (ABS) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 168

Parking Brake . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 168Brake Assist . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 169

Ride Control SystemsTraction Control/ElectronicStability Control . . . . . . . . . . . . . 169

Cruise ControlCruise Control . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 171

Driver Assistance SystemsRear Vision Camera (RVC) . . . 174Parking Assist . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 176

Forward Collision Alert (FCA)System . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 178

Side Blind ZoneAlert (SBZA) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 179

Lane DepartureWarning (LDW) . . . . . . . . . . . . . 181

FuelFuel . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 183California FuelRequirements . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 184

Fuels in Foreign Countries . . . 184Fuel Additives . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 184Filling the Tank . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 184Filling a Portable FuelContainer . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 186

TowingGeneral TowingInformation . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 186

Conversions and Add-OnsAdd-On ElectricalEquipment . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 187


Driving and Operating 145

Driving Information

Driver BehaviorDriving is an importantresponsibility. Driver behavior, thedriving environment, and thevehicle's design all affect how well avehicle performs.

Being aware of these factors canhelp in understanding how thevehicle handles and what can bedone to avoid many types ofcrashes, including a rollover crash.

Most serious injuries and fatalities tounbelted occupants can be reducedor prevented by the use of safetybelts. In a rollover crash, anunbelted person is significantlymore likely to die than a personwearing a safety belt. In addition,avoiding excessive speed, suddenor abrupt turns, and drunken oraggressive driving can help maketrips safer and avoid the possibilityof a crash.

Driving EnvironmentBe prepared for driving in inclementweather, at night, or during othertimes where visibility or traction maybe limited, such as on curves,slippery roads, or hilly terrain.Unfamiliar surroundings can alsohave hidden hazards.

Vehicle DesignUtility vehicles have a significantlyhigher rollover rate than other typesof vehicles. This is because theyhave a higher ground clearance anda narrower track or shorterwheelbase than passenger cars,which makes them more capable foroff-road driving. While these designcharacteristics provide the driverwith a better view of the road, thesevehicles do have a higher center ofgravity than other types of vehicles.A utility vehicle does not handle thesame as a vehicle with a lowercenter of gravity, like a car, in similarsituations.

Safe driver behavior andunderstanding of the environmentcan help avoid a rollover crash inany type of vehicle, including utilityvehicles.

Distracted DrivingDistraction comes in many formsand can take your focus from thetask of driving. Exercise goodjudgment and do not let otheractivities divert your attention awayfrom the road. Many localgovernments have enacted lawsregarding driver distraction. Becomefamiliar with the local laws inyour area.

To avoid distracted driving, alwayskeep your eyes on the road, handson the wheel, and mind on the drive.

. Do not use a phone indemanding driving situations.Use a hands-free method toplace or receive necessaryphone calls.

. Watch the road. Do not read,take notes, or look upinformation on phones or otherelectronic devices.



. Designate a front seatpassenger to handle potentialdistractions.

. Become familiar with vehiclefeatures before driving, such asprogramming favorite radiostations and adjusting climatecontrol and seat settings.Program all trip information intoany navigation device prior todriving.

. Wait until the vehicle is parkedto retrieve items that have fallento the floor.

. Stop or park the vehicle to tendto children.

. Keep pets in an appropriatecarrier or restraint.

. Avoid stressful conversationswhile driving, whether with apassenger or on a cell phone.

{ Warning

Taking your eyes off the road toolong or too often could cause acrash resulting in injury or death.Focus your attention on driving.

Refer to the infotainment section formore information on using thatsystem. Refer to the infotainmentmanual for more information on thenavigation system, if equipped,including pairing and using a cellphone.

Defensive DrivingDefensive driving means “alwaysexpect the unexpected.” The firststep in driving defensively is to wearthe safety belt. See Safety Belts0 53.

. Assume that other road users(pedestrians, bicyclists, andother drivers) are going to becareless and make mistakes.Anticipate what they might doand be ready.

. Allow enough following distancebetween you and the driver infront of you.

. Focus on the task of driving.

Drunk DrivingDeath and injury associated withdrinking and driving is a globaltragedy.

{ Warning

Drinking and then driving is verydangerous. Your reflexes,perceptions, attentiveness, andjudgment can be affected by evena small amount of alcohol. Youcan have a serious — or evenfatal — collision if you drive afterdrinking.

Do not drink and drive or ride witha driver who has been drinking.Ride home in a cab; or if you arewith a group, designate a driverwho will not drink.

Control of a VehicleBraking, steering, and acceleratingare important factors in helping tocontrol a vehicle while driving.



BrakingBraking action involves perceptiontime and reaction time. Deciding topush the brake pedal is perceptiontime. Actually doing it isreaction time.

Average driver reaction time isabout three-quarters of a second. Inthat time, a vehicle moving at100 km/h (60 mph) travels 20 m(66 ft), which could be a lot ofdistance in an emergency.

Helpful braking tips to keep in mindinclude:

. Keep enough distance betweenyou and the vehicle in frontof you.

. Avoid needless heavy braking.

. Keep pace with traffic.

If the engine ever stops while thevehicle is being driven, brakenormally but do not pump thebrakes. Doing so could make thepedal harder to push down. If theengine stops, there will be somepower brake assist but it will beused when the brake is applied.

Once the power assist is used up, itcan take longer to stop and thebrake pedal will be harder to push.

Steering

Electric Power Steering

The vehicle has electric powersteering. It does not have powersteering fluid. Regular maintenanceis not required.

If power steering assist is lost dueto a system malfunction, the vehiclecan be steered, but may requireincreased effort. See your dealer ifthere is a problem.

If the steering wheel is turned until itreaches the end of its travel and isheld against that position for anextended period of time, powersteering assist may be reduced.

If the steering assist is used for anextended period of time, powerassist may be reduced.

Normal use of the power steeringassist should return when thesystem cools down.

See your dealer if there is aproblem.

Curve Tips. Take curves at a reasonable

speed.

. Reduce speed before entering acurve.

. Maintain a reasonable steadyspeed through the curve.

. Wait until the vehicle is out ofthe curve before acceleratinggently into the straightaway.

Steering in Emergencies. There are some situations when

steering around a problem maybe more effective than braking.

. Holding both sides of thesteering wheel allows you to turn180 degrees without removinga hand.

. The Antilock Brake System(ABS) allows steering whilebraking.



Off-Road Recovery

The vehicle's right wheels can dropoff the edge of a road onto theshoulder while driving. Followthese tips:

1. Ease off the accelerator andthen, if there is nothing in theway, steer the vehicle so that itstraddles the edge of thepavement.

2. Turn the steering wheel aboutone-eighth of a turn, until theright front tire contacts thepavement edge.

3. Turn the steering wheel to gostraight down the roadway.

Loss of Control

Skidding

There are three types of skids thatcorrespond to the vehicle's threecontrol systems:

. Braking Skid — wheels are notrolling.

. Steering or Cornering Skid —too much speed or steering in acurve causes tires to slip andlose cornering force.

. Acceleration Skid — too muchthrottle causes the drivingwheels to spin.

Defensive drivers avoid most skidsby taking reasonable care suited toexisting conditions, and by notoverdriving those conditions. Butskids are always possible.

If the vehicle starts to slide, followthese suggestions:

. Ease your foot off theaccelerator pedal and steer theway you want the vehicle to go.

The vehicle may straighten out.Be ready for a second skid if itoccurs.

. Slow down and adjust yourdriving according to weatherconditions. Stopping distancecan be longer and vehiclecontrol can be affected whentraction is reduced by water,snow, ice, gravel, or othermaterial on the road. Learn torecognize warning clues — suchas enough water, ice, or packedsnow on the road to make amirrored surface — and slowdown when you have any doubt.

. Try to avoid sudden steering,acceleration, or braking,including reducing vehicle speedby shifting to a lower gear. Anysudden changes could causethe tires to slide.

Remember: Antilock brakes helpavoid only the braking skid.

Driving on Wet RoadsRain and wet roads can reducevehicle traction and affect yourability to stop and accelerate.



Always drive slower in these typesof driving conditions and avoiddriving through large puddles anddeep-standing or flowing water.

{ Warning

Wet brakes can cause crashes.They might not work as well in aquick stop and could causepulling to one side. You couldlose control of the vehicle.

After driving through a largepuddle of water or a car/vehiclewash, lightly apply the brakepedal until the brakes worknormally.

Flowing or rushing water createsstrong forces. Driving throughflowing water could cause thevehicle to be carried away. If thishappens, you and other vehicleoccupants could drown. Do notignore police warnings and bevery cautious about trying to drivethrough flowing water.

Hydroplaning

Hydroplaning is dangerous. Watercan build up under the vehicle'stires so they actually ride on thewater. This can happen if the road iswet enough and you are going fastenough. When the vehicle ishydroplaning, it has little or nocontact with the road.

There is no hard and fast rule abouthydroplaning. The best advice is toslow down when the road is wet.

Other Rainy Weather Tips

Besides slowing down, other wetweather driving tips include:

. Allow extra following distance.

. Pass with caution.

. Keep windshield wipingequipment in good shape.

. Keep the windshield washer fluidreservoir filled.

. Have good tires with propertread depth. See Tires 0 222.

. Turn off cruise control.

Hill and Mountain RoadsDriving on steep hills or throughmountains is different than drivingon flat or rolling terrain. Tips include:

. Keep the vehicle serviced and ingood shape.

. Check all fluid levels and brakes,tires, cooling system, andtransmission.

. Shift to a lower gear when goingdown steep or long hills.

{ Warning

Using the brakes to slow thevehicle on a long downhill slopecan cause brake overheating, canreduce brake performance, andcould result in a loss of braking.Shift the transmission to a lowergear to let the engine assist thebrakes on a steep downhill slope.



{ Warning

Coasting downhill in N (Neutral)or with the ignition off isdangerous. This can causeoverheating of the brakes andloss of steering. Always have theengine running and the vehiclein gear.

. Drive at speeds that keep thevehicle in its own lane. Do notswing wide or cross thecenter line.

. Be alert on top of hills;something could be in your lane(e.g., stalled car, accident).

. Pay attention to special roadsigns (e.g., falling rocks area,winding roads, long grades,passing or no-passing zones)and take appropriate action.

Winter Driving

Driving on Snow or Ice

Snow or ice between the tires andthe road creates less traction orgrip, so drive carefully. Wet ice canoccur at about 0 °C (32 °F) whenfreezing rain begins to fall. Avoiddriving on wet ice or in freezing rainuntil roads can be treated.

For Slippery Road Driving:

. Accelerate gently. Acceleratingtoo quickly causes the wheels tospin and makes the surfaceunder the tires slick.

. Turn on Traction Control. SeeTraction Control/ElectronicStability Control 0 169.

. The Antilock Brake System(ABS) improves vehicle stabilityduring hard stops, but thebrakes should be applied soonerthan when on dry pavement.See Antilock Brake System(ABS) 0 168.

. Allow greater following distanceand watch for slippery spots. Icypatches can occur on otherwise

clear roads in shaded areas.The surface of a curve or anoverpass can remain icy whenthe surrounding roads are clear.Avoid sudden steeringmaneuvers and braking whileon ice.

. Turn off cruise control.

Blizzard Conditions

Stay with the vehicle unless there ishelp nearby. If possible, useRoadside Assistance. See RoadsideAssistance Program 0 283. To gethelp and keep everyone in thevehicle safe:


. Tie a red cloth to an outsidemirror.

{ Warning

Snow can trap engine exhaustunder the vehicle. This maycause exhaust gases to getinside. Engine exhaust contains

(Continued)



Warning (Continued)

carbon monoxide (CO), whichcannot be seen or smelled. It cancause unconsciousness and evendeath.

If the vehicle is stuck in snow:

. Clear snow from the base ofthe vehicle, especially anyblocking the exhaust pipe.

. Open a window about 5 cm(2 in) on the vehicle sidethat is away from the wind,to bring in fresh air.

. Fully open the air outlets onor under the instrumentpanel.

. Adjust the climate controlsystem to circulate the airinside the vehicle and setthe fan speed to the highestsetting. See “ClimateControl Systems.”

For more information about CO,see Engine Exhaust 0 164.

To save fuel, run the engine forshort periods to warm the vehicleand then shut the engine off andpartially close the window. Movingabout to keep warm also helps.

If it takes time for help to arrive,when running the engine, push theaccelerator pedal slightly so theengine runs faster than the idlespeed. This keeps the batterycharged to restart the vehicle and tosignal for help with the headlamps.Do this as little as possible, tosave fuel.

If the Vehicle Is StuckSlowly and cautiously spin thewheels to free the vehicle whenstuck in sand, mud, ice, or snow.

If stuck too severely for the tractionsystem to free the vehicle, turn thetraction system off and use therocking method. See TractionControl/Electronic Stability Control0 169.

{ Warning

If the vehicle's tires spin at highspeed, they can explode, and youor others could be injured. Thevehicle can overheat, causing anengine compartment fire or otherdamage. Spin the wheels as littleas possible and avoid goingabove 56 km/h (35 mph).

Rocking the Vehicle to Getit Out

Turn the steering wheel left andright to clear the area around thefront wheels. Turn off any tractionsystem. Shift back and forthbetween R (Reverse) and a lowforward gear, spinning the wheelsas little as possible. To preventtransmission wear, wait until thewheels stop spinning before shiftinggears. Release the acceleratorpedal while shifting, and presslightly on the accelerator pedalwhen the transmission is in gear.Slowly spinning the wheels in theforward and reverse directions



causes a rocking motion that couldfree the vehicle. If that does not getthe vehicle out after a few tries, itmight need to be towed out. If thevehicle does need to be towed out,see Towing the Vehicle 0 250.

Vehicle Load LimitsIt is very important to know howmuch weight the vehicle cancarry. This weight is called thevehicle capacity weight andincludes the weight of alloccupants, cargo, and allnonfactory-installed options.Two labels on the vehicle mayshow how much weight it mayproperly carry, the Tire andLoading Information label andthe Certification/Tire label.

{ Warning

Do not load the vehicle anyheavier than the GrossVehicle Weight Rating(GVWR), or either the

(Continued)

Warning (Continued)

maximum front or rear GrossAxle Weight Rating (GAWR).This can cause systems tobreak and change the way thevehicle handles. This couldcause loss of control and acrash. Overloading can alsoreduce stopping distance,damage the tires, and shortenthe life of the vehicle.

Tire and Loading InformationLabel

Example Label

A vehicle-specific Tire andLoading Information label isattached to the center pillar(B-pillar). The Tire and LoadingInformation label shows thenumber of occupant seatingpositions (1), and the maximumvehicle capacity weight (2) inkilograms and pounds.



The Tire and LoadingInformation label also shows thesize of the original equipmenttires (3) and the recommendedcold tire inflation pressures (4).For more information on tiresand inflation see Tires 0 222and Tire Pressure 0 229.

There is also important loadinginformation on the vehicleCertification/Tire label. It mayshow the Gross Vehicle WeightRating (GVWR) and the GrossAxle Weight Rating (GAWR) forthe front and rear axle. See“Certification/Tire Label” later inthis section.

“Steps for Determining CorrectLoad Limit–

1. Locate the statement "Thecombined weight ofoccupants and cargo shouldnever exceed XXX kg orXXX lbs." on your vehicle’splacard.

2. Determine the combinedweight of the driver andpassengers that will beriding in your vehicle.

3. Subtract the combinedweight of the driver andpassengers from XXX kg orXXX lbs.

4. The resulting figure equalsthe available amount ofcargo and luggage loadcapacity. For example, if the"XXX" amount equals1400 lbs. and there will befive 150 lb passengers inyour vehicle, the amount ofavailable cargo and luggageload capacity is 650 lbs.(1400-750 (5 x 150) =650 lbs.)

5. Determine the combinedweight of luggage and cargobeing loaded on the vehicle.That weight may not safely

exceed the available cargoand luggage load capacitycalculated in Step 4.

6. If your vehicle will be towinga trailer, load from yourtrailer will be transferred toyour vehicle. Consult thismanual to determine howthis reduces the availablecargo and luggage loadcapacity of your vehicle.”

This vehicle is neither designednor intended to tow a trailer.



Example 1

1. Vehicle Capacity Weightfor Example 1 = 453 kg(1,000 lbs).

2. Subtract OccupantWeight @ 68 kg (150 lbs)× 2 = 136 kg (300 lbs).

3. Available Occupant andCargo Weight = 317 kg(700 lbs).

Example 2


2. Subtract OccupantWeight @ 68 kg (150 lbs)× 5 = 340 kg (750 lbs).

3. Available Cargo Weight= 113 kg (250 lbs).

Example 3


2. Subtract OccupantWeight @ 91 kg(200 lbs) × 5 = 453 kg(1,000 lbs).

3. Available Cargo Weight= 0 kg (0 lbs).

Refer to your vehicle's Tire andLoading Information label forspecific information about yourvehicle's capacity weight andseating positions. The combined



weight of the driver, passengers,and cargo should never exceedyour vehicle's capacity weight.

Certification/Tire Label

Label Example

A vehicle-specific Certification/Tire label is attached to thecenter pillar (B-pillar).

The label may show the size ofthe vehicle's original tires andthe inflation pressures needed toobtain the gross weight capacityof the vehicle. The label showsthe gross weight capacity of thevehicle. This is called the Gross

Vehicle Weight Rating (GVWR).The GVWR includes the weightof the vehicle, all occupants,fuel, and cargo.

The Certification/Tire label mayalso show the maximum weightsfor the front and rear axles,called the Gross Axle WeightRating (GAWR). To find out theactual loads on the front andrear axles, weigh the vehicle ata weigh station. Your dealer canhelp with this. Be sure to spreadthe load equally on both sides ofthe centerline.

Caution

Overloading the vehicle maycause damage. Repairs would notbe covered by the vehiclewarranty. Do not overload thevehicle.

{ Warning

Things you put inside thevehicle can strike and injurepeople in a sudden stop orturn, or in a crash.

. Put things in the cargoarea of the vehicle. Try tospread the weight evenly.

. Never stack heavierthings, like suitcases,inside the vehicle so thatsome of them are abovethe tops of the seats.

. Do not leave anunsecured child restraintin the vehicle.

. When you carrysomething inside thevehicle, secure itwhenever you can.

. Do not leave a seatfolded down unless youneed to.



Starting andOperating

New Vehicle Break-In

Caution

The vehicle does not need anelaborate break-in. But it willperform better in the long run ifyou follow these guidelines:

. Do not drive at any oneconstant speed, fast or slow,for the first 805 km (500 mi).Do not make full-throttlestarts. Avoid downshifting tobrake or slow the vehicle.

. Avoid making hard stops forthe first 322 km (200mi) orso. During this time the newbrake linings are not yetbroken in. Hard stops withnew linings can meanpremature wear and earlierreplacement. Follow this

(Continued)

Caution (Continued)

breaking-in guideline everytime you get new brakelinings.

Following break-in, engine speedand load can be graduallyincreased.

Ignition Positions

The ignition switch has four differentpositions.

The key must be fully extended tostart the vehicle.

To shift out of P (Park), the ignitionmust be in ON/RUN and the regularbrake pedal applied.

0 (STOPPING THE ENGINE/LOCK/OFF) : When the vehicle is stopped,turn the ignition switch to LOCK/OFF to turn the engine off.

This position locks the ignition andtransmission. The steering wheelmay also lock, if equipped.

The ignition switch can bind in theLOCK/OFF position with the wheelsturned off center. If this happens,move the steering wheel from rightto left while turning the key to ACC/ACCESSORY. If this does not work,then the vehicle needs service.

Do not turn the engine off when thevehicle is moving. This will cause aloss of power assist in the brakeand steering systems and disablethe airbags.

If the vehicle must be shut off in anemergency:



1. Brake using a firm and steadypressure. Do not pump thebrakes repeatedly. This maydeplete power assist, requiringincreased brake pedal force.

2. Shift the vehicle to N (Neutral).This can be done while thevehicle is moving. After shiftingto N (Neutral), firmly apply thebrakes and steer the vehicle toa safe location.

3. Come to a complete stop, shiftto P (Park), and turn theignition to LOCK/OFF. Onvehicles with an automatictransmission, the shift levermust be in P (Park) to turn theignition switch to the LOCK/OFF position.

4. Set the parking brake. SeeParking Brake 0 168.

{ Warning

Turning off the vehicle whilemoving may cause loss of powerassist in the brake and steering

(Continued)

Warning (Continued)

systems and disable the airbags.While driving, only shut thevehicle off in an emergency.

If the vehicle cannot be pulled over,and must be shut off while driving,turn the ignition to ACC/ACCESSORY.

Caution

Using a tool to force the key toturn in the ignition could causedamage to the switch or break thekey. Use the correct key, makesure it is all the way in, and turn itonly with your hand. If the keycannot be turned by hand, seeyour dealer.

1 (ACC/ACCESSORY) : This is theposition in which you can operatethings like the radio and thewindshield wipers when the engineis off.

2 (ON/RUN) : This position can beused to operate the electricalaccessories and to display someinstrument cluster warning andindicator lights. This position canalso be used for service anddiagnostics, and to verify the properoperation of the malfunctionindicator lamp as may be requiredfor emission inspection purposes.The switch stays in this positionwhen the engine is running.

If you leave the key in the ACC/ACCESSORY or ON/RUN positionwith the engine off, the battery couldbe drained. You may not be able tostart the vehicle if the battery isallowed to drain for an extendedperiod of time.

3 (START) : This is the position thatstarts the engine. When the enginestarts, release the key. The ignitionswitch returns to ON/RUN fordriving.

A warning tone will sound when thedriver door is opened, the ignition isin ACC/ACCESSORY or LOCK/



OFF, and the key is in the ignition.If the ignition becomes difficult toturn, see Keys 0 24.

Key Lock Release

The vehicle may be equipped withan electronic key lock releasesystem. This system is to preventignition key removal unless the shiftlever is in P (Park).

Starting the EngineMove the shift lever to P (Park) orN (Neutral). To restart the vehiclewhen it is already moving, useN (Neutral) only.

Caution

Do not try to shift to P (Park) if thevehicle is moving. If you do, youcould damage the transmission.Shift to P (Park) only when thevehicle is stopped.

Caution

If you add electrical parts oraccessories, you could changethe way the engine operates. Anyresulting damage would not becovered by the vehicle warranty.See Add-On Electrical Equipment0 187.

Starting Procedure

1. With your foot off theaccelerator pedal, turn theignition key to START. Whenthe engine starts, let go of theignition.

The idle speed will go down asyour engine gets warm. Do notrace the engine immediatelyafter starting it. Operate theengine and transmission gentlyto allow the oil to warm up andlubricate all moving parts.

Caution

Cranking the engine for longperiods of time, by returning theignition to the START positionimmediately after cranking hasended, can overheat and damagethe cranking motor, and drain thebattery. Wait at least 15 secondsbetween each try, to let thecranking motor cool down.

2. If the engine does not startafter five to 10 seconds,especially in very cold weather(below −18 °C or 0 °F), it couldbe flooded with too muchgasoline. Try pushing theaccelerator pedal all the way tothe floor and holding it there asyou hold the key in START forup to a maximum of15 seconds. Wait at least15 seconds between each try,to allow the cranking motor tocool down. When the enginestarts, let go of the key orbutton, and the accelerator.If the vehicle starts briefly but



then stops again, do the samething. This clears the extragasoline from the engine. Donot race the engineimmediately after starting it.Operate the engine andtransmission gently until the oilwarms up and lubricates allmoving parts.

Stop/Start System

{ Warning

Exiting the vehicle without firstshifting into P (Park) may causethe vehicle to move. You or othersmay be injured. Because thevehicle has the auto engine stop/start feature, the vehicle's enginemight seem to be shut off;however, once the brake pedal isreleased, the engine will start upagain.

Shift to P (Park) and turn theignition to LOCK/OFF, beforeexiting the vehicle.

The stop/start system helps to savefuel and to reduce the exhaustemissions.

Auto Engine Stop/Start

When the brakes are applied andthe vehicle is at a complete stop,the engine may turn off. Whenstopped, the tachometer displaysAUTO STOP. See Tachometer0 102. When the brake pedal isreleased or the accelerator pedalpushed, the engine will restart.

Auto Stop may be deactivated if:

. A minimum vehicle speed is notreached.

. The engine or transmission isnot at the required operatingtemperature.

. The shift lever is in any gearother than D (Drive).

. The battery charge is low.

. The interior comfort level has notreached the required level forthe climate control system ordefog settings. See DualAutomatic Climate ControlSystem 0 138.

. The Auto Stop time is greaterthan two minutes.

Engine HeaterVehicles with the 1.4L engine mayhave an engine heater. The engineheater can help in cold weatherconditions at or below −18 °C (0 °F)for easier starting and better fueleconomy during engine warm-up.Plug in the heater at least four hoursbefore starting the vehicle. Aninternal thermostat in the plug-endof the cord will prevent engineheater operation at temperaturesabove −18 °C (0 °F).

To Use The Engine Heater

1. Turn off the engine.



2. Open the hood and unwrap theelectrical cord. The cord islocated in the driver side of theengine compartment, near thebattery. It is shipped from thefactory with a tie holding it inplace. Use care in removingthe tie so that the cord is notdamaged.

Check the heater cord fordamage. If it is damaged, donot use it. See your dealer fora replacement. Inspect thecord for damage yearly.

3. Plug it into a normal, grounded110-volt AC outlet.

{ Warning

Improper use of the heater cordor an extension cord can damagethe cord and may result inoverheating and fire.

. Plug the cord into athree-prong electrical utilityreceptacle that is protectedby a ground fault detectionfunction. An ungroundedoutlet could cause anelectric shock.

. Use a weatherproof,heavy-duty, 15 amp-ratedextension cord if needed.Failure to use therecommended extensioncord in good operatingcondition, or using adamaged heater orextension cord, could make

(Continued)

Warning (Continued)

it overheat and cause a fire,property damage, electricshock, and injury.

. Do not operate the vehiclewith the heater cordpermanently attached to thevehicle. Possible heatercord and thermostatdamage could occur.

. While in use, do not let theheater cord touch vehicleparts or sharp edges. Neverclose the hood on theheater cord.

. Before starting the vehicle,unplug the cord, reattachthe cover to the plug, andsecurely fasten the cord.Keep the cord away fromany moving parts.

4. Before starting the engine, besure to unplug and store thecord as it was before to keep it



away from moving engineparts. If you do not it could bedamaged.

The length of time the heater shouldremain plugged in depends onseveral factors. Ask a dealer in thearea where you will be parking thevehicle for the best advice on this.

Retained AccessoryPower (RAP)These vehicle accessories may beused for up to 10 minutes after theengine is turned off:

. Audio System

. Power Windows

. Sunroof

The power windows and sunroof willcontinue to work for up to10 minutes or until any door isopened. The radio will work whenthe key is in ON/RUN or ACC/ACCESSORY. Once the key isturned from ON/RUN to LOCK/OFF,the radio will continue to work for10 minutes, or until the driver door isopened.

Shifting Into Park1. Hold the brake pedal down and

set the parking brake. SeeParking Brake 0 168.

2. Move the shift lever intoP (Park) by pressing the buttonon the shift lever and pushingthe lever all the way toward thefront of the vehicle.

3. Turn the ignition key toLOCK/OFF.

4. Remove the key and take itwith you. If you can leave thevehicle with the ignition key inyour hand, the vehicle is inP (Park).

Leaving the Vehicle with theEngine Running (AutomaticTransmission)

{ Warning

It can be dangerous to leave thevehicle with the engine running.It could overheat and catch fire.

(Continued)

Warning (Continued)

It is dangerous to get out of thevehicle if the shift lever is not fullyin P (Park) with the parking brakefirmly set. The vehicle can roll.

Do not leave the vehicle when theengine is running. If you have leftthe engine running, the vehiclecan move suddenly. You or otherscould be injured. To be sure thevehicle will not move, even whenyou are on fairly level ground,always set the parking brake andmove the shift lever to P (Park).See Shifting Into Park 0 161.

If you have to leave the vehicle withthe engine running, be sure thevehicle is in P (Park) and theparking brake is firmly set beforeyou leave it. After you have movedthe shift lever into P (Park), hold thebrake pedal down. Then see if youcan move the shift lever away fromP (Park) without first pushing the



button on the shift lever. If you can,it means that the shift lever was notfully locked into P (Park).

Torque Lock (AutomaticTransmission)

If you are parking on a hill and youdo not shift the transmission intoP (Park) properly, the weight of thevehicle may put too much force onthe parking pawl in thetransmission. You may find it difficultto pull the shift lever out of P (Park).This is called “torque lock.”To prevent torque lock, set theparking brake and then shift intoP (Park) properly before you leavethe driver seat. To find out how, see“Shifting Into Park” previously in thissection.

When you are ready to drive, movethe shift lever out of P (Park) beforeyou release the parking brake.

If torque lock does occur, you mayneed to have another vehicle pushyours a little uphill to take some ofthe pressure from the parking pawlin the transmission, so you can pullthe shift lever out of P (Park).

Shifting out of ParkThis vehicle is equipped with a shiftlock control. The shift lock control isdesigned to:

. Prevent ignition key removalunless the shift lever is inP (Park) with the shift leverbutton fully released.

. Prevent movement of the shiftlever out of P (Park) unless theignition is in ON/RUN and thebrake pedal is applied.

The shift lock control is alwaysfunctional except in the case of anuncharged or low voltage (less than9-volt) battery.

If the vehicle has an unchargedbattery or a battery with low voltage,try charging or jump starting thebattery. See Jump Starting - NorthAmerica 0 248.

To shift out of P (Park):

1. Apply the brake pedal.

2. Turn the ignition to ON/RUN.

3. Press the shift lever button.

4. Move the shift lever to thedesired position.

If still unable to shift out of P (Park):

1. Fully release the shift leverbutton.

2. Hold the brake pedal down andpress the shift lever buttonagain.

3. Move the shift lever to thedesired position.

If the shift lever still cannot bemoved from P (Park), see “ShiftLock Manual Release.”

Shift Lock Manual Release

The automatic transmission has anelectric park lock. The key must bein the ON/RUN position, and thebrake pedal pressed so the shiftlever can be moved from theP (Park) position. If the battery haslost power, the shift lever cannot bemoved from P (Park) unless the shiftlock manual release is disengagedmanually.

To access the shift lock manualrelease:



1. Turn the ignition OFF andremove the key.

2. Hold the brake pedal down.Apply the parking brake.

3. Remove the cover on theconsole.

4. Insert and press the ignitionkey into the slot.

5. Move the shift lever out ofP (Park). If P (Park) is selectedagain after the key is removedfrom the slot, the shift lever willbe locked again.

6. Remove the key from the slot.

7. Close the cover.

8. Have the cause of the problemfixed by your dealer.

Parking over ThingsThat Burn

{ Warning

Things that can burn could touchhot exhaust parts under thevehicle and ignite. Do not parkover papers, leaves, dry grass,or other things that can burn.



Engine Exhaust

{ Warning

Engine exhaust contains carbonmonoxide (CO), which cannot beseen or smelled. Exposure to COcan cause unconsciousness andeven death.

Exhaust may enter the vehicle if:

. The vehicle idles in areaswith poor ventilation(parking garages, tunnels,deep snow that may blockunderbody airflow or tailpipes).

. The exhaust smells orsounds strange or different.

. The exhaust system leaksdue to corrosion or damage.

. The vehicle exhaust systemhas been modified,damaged, or improperlyrepaired.

(Continued)

Warning (Continued)

. There are holes or openingsin the vehicle body fromdamage or aftermarketmodifications that are notcompletely sealed.

If unusual fumes are detected orif it is suspected that exhaust iscoming into the vehicle:

. Drive it only with thewindows completely down.

. Have the vehicle repairedimmediately.

Never park the vehicle with theengine running in an enclosedarea such as a garage or abuilding that has no fresh airventilation.

Running the VehicleWhile ParkedIt is better not to park with theengine running.

If the vehicle is left with the enginerunning, follow the proper steps tobe sure the vehicle will not move.See Shifting Into Park 0 161 andEngine Exhaust 0 164.



AutomaticTransmission

The selected gear is also shown inthe instrument cluster.

P : This position locks the drivewheels. It is the best position to usewhen starting the engine becausethe vehicle cannot move easily.

{ Warning

It is dangerous to get out of thevehicle if the shift lever is not fullyin P (Park) with the parking brakefirmly set. The vehicle can roll.

Do not leave the vehicle when theengine is running. If you have leftthe engine running, the vehiclecan move suddenly. You or otherscould be injured. To be sure thevehicle will not move, even whenyou are on fairly level ground,always set the parking brake andmove the shift lever to P (Park).See Shifting Into Park 0 161.

Make sure the shift lever is fully inP (Park) before starting the engine.The vehicle has an automatictransmission shift lock controlsystem. The regular brake must befully applied first and then the shiftlever button pressed before shiftingfrom P (Park) when the ignition keyis in ON/RUN. If you cannot shift outof P (Park), ease pressure on theshift lever, then push the shift lever

all the way into P (Park) as youmaintain brake application. Thenpress the shift lever button andmove the shift lever into anothergear. See Shifting out of Park 0 162.

R : Use this gear to back up.

Caution

Shifting to R (Reverse) while thevehicle is moving forward coulddamage the transmission. Therepairs would not be covered bythe vehicle warranty. Shift toR (Reverse) only after the vehicleis stopped.

To rock the vehicle back and forth toget out of snow, ice, or sand withoutdamaging the transmission, see Ifthe Vehicle Is Stuck 0 151.

N : In this position, the engine doesnot connect with the wheels. Torestart the engine when the vehicleis already moving, use N (Neutral)only. Also, use N (Neutral) when thevehicle is being towed.



The vehicle has an automaticneutral shift feature which allows thetransmission to automatically shift toN (Neutral) when the vehicle isstopped with a forward gearengaged. The reduced load on theengine improves vehicle fueleconomy.

{ Warning

Shifting into a drive gear while theengine is running at high speed isdangerous. Unless your foot isfirmly on the brake pedal, thevehicle could move very rapidly.You could lose control and hitpeople or objects. Do not shiftinto a drive gear while the engineis running at high speed.

Caution

Shifting out of P (Park) orN (Neutral) with the enginerunning at high speed maydamage the transmission. The

(Continued)

Caution (Continued)

repairs would not be covered bythe vehicle warranty. Be sure theengine is not running at highspeed when shifting the vehicle.

D : This position is for normaldriving. It provides the best fueleconomy. If more power is neededfor passing, and the vehicle is:

. Going less than 56 km/h(35 mph), push the acceleratorpedal about halfway down.

. Going about 56 km/h (35 mph) ormore, push the accelerator allthe way down.

M : This position allows shiftingsimilar to a manual transmission.See Manual Mode 0 166.

Caution

If the vehicle accelerates slowly,or does not shift gears, thetransmission could be damaged.Have the vehicle servicedright away.

Manual Mode

Driver Shift Control (DSC)

To use this feature:

1. Move the shift lever fromD (Drive) rearward toM (Manual Mode).



While driving in manual mode,the transmission will remain inthe driver selected gear. Whencoming to a stop in the manualposition, the vehicle willautomatically shift into1 (First) gear.

2. Press the + (plus) end of thebutton on the top of the shiftlever to upshift, or press the −(minus) end of the button todownshift.

The instrument cluster will changefrom the currently displayedmessage to the letter “M,” forManual position, and a numberindicating the requested gear.

While using the DSC feature, thetransmission will have firmer shiftingand sportier performance. This canbe used for sport driving or whenclimbing hills to stay in gear longeror to downshift for more power orengine braking.

The transmission will only allow youto shift into gears appropriate for thevehicle speed and enginerevolutions per minute (rpm):

. The transmission will not allowshifting to the next higher gear ifthe vehicle speed or engine rpmis too low.

. The transmission will not allowshifting to the next lower gear ifthe vehicle speed or engine rpmis too high.

Drive Systems

All-Wheel DriveIf equipped, this feature transfersengine power, as required, to allfour wheels. It is fully automatic ,and adjusts itself as needed for roadconditions.

When using a compact spare tire onan All-Wheel Drive (AWD) vehicle,the system automatically detects thecompact spare and disables AWD toprotect the system. A DriverInformation Center (DIC) messagewill display on the instrumentcluster. See Vehicle Messages0 116. To restore AWD operationand prevent excessive wear on thesystem, replace the compact sparewith a full-size tire as soon aspossible. See Compact Spare Tire0 247.

AWD will be disabled and themessage will display if there isexcessive wheel spin. When thesystem cools down, AWD will berestored.



Brakes

Antilock BrakeSystem (ABS)This vehicle has ABS, an advancedelectronic braking system that helpsprevent a braking skid.

When the vehicle begins to driveaway, ABS checks itself.A momentary motor or clicking noisemight be heard while this test isgoing on, and it might even benoticed that the brake pedal movesa little. This is normal.

If there is a problem with ABS, thiswarning light stays on. See AntilockBrake System (ABS) Warning Light0 109.

If driving safely on a wet road and itbecomes necessary to slam on thebrakes and continue braking to

avoid a sudden obstacle, acomputer senses the wheels areslowing down. If one of the wheelsis about to stop rolling, the computerwill separately work the brakes ateach wheel.

ABS can change the brake pressureto each wheel, as required, fasterthan any driver could. This can helpyou steer around the obstacle whilebraking hard.

As the brakes are applied, thecomputer keeps receiving updateson wheel speed and controlsbraking pressure accordingly.

Remember: ABS does not changethe time needed to get a foot up tothe brake pedal or always decreasestopping distance. If you get tooclose to the vehicle in front of you,there will not be enough time toapply the brakes if that vehiclesuddenly slows or stops. Alwaysleave enough room up ahead tostop, even with ABS.

Using ABS

Do not pump the brakes. Just holdthe brake pedal down firmly and letABS work. You may hear the ABSpump or motor operating and feelthe brake pedal pulsate. This isnormal.

Braking in Emergencies

ABS allows you to steer and brakeat the same time. In manyemergencies, steering can helpmore than even the very bestbraking.

Parking Brake



To set the parking brake, hold thebrake pedal down and pull up on theparking brake lever. If the ignition ison, the brake system warning lightwill come on. See Brake SystemWarning Light 0 108.

To release the parking brake, holdthe brake pedal down. Pull theparking brake lever up until you canpress the release button. Hold therelease button in as you move thebrake lever all the way down.

Caution

Driving with the parking brake oncan overheat the brake systemand cause premature wear ordamage to brake system parts.Make sure that the parking brakeis fully released and the brakewarning light is off before driving.

Brake AssistThe Brake Assist feature isdesigned to assist the driver instopping or decreasing vehiclespeed in emergency driving

conditions. This feature uses thestability system hydraulic brakecontrol module to supplement thepower brake system underconditions where the driver hasquickly and forcefully applied thebrake pedal in an attempt to quicklystop or slow down the vehicle. Thestability system hydraulic brakecontrol module increases brakepressure at each corner of thevehicle until the ABS activates.Minor brake pedal pulsation orpedal movement during this time isnormal and the driver shouldcontinue to apply the brake pedal asthe driving situation dictates. TheBrake Assist feature willautomatically disengage when thebrake pedal is released or brakepedal pressure is quicklydecreased.

Ride Control Systems

Traction Control/Electronic StabilityControl

System Operation

The vehicle has a Traction ControlSystem (TCS) and StabiliTrak®, anelectronic stability control system.These systems help limit wheel slipand assist the driver in maintainingcontrol, especially on slippery roadconditions.

TCS activates if it senses that anyof the drive wheels are spinning orbeginning to lose traction. When thishappens, TCS applies the brakes tothe spinning wheels and reducesengine power to limit wheel spin.

StabiliTrak activates when thevehicle senses a difference betweenthe intended path and the directionthe vehicle is actually traveling.StabiliTrak selectively appliesbraking pressure to any one of the



vehicle wheel brakes to assist thedriver in keeping the vehicle on theintended path.

If cruise control is being used andtraction control or StabiliTrak beginsto limit wheel spin, cruise control willdisengage. Cruise control may beturned back on when roadconditions allow.

Both systems come onautomatically when the vehicle isstarted and begins to move. Thesystems may be heard or felt whilethey are operating or whileperforming diagnostic checks. Thisis normal and does not mean thereis a problem with the vehicle.

It is recommended to leave bothsystems on for normal drivingconditions, but it may be necessaryto turn TCS off if the vehicle getsstuck in sand, mud, ice, or snow.See If the Vehicle Is Stuck 0 151and “Turning the Systems Off andOn” later in this section.

The indicator light for both systemsis in the instrument cluster. Thislight will:

. Flash when TCS is limitingwheel spin.

. Flash when StabiliTrak isactivated.

. Turn on and stay on when eithersystem is not working.

If either system fails to turn on or toactivate, a message displays in theDriver Information Center (DIC), andd comes on and stays on toindicate that the system is inactiveand is not assisting the driver inmaintaining control. The vehicle issafe to drive, but driving should beadjusted accordingly.

If d comes on and stays on:

1. Stop the vehicle.

2. Turn the engine off and wait15 seconds.

3. Start the engine.

Drive the vehicle. If d comes onand stays on, the vehicle may needmore time to diagnose the problem.If the condition persists, see yourdealer.

Turning the Systems Offand On

The button for TCS and StabiliTrakis on the center stack.



Caution

Do not repeatedly brake oraccelerate heavily when TCS isoff. The vehicle driveline could bedamaged.

To turn off only TCS, press andrelease the g button. The Traction

Off light i displays in theinstrument cluster. The appropriatemessage is displayed in the DIC.See Ride Control System Messages0 120.

To turn TCS on again, press andrelease the g button. The Traction

Off light i displayed in theinstrument cluster will turn off.

If TCS is limiting wheel spin whenthe g button is pressed, the systemwill not turn off until the wheels stopspinning.

To turn off both TCS and StabiliTrak,press and hold the g button until

the Traction Off light i and

StabiliTrak Off light g come on and

stay on in the instrument cluster.The appropriate message isdisplayed in the DIC. See RideControl System Messages 0 120.

To turn TCS and StabiliTrak onagain, press and release the gbutton. The Traction Off light i and

StabiliTrak Off light g in theinstrument cluster turn off.

Adding accessories can affect thevehicle performance. SeeAccessories and Modifications0 189.

Cruise ControlThe cruise control lets the vehiclemaintain a speed of about 40 km/h(25 mph) or more without keepingyour foot on the accelerator. Cruisecontrol does not work at speedsbelow 40 km/h (25 mph).

{ Warning

Cruise control can be dangerouswhere you cannot drive safely ata steady speed. Do not usecruise control on winding roads orin heavy traffic.

Cruise control can be dangerouson slippery roads. On such roads,fast changes in tire traction cancause excessive wheel slip, andyou could lose control. Do not usecruise control on slippery roads.

The vehicle has a Traction ControlSystem (TCS) or StabiliTrak systemthat begins to limit wheel spin whileusing cruise control and the cruisecontrol will automatically disengage.



See Traction Control/ElectronicStability Control 0 169. If a collisionalert occurs when cruise control isactivated, cruise control isdisengaged. See Forward CollisionAlert (FCA) System 0 178. Whenroad conditions allow you to safelyuse it again, cruise control can beturned back on.

If the brakes are applied, cruisecontrol disengages.

o (On/Off) : Press to turn thecruise control system on or off.A white indicator comes in theinstrument cluster when cruise isturned on.

RES/+ (Resume/Accel) : If there isa set speed in memory, move thethumbwheel up briefly to resume tothat speed or hold upward toaccelerate. If cruise control isalready active, use to increasevehicle speed.

SET/− (Set/Coast) : Move thethumbwheel down briefly to set thespeed and activate cruise control.If cruise control is already active,use to decrease speed.

n (Cancel) : Press to disengagecruise control without erasing theset speed from memory.

Setting Cruise Control

Ifo is on when not in use, SET/−or RES/+ could get bumped and gointo cruise when not desired.Keepo off when cruise control isnot being used.

To set a speed:

1. Presso to turn cruisecontrol on.

2. Get up to the speed desired.

3. Move the thumbwheel downtoward SET/− and release it.

4. Remove your foot from theaccelerator.

The cruise control indicator on theinstrument cluster turns green aftercruise control has been set to thedesired speed. See InstrumentCluster 0 101.

Resuming a Set Speed

If the cruise control is set at adesired speed and then the brakesare applied orn is pressed, thecruise control is disengaged withouterasing the set speed from memory.Once the vehicle speed is about40 km/h (25 mph) or greater, movethe thumbwheel up toward RES/+briefly. The vehicle returns to thepreviously set speed.



Increasing Speed While UsingCruise Control

If the cruise control system isalready activated:

. Move the thumbwheel up towardRES/+ and hold it until thedesired speed is reached, thenrelease it.

. To increase vehicle speed insmall increments, move thethumbwheel up toward RES/+briefly. For each press, thevehicle goes about 1.6 km/h(1 mph) faster.

The speedometer reading can bedisplayed in either English or metricunits. See Driver Information Center(DIC) 0 113. The increment valueused depends on the unitsdisplayed.

Reducing Speed While UsingCruise Control

If the cruise control system isalready activated:

. Move the thumbwheel towardSET/− and hold until the desiredlower speed is reached, thenrelease it.

. To decrease the vehicle speed insmall increments, move thethumbwheel toward SET/−briefly. For each press, thevehicle goes about 1.6 km/h(1 mph) slower.

The speedometer reading can bedisplayed in either English or metricunits. See Driver Information Center(DIC) 0 113. The increment valueused depends on the unitsdisplayed.

Passing Another Vehicle WhileUsing Cruise Control

Use the accelerator pedal toincrease the vehicle speed. Whenyou take your foot off the pedal, thevehicle slows down to the previousset cruise control speed. Whilepressing the accelerator pedal orshortly following the release tooverride cruise control, brieflymoving the thumbwheel towardSET/− will result in cruise set to thecurrent vehicle speed.

Using Cruise Control on Hills

How well cruise control works onhills depends on the vehicle speed,load, and the steepness of the hills.When going up steep hills, youmight have to step on theaccelerator pedal to maintain thevehicle speed. When goingdownhill, you might have to brake orshift to a lower gear to keep yourspeed down. If the brake pedal isapplied, cruise control willdisengage.

Ending Cruise Control

There are four ways to end cruisecontrol:

. To disengage cruise control,step lightly on the brake pedal.

. Pressn.

. Shift the transmission toN (Neutral).

. To turn off cruise control,presso.



Erasing Speed Memory

The cruise control set speed iserased from memory ifo ispressed or if the vehicle isturned off.

Driver AssistanceSystems

Rear VisionCamera (RVC)The RVC can assist the driver whenbacking up by displaying a view ofthe area behind the vehicle.

{ Warning

The camera(s) do not displaychildren, pedestrians, bicyclists,crossing traffic, animals, or anyother object outside of thecameras’ field of view, below thebumper, or under the vehicle.Shown distances may be differentfrom actual distances. Do notdrive or park the vehicle usingonly these camera(s). Alwayscheck behind and around thevehicle before driving. Failure touse proper care may result ininjury, death, or vehicle damage.

An image appears on theinfotainment screen with themessage Check Surroundings forSafety when the vehicle is shiftedinto R (Reverse). The display goesto the previous screen afterapproximately 10 seconds once thevehicle is shifted out of R (Reverse).

To return to the previous screensooner, do one of the following:

. Press a hard key on theinfotainment system.

. Shift into P (Park).

. Reach a vehicle speed of8 km/h (5 mph).

Press MENU to adjust the displaybrightness while viewing the rearcamera display.

Rear Cross Traffic Alert (RCTA)

On vehicles with the RCTA, awarning triangle with a left or rightpointing arrow may also display onthe RVC screen to warn of trafficcoming from the left or the right.Three beeps will sound from thespeaker on that side. This systemdetects objects coming from up to



20 m (65 ft) from the left or right sidebehind the vehicle. The RCTAsystem will not work properly if ice,snow, mud, or anything else buildsup on the rear bumper sensors.

Use caution while backing up whentowing a trailer, as the RCTAdetection zones that extend outfrom the back of your vehicle do notmove further back when a trailer istowed.

Rear Vision Camera Location

The camera is above the licenseplate.

The area displayed by the camera islimited.

It does not display objects that areclose to either corner or under thebumper and can vary depending onvehicle orientation or roadconditions. Displayed images maybe closer or farther than theyappear.

The following illustrations show thefield of view that the cameraprovides.

1. View displayed by thecamera.

1. View displayed by thecamera.

2. Corner of the rear bumper.

When the System Does NotSeem To Work Properly

The RVC system may not workproperly or display a clear image if:

. It is dark.

. The sun or the beam ofheadlamps is shining directlyinto the camera lens.

. Ice, snow, mud, or anything elsebuilds up on the camera lens.Clean the lens, rinse it withwater, and wipe it with a softcloth.



. The back of the vehicle is in anaccident, the position andmounting angle of the cameracan change or the camera canbe affected. Be sure to have thecamera and its position andmounting angle checked at yourdealer.

. There are extreme temperaturechanges.

Parking AssistIf equipped, the Front and RearParking Assist (FRPA) system,assists the driver with parking andavoiding objects. FRPA operates atspeeds less than 8 km/h (5 mph).The sensors on the front and rearbumper detect objects up to 1.2 m(4 ft) in front of the vehicle, 2.5 m(8 ft) behind the vehicle, and at least25 cm (10 in) off the ground andbelow liftgate level. This detectiondistance may be less during warmeror humid weather.

{ Warning

The Parking Assist system doesnot detect children, pedestrians,bicyclists, animals, or objectslocated below the bumper or thatare too close or too far from thevehicle. It is not available atspeeds greater than 8 km/h(5 mph). To prevent injury, death,or vehicle damage, even withparking assist, always check thearea around the vehicle andcheck all mirrors before movingforward or backing.

How the System Works

When the vehicle is shifted intoR (Reverse) the front and rearsensors are automatically turned on.After the vehicle is shifted out ofR (Reverse), the rear sensors areturned off and the front sensors stayon until the vehicle is above aspeed of 8 km/h (5 mph). For thefront park assist system to be activeagain without shifting intoR (Reverse), the park assist button

on the center stack, forward of theshift lever, must be pressed. See“Turning the System On and Off”later in this section.

FRPA operates only at speeds lessthan 8 km/h (5 mph).

When the vehicle is in N (Neutral),the system may be active. If thevehicle is in a car wash, the sensorsmay detect objects in the car wash.See “Turning the System On andOff” later in this section to turn thesystem off.

High-toned beeps from the frontspeakers are for objects detectednear the front bumper. Low-tonedbeeps from the rear speakers arefor objects detected near the rearbumper. The interval between thebeeps becomes shorter as thevehicle gets closer to the obstacle.When the distance is less than30 cm (12 in) the beeping is acontinuous tone for five seconds.



Objects Detected by Both theFront and Rear Sensors

In general, if objects are detected atthe same time near both the frontand rear bumpers while backing up,the beeps only sound to indicatethat objects are close to the rearbumper.

However, if an object comes within0.3 m (1 ft) of the front bumper whilethe vehicle is backing up and at thesame time there is another objectfurther than 0.3 m (1 ft) from the rearbumper, then higher-pitched beepsonly sound to indicate the frontobject.

Turning the System On and Off

The FRPA system can be turned onand off by pressing the park assistbutton on the center stack, forwardof the shift lever.

The indicator light in the buttoncomes on when the system isturned on.

When the system is off, the indicatorlight in the button is off or PARKASSIST OFF briefly displays on theDriver Information Center (DIC).

FRPA defaults to the on settingeach time the vehicle is started.

When the System Does NotSeem to Work Properly

The following messages may bedisplayed on the DIC:

SERVICE PARKING ASSIST : Ifthis message occurs, take thevehicle to your dealer to repair thesystem.

PARK ASSIST OFF : If the FRPAsystem does not activate due to atemporary condition, the messagedisplays on the DIC. This can occurunder the following conditions:

. The driver has disabled thesystem.

. The sensors are not clean. Keepthe vehicle's bumpers free ofmud, dirt, snow, ice and slush.For cleaning instructions, seeExterior Care 0 253.

. The park assist sensors arecovered by frost or ice. Frost orice can form around and behindthe sensors and may not alwaysbe seen; this can occur afterwashing the vehicle in coldweather. The message may notclear until the frost or ice hasmelted.

. An object was hanging out of theliftgate during the last drivecycle. Once the object isremoved, FRPA will return tonormal operation.

. An object or cover is attached tothe front of the vehicle.

. The bumper is damaged. Takethe vehicle to your dealer torepair the system.



. Other conditions, such asvibrations from a jackhammer orthe compression of air brakes ona very large truck, are affectingsystem performance.

Forward Collision Alert(FCA) SystemIf equipped, the FCA system mayhelp to avoid or reduce the harmcaused by front-end crashes. Whenapproaching a vehicle ahead tooquickly, FCA provides a visual alertand beeps.

FCA detects vehicles within adistance of approximately 60 m(197 ft) and operates at speedsabove 40 km/h (25 mph).

{ Warning

FCA is a warning system anddoes not apply the brakes. Whenapproaching a slower-moving orstopped vehicle ahead too rapidly,or when following a vehicle tooclosely, FCA may not provide a

(Continued)

Warning (Continued)

warning with enough time to helpavoid a crash. FCA does not warnof pedestrians, animals, signs,guardrails, bridges, constructionbarrels, or other objects. Be readyto take action and apply thebrakes. For more information, seeDefensive Driving 0 146.

FCA can be disabled with the FCAsteering wheel control.

Detecting the Vehicle Ahead

FCA warnings will not occur unlessthe FCA system detects a vehicleahead. When a vehicle is detected,the vehicle ahead indicator willdisplay green. Vehicles may not bedetected on curves, highway exitramps, or hills, due to poor visibility;

or if a vehicle ahead is partiallyblocked by pedestrians or otherobjects. FCA will not detect anothervehicle ahead until it is completelyin the driving lane.

{ Warning

FCA does not provide a warningto help avoid a crash, unless itdetects a vehicle. FCA may notdetect a vehicle ahead if the FCAsensor is blocked by dirt, snow,or ice, or if the windshield isdamaged. It may also not detect avehicle on winding or hilly roads,or in conditions that can limitvisibility such as fog, rain,or snow, or if the headlamps orwindshield are not cleaned or inproper condition. Keep thewindshield, headlamps, and FCAsensors clean and in good repair.



Collision Alert

When your vehicle approachesanother detected vehicle too rapidly,the FCA display will come on. Also,eight rapid high-pitched beeps willsound from the front. When thisCollision Alert occurs, the brakesystem may prepare for driverbraking to occur more rapidly whichcan cause a brief, mild deceleration.Continue to apply the brake pedalas needed. Cruise control may bedisengaged when the Collision Alertoccurs.

Selecting the Alert Timing

The Collision Alert control is on thesteering wheel. Press[ to set theFCA timing to far, medium, or near,or on some vehicles, Off. The firstbutton press shows the currentsetting on the DIC. Additional buttonpresses will change this setting. Thechosen setting will remain until it ischanged. The timing of alerts willvary based on vehicle speed. Thefaster the vehicle speed, the fartheraway the alert will occur. Considertraffic and weather conditions whenselecting the alert timing. The range

of selectable alert timings may notbe appropriate for all drivers anddriving conditions.

Unnecessary Alerts

FCA may provide unnecessaryalerts to turning vehicles, vehicles inother lanes, objects that are notvehicles, or shadows. These alertsare normal operation and thevehicle does not need service.

Cleaning the System

If the FCA system does not seem tooperate properly, cleaning theoutside of the windshield in front ofthe rearview mirror may correct theissue.

Side Blind ZoneAlert (SBZA)If equipped, the SBZA system is alane-changing aid that assistsdrivers with avoiding crashes thatoccur with moving vehicles in theside blind zone (or spot) areas. TheSBZA warning display will light up in



the corresponding outside sidemirror and will flash if the turn signalis on.

{ Warning

SBZA does not alert the driver tovehicles rapidly approachingoutside of the side blind zones,pedestrians, bicyclists,or animals. It may not providealerts when changing lanes underall driving conditions. Failure touse proper care when changinglanes may result in injury, death,or vehicle damage. Beforemaking a lane change, alwayscheck mirrors, glance over yourshoulder, and use the turnsignals.

SBZA Detection Zones

The SBZA sensor covers a zone ofapproximately one lane over fromboth sides of the vehicle, or 3.5 m(11 ft). The height of the zone isapproximately between 0.5 m (1.5 ft)and 2 m (6 ft) off the ground. Thiszone starts at approximately themiddle of the vehicle and goes back5 m (16 ft).


The SBZA symbol lights up in theside mirrors when the systemdetects a moving vehicle in the nextlane over that is in the side blindzone. This indicates it may be

unsafe to change lanes. Beforemaking a lane change, check theSBZA display, check mirrors, glanceover your shoulder, and use the turnsignals.

Left Side MirrorDisplay

Right Side MirrorDisplay

When the vehicle is started, bothoutside mirror SBZA displays willbriefly come on to indicate thesystem is operating. When thevehicle is in a forward gear, the left-or right-side mirror display will lightup if a moving vehicle is detected inthat blind zone. If the turn signal isactivated in the same direction of adetected vehicle, this display willflash as an extra warning not tochange lanes.

SBZA can be disabled throughvehicle personalization. See“Collision/Detection Systems” underVehicle Personalization 0 121.



If SBZA is disabled by the driver,the SBZA mirror displays will notlight up.

When the System Does NotSeem to Work Properly

SBZA displays may not come onwhen passing a vehicle quickly orfor a stopped vehicle. SBZA mayalert to objects attached to thevehicle, such as a bicycle, or objectextending out to either side of thevehicle. This is normal systemoperation; the vehicle does not needservice.

SBZA may not always alert thedriver to vehicles in the side blindzone, especially in wet conditions.The system does not need to beserviced. The system may light updue to guardrails, signs, trees,shrubs, and other non-movingobjects. This is normal systemoperation; the vehicle does not needservice.

SBZA may not operate when theSBZA sensors in the left or rightcorners of the rear bumper arecovered with mud, dirt, snow, ice,or slush, or in heavy rainstorms. For

cleaning instructions, see "Washingthe Vehicle" under Exterior Care0 253. If the DIC still displays thesystem unavailable message aftercleaning both sides of the vehicletoward the rear corners of thevehicle, see your dealer.

If the SBZA displays do not light upwhen vehicles are in the blind zoneand the system is clean, the systemmay need service. Take the vehicleto your dealer.

When SBZA is disabled for anyreason other than the driver turningit off, the Side Blind Zone Alert Onoption will not be available on thepersonalization menu.

Radio Frequency Information

See Radio Frequency Statement0 289.

Lane DepartureWarning (LDW)If equipped, LDW may help avoidcrashes due to unintentional lanedepartures. It may provide an alert ifthe vehicle is crossing a lanewithout using a turn signal in that

direction. LDW uses a camerasensor to detect the lane markingsat speeds of 56 km/h (35 mph) orgreater.

{ Warning

The LDW system does not steerthe vehicle. The LDW systemmay not:

. Provide enough time toavoid a crash.

. Detect lane markings underpoor weather or visibilityconditions. This can occur ifthe windshield orheadlamps are blocked bydirt, snow, or ice; if they arenot in proper condition; or ifthe sun shines directly intothe camera.

. Detect road edges.

. Detect lanes on winding orhilly roads.

(Continued)



Warning (Continued)

If LDW only detects lanemarkings on one side of the road,it will only warn you whendeparting the lane on the sidewhere it has detected a lanemarking. Always keep yourattention on the road andmaintain proper vehicle positionwithin the lane, or vehicledamage, injury, or death couldoccur. Always keep thewindshield, headlamps, andcamera sensors clean and ingood repair. Do not use LDW inbad weather conditions.


The LDW camera sensor is on thewindshield ahead of the rearviewmirror.

To turn LDW on and off, press @ onthe center stack, forward of the shiftlever. The control indicator will lightwhen LDW is on.

When LDW is on, @ is green ifLDW is available to warn of a lanedeparture. If the vehicle crosses adetected lane marking without usingthe turn signal in that direction, @changes to amber and flashes.Additionally, there will be threebeeps on the right or left, dependingon the lane departure direction.

When the System Does NotSeem To Work Properly

The system may not detect lanes aswell when there are:

. Close vehicles ahead.

. Sudden lighting changes, suchas when driving through tunnels.

. Banked roads.

If the LDW system is not functioningproperly when lane markings areclearly visible, cleaning thewindshield may help.

LDW alerts may occur due to tarmarks, shadows, cracks in the road,temporary or construction lanemarkings, or other roadimperfections. This is normal systemoperation; the vehicle does not needservice. Turn LDW off if theseconditions continue.



FuelUse of the recommended fuel is animportant part of the propermaintenance of this vehicle. Whendriving in the U.S. and Canada, tohelp keep the engine clean andmaintain optimum vehicleperformance, we recommend usingTOP TIER Detergent Gasolines.See www.toptiergas.com for a list ofTOP TIER Detergent Gasolines.

Use regular unleaded gasolinemeeting ASTM specification D4814with a posted octane rating of 87 orhigher. Do not use gasoline with an

octane rating below 87, as it maycause engine damage and will lowerfuel economy.

Use of Seasonal Fuels

Use summer and winter fuels in theappropriate season. The fuelsindustry automatically modifies thefuel for the appropriate season.If fuel is left in the vehicle tank forlong periods of time, driving orstarting could be affected. Drive thevehicle until the fuel is at one-halftank or less, then refuel with thecurrent seasonal fuel.

Prohibited Fuels

Gasolines containing oxygenatessuch as ethers and ethanol, as wellas reformulated gasolines, areavailable in some cities. If thesegasolines comply with thepreviously described specification,then they are acceptable to use.However, E85 (85% ethanol) andother fuels containing more than15% ethanol must be used only inFlexFuel vehicles.

Caution

Do not use fuel containingmethanol. It can corrode metalparts in the fuel system and alsodamage plastic and rubber parts.That damage would not becovered under the vehiclewarranty.

Some gasolines, mainly high octaneracing gasolines, can contain anoctane-enhancing additive calledmethylcyclopentadienyl manganesetricarbonyl (MMT). Do not usegasolines and/or fuel additives withMMT as they can reduce spark pluglife and affect emission controlsystem performance. Themalfunction indicator lamp may turnon. If this occurs, see your dealerfor service.



California FuelRequirementsIf the vehicle is certified to meetCalifornia Emissions Standards, it isdesigned to operate on fuels thatmeet California specifications. Seethe underhood emission controllabel. If this fuel is not available instates adopting California EmissionsStandards, the vehicle will operatesatisfactorily on fuels meetingfederal specifications, but emissioncontrol system performance mightbe affected. The malfunctionindicator lamp could turn on and thevehicle may not pass a smog-checktest. See Malfunction IndicatorLamp (Check Engine Light) 0 106.If this occurs, return to yourauthorized dealer for diagnosis. If itis determined that the condition iscaused by the type of fuel used,repairs may not be covered by thevehicle warranty.

Fuels in ForeignCountriesIf planning to drive in countriesoutside the U.S. or Canada, theproper fuel might be hard to find.Check regional auto club or fuelretail brand websites for availabilityin the country where driving. Neveruse leaded gasoline, fuel containingmethanol, manganese, or any otherfuel not recommended. Costlyrepairs caused by use of improperfuel would not be covered by thevehicle warranty.

Fuel AdditivesTo keep fuel systems clean, TOPTIER Detergent Gasoline isrecommended. See Fuel 0 183.

If TOP TIER Detergent Gasoline isnot available, one bottle of FuelSystem Treatment PLUS added tothe fuel tank at every engine oilchange, can help. Fuel SystemTreatment PLUS is the onlygasoline additive recommended byGeneral Motors. It is available atyour dealer.

Filling the Tank

{ Warning

Fuel vapors and fuel fires burnviolently and can cause injury ordeath.

. To help avoid injuries to youand others, read and followall the instructions on thefuel pump island.

. Turn off the engine whenrefueling.

. Keep sparks, flames, andsmoking materials awayfrom fuel.

. Do not leave the fuel pumpunattended.

. Do not use a cell phonewhile refueling.

. Do not reenter the vehiclewhile pumping fuel.

. Keep children away fromthe fuel pump and never letchildren pump fuel.

(Continued)



Warning (Continued)

. Fuel can spray out if the fuelcap is opened too quickly.This spray can happen if thetank is nearly full, and ismore likely in hot weather.Open the fuel cap slowlyand wait for any hiss noiseto stop, then unscrew thecap all the way.

The fuel cap is behind a hinged fueldoor on the right rear side of thevehicle.

If equipped, the fuel door is lockedwhen the vehicle doors are locked.Press K on the RKE transmitter tounlock.

To open the fuel door, push andrelease the rearward center edge ofthe door.

To remove the fuel cap, turn itslowly counterclockwise. The fuelcap has a spring in it; if the cap isreleased too soon, it will spring backto the right.

While refueling, hang the tetheredfuel cap from the hook on thefuel door.

{ Warning

Overfilling the fuel tank by morethan three clicks of a standard fillnozzle may cause:

. Vehicle performance issues,including engine stalling anddamage to the fuel system.

. Fuel spills.

. Potential fuel fires.

Be careful not to spill fuel. Wait afew seconds after you have finishedpumping before removing thenozzle. Clean fuel from paintedsurfaces as soon as possible. SeeExterior Care 0 253.

When replacing the fuel cap, turn itclockwise until it clicks. Make surethe cap is fully installed. Thediagnostic system can determine ifthe fuel cap has been left off orimproperly installed. This wouldallow fuel to evaporate into theatmosphere. See MalfunctionIndicator Lamp (Check EngineLight) 0 106.

{ Warning

If a fire starts while you arerefueling, do not remove thenozzle. Shut off the flow of fuel byshutting off the pump or bynotifying the station attendant.Leave the area immediately.



Caution

If a new fuel cap is needed, besure to get the right type of capfrom your dealer. The wrong typeof fuel cap may not fit properly,may cause the malfunctionindicator lamp to light, and coulddamage the fuel tank andemissions system. SeeMalfunction Indicator Lamp(Check Engine Light) 0 106.

Filling a Portable FuelContainer

{ Warning

Filling a portable fuel containerwhile it is in the vehicle can causefuel vapors that can ignite eitherby static electricity or othermeans. You or others could bebadly burned and the vehiclecould be damaged. Always:

(Continued)

Warning (Continued)

. Use approved fuelcontainers.

. Remove the container fromthe vehicle, trunk, or pickupbed before filling.

. Place the container on theground.

. Place the nozzle inside thefill opening of the containerbefore dispensing fuel, andkeep it in contact with the fillopening until filling iscomplete.

. Fill the container no morethan 95% full to allow forexpansion.

. Do not smoke, lightmatches, or use lighterswhile pumping fuel.

. Avoid using cell phones orother electronic devices.

Towing

General TowingInformationThe vehicle is neither designed norintended to tow a trailer.



Conversions andAdd-Ons

Add-On ElectricalEquipment

{ Warning

The Data Link Connector (DLC) isused for vehicle service andEmission Inspection/Maintenancetesting. See Malfunction IndicatorLamp (Check Engine Light) 0 106. A device connected to the DLC— such as an aftermarket fleet ordriver-behavior tracking device —may interfere with vehiclesystems. This could affect vehicleoperation and cause a crash.Such devices may also accessinformation stored in the vehicle’ssystems.

Caution

Some electrical equipment candamage the vehicle or causecomponents to not work andwould not be covered by thevehicle warranty. Always checkwith your dealer before addingelectrical equipment.

Add-on equipment can drain thevehicle's 12-volt battery, even if thevehicle is not operating.

The vehicle has an airbag system.Before attempting to add anythingelectrical to the vehicle, seeServicing the Airbag-EquippedVehicle 0 69 and Adding Equipmentto the Airbag-Equipped Vehicle0 69.


188 Vehicle Care

Vehicle Care

General InformationGeneral Information . . . . . . . . . . 189California Proposition65 Warning . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 189

California PerchlorateMaterials Requirements . . . . . 189

Accessories andModifications . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 189

Vehicle ChecksDoing Your OwnService Work . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 190

Hood . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 190Engine CompartmentOverview . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 192

Engine Oil . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 195Engine Oil Life System . . . . . . . 197Automatic TransmissionFluid . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 198

Engine Air Cleaner/Filter . . . . . . 198Cooling System . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 200Engine Coolant . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 201Engine Overheating . . . . . . . . . . 203Washer Fluid . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 204Brakes . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 205Brake Fluid . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 206Battery - North America . . . . . . 207All-Wheel Drive . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 208

Starter Switch Check . . . . . . . . . 208Automatic Transmission ShiftLock Control FunctionCheck . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 208

Ignition Transmission LockCheck . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 208

Park Brake and P (Park)Mechanism Check . . . . . . . . . . 209

Wiper Blade Replacement . . . . 209Windshield Replacement . . . . . 211

Headlamp AimingHeadlamp Aiming . . . . . . . . . . . . . 211

Bulb ReplacementBulb Replacement . . . . . . . . . . . . 211Halogen Bulbs . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 211Headlamps, Front Turn Signaland Parking Lamps . . . . . . . . . 212

License Plate Lamp . . . . . . . . . . 213Replacement Bulbs . . . . . . . . . . . 214

Electrical SystemElectrical System Overload . . . 214Fuses and Circuit Breakers . . . 215Engine Compartment FuseBlock . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 215

Instrument Panel FuseBlock . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 218

Rear Compartment FuseBlock . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 220

Wheels and TiresTires . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 222All-Season Tires . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 223Winter Tires . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 223Summer Tires . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 224Tire Sidewall Labeling . . . . . . . . 224Tire Designations . . . . . . . . . . . . . 226Tire Terminology andDefinitions . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 227

Tire Pressure . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 229Tire Pressure MonitorSystem . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 231

Tire Pressure MonitorOperation . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 232

Tire Inspection . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 235Tire Rotation . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 235When It Is Time for NewTires . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 236

Buying New Tires . . . . . . . . . . . . . 237Different Size Tires andWheels . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 238

Uniform Tire QualityGrading . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 238

Wheel Alignment and TireBalance . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 240

Wheel Replacement . . . . . . . . . . 240Tire Chains . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 241If a Tire Goes Flat . . . . . . . . . . . . 241Tire Changing . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 243Compact Spare Tire . . . . . . . . . . 247


Vehicle Care 189

Jump StartingJump Starting - NorthAmerica . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 248

TowingTowing the Vehicle . . . . . . . . . . . 250Recreational VehicleTowing . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 251

Appearance CareExterior Care . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 253Interior Care . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 258Floor Mats . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 260

General InformationFor service and parts needs, visityour dealer. You will receivegenuine GM parts and GM-trainedand supported service people.

Genuine GM parts have one ofthese marks:

California Proposition65 WarningWARNING: Most motor vehicles,including this one, contain and/oremit chemicals known to the Stateof California to cause cancer andbirth defects or other reproductive

harm. Engine exhaust, many partsand systems, many fluids, andsome component wear by-productscontain and/or emit thesechemicals.

See Battery - North America 0 207and Jump Starting - North America0 248.

California PerchlorateMaterials RequirementsCertain types of automotiveapplications, such as airbaginitiators, safety belt pretensioners,and lithium batteries contained inRemote Keyless Entry transmitters,may contain perchlorate materials.Special handling may be necessary.For additional information, seewww.dtsc.ca.gov/hazardouswaste/perchlorate.

Accessories andModificationsAdding non-dealer accessories ormaking modifications to the vehiclecan affect vehicle performance andsafety, including such things as


190 Vehicle Care

airbags, braking, stability, ride andhandling, emissions systems,aerodynamics, durability, andelectronic systems like antilockbrakes, traction control, and stabilitycontrol. These accessories ormodifications could even causemalfunction or damage not coveredby the vehicle warranty.

Damage to vehicle componentsresulting from modifications or theinstallation or use of non-GMcertified parts, including controlmodule or software modifications, isnot covered under the terms of thevehicle warranty and may affectremaining warranty coverage foraffected parts.

GM Accessories are designed tocomplement and function with othersystems on the vehicle. See yourdealer to accessorize the vehicleusing genuine GM Accessoriesinstalled by a dealer technician.

Also, see Adding Equipment to theAirbag-Equipped Vehicle 0 69.

Vehicle Checks

Doing Your OwnService Work

{ Warning

It can be dangerous to work onyour vehicle if you do not havethe proper knowledge, servicemanual, tools, or parts. Alwaysfollow owner manual proceduresand consult the service manualfor your vehicle before doing anyservice work.

If doing some of your own servicework, use the proper servicemanual. It tells you much moreabout how to service the vehiclethan this manual can. To order theproper service manual, see ServicePublications Ordering Information0 288.

This vehicle has an airbag system.Before attempting to do your ownservice work, see Servicing theAirbag-Equipped Vehicle 0 69.

Keep a record with all parts receiptsand list the mileage and the date ofany service work performed. SeeMaintenance Records 0 275.

Caution

Even small amounts ofcontamination can cause damageto vehicle systems. Do not allowcontaminants to contact the fluids,reservoir caps, or dipsticks.

HoodTo open the hood:


Vehicle Care 191

1. Pull the hood release handleinside the vehicle. It is locatedon the lower left side of theinstrument panel.

2. Go to the front of the vehicleand move the secondary hoodrelease lever toward the rightside of the vehicle.

3. Lift the hood and release thehood prop from its retainer,above the radiator. Securelyplace the hood prop into theslot on the underside ofthe hood.

To close the hood:

1. Before closing the hood, besure all filler caps are onproperly. Then, lift the hood torelieve pressure on the hoodprop. Remove the hood propfrom the slot in the undersideof the hood and return the propto its retainer. The prop rod

must click into place whenreturning it to the retainer toprevent hood damage.

2. Lower the hood 30 cm (12 in)above the vehicle and releaseit so it fully latches. Check tomake sure the hood is closedand repeat the process ifnecessary.


192 Vehicle Care

Engine Compartment Overview

1.4 L L4 LE2 Engine


Vehicle Care 193

1. Engine Air Cleaner/Filter 0 198.

2. Engine Oil Fill Cap. SeeEngine Oil 0 195.

3. Engine Oil Dipstick. SeeEngine Oil 0 195.

4. Engine Cooling Fan (Out ofView). See Cooling System0 200.

5. Engine Coolant Surge Tankand Pressure Cap. SeeCooling System 0 200.

6. Brake Fluid Reservoir. SeeBrakes 0 205.

7. Auxiliary Fuse Block. SeeEngine Compartment FuseBlock 0 215.

8. Battery - North America 0 207.

9. Windshield Washer FluidReservoir. See Washer Fluid0 204.

10. Engine Compartment FuseBlock 0 215.


194 Vehicle Care

1.4 L L4 LUV Engine


Vehicle Care 195

1. Engine Air Cleaner/Filter 0 198.

2. Engine Oil Dipstick. SeeEngine Oil 0 195.

3. Engine Cooling Fan (Out ofView). See Cooling System0 200.

4. Engine Oil Fill Cap. SeeEngine Oil 0 195.

5. Engine Coolant Surge Tankand Pressure Cap. SeeCooling System 0 200.

6. Brake Fluid Reservoir. SeeBrakes 0 205.

7. Auxiliary Fuse Block. SeeEngine Compartment FuseBlock 0 215.

8. Battery - North America 0 207.

9. Windshield Washer FluidReservoir. See Washer Fluid0 204.

10. Engine Compartment FuseBlock 0 215.

Engine OilTo ensure proper engineperformance and long life, carefulattention must be paid to engine oil.Following these simple, butimportant steps will help protectyour investment:

. Use engine oil approved to theproper specification and of theproper viscosity grade. See“Selecting the Right Engine Oil”in this section.

. Check the engine oil levelregularly and maintain theproper oil level. See “CheckingEngine Oil” and “When to AddEngine Oil” in this section.

. Change the engine oil at theappropriate time. See Engine OilLife System 0 197.

. Always dispose of engine oilproperly. See “What to Do withUsed Oil” in this section.

Checking Engine Oil

It is a good idea to check the engineoil level at each fuel fill. In order toget an accurate reading, the vehicle

must be on level ground. Theengine oil dipstick handle is a loop.See Engine Compartment Overview0 192 for the location of the engineoil dipstick.

Obtaining an accurate oil levelreading is essential:

1. If the engine has been runningrecently, turn off the engine andallow several minutes for the oilto drain back into the oil pan.Checking the oil level too soonafter engine shutoff will notprovide an accurate oil levelreading.

{ Warning

The engine oil dipstick handlemay be hot; it could burn you.Use a towel or glove to touch thedipstick handle.

2. Pull out the dipstick and wipe itwith a clean paper towel orcloth, then push it back in allthe way. Remove it again,keeping the tip down, andcheck the level.


196 Vehicle Care

When to Add Engine Oil

1.4L L4 Turbo Engine (LUV)

1.4L L4 Turbo Engine (LE2)

If the oil is below the cross-hatchedarea at the tip of the dipstick, add1 L (1 qt) of the recommended oiland then recheck the level. See“Selecting the Right Engine Oil” inthis section for an explanation ofwhat kind of oil to use. For engineoil crankcase capacity, seeCapacities and Specifications 0 277.

Caution

Do not add too much oil. Oillevels above or below theacceptable operating rangeshown on the dipstick are harmfulto the engine. If you find that youhave an oil level above theoperating range, i.e., the enginehas so much oil that the oil levelgets above the MAX mark, theengine could be damaged. Youshould drain out the excess oil orlimit driving of the vehicle andseek a service professional toremove the excess amount of oil.

See Engine Compartment Overview0 192 for the location of the engineoil fill cap.

Add enough oil to put the levelsomewhere in the proper operatingrange between the MIN and MAXmarks. Push the dipstick all the wayback in when through.

Selecting the Right Engine Oil

Selecting the right engine oildepends on both the proper oilspecification and viscosity grade.See Recommended Fluids andLubricants 0 273.

Specification

Ask for and use engine oils thatmeet the dexos1™ specification.

Engine oils that have beenapproved by GM as meeting thedexos1 specification are markedwith the dexos1 approved logo. Seewww.gmdexos.com.

Caution

Failure to use the recommendedengine oil or equivalent can resultin engine damage not covered bythe vehicle warranty.


Vehicle Care 197

Viscosity Grade

Use SAE 5W-30 viscosity gradeengine oil.

Cold Temperature Operation: In anarea of extreme cold, where thetemperature falls below −29 °C(−20 °F), an SAE 0W-30 oil may beused. An oil of this viscosity gradewill provide easier cold starting forthe engine at extremely lowtemperatures. When selecting an oilof the appropriate viscosity grade, itis recommended to select an oil ofthe correct specification. See“Specification” earlier in this section.

Engine Oil Additives/EngineOil Flushes

Do not add anything to the oil. Therecommended oils meeting thedexos1 specification are all that isneeded for good performance andengine protection.

Engine oil system flushes are notrecommended and could causeengine damage not covered by thevehicle warranty.

What to Do with Used Oil

Used engine oil contains certainelements that can be unhealthy foryour skin and could even causecancer. Do not let used oil stay onyour skin for very long. Clean yourskin and nails with soap and water,or a good hand cleaner. Wash orproperly dispose of clothing or ragscontaining used engine oil. See themanufacturer's warnings about theuse and disposal of oil products.

Used oil can be a threat to theenvironment. If you change yourown oil, be sure to drain all the oilfrom the filter before disposal. Neverdispose of oil by putting it in thetrash or pouring it on the ground,into sewers, or into streams orbodies of water. Recycle it by takingit to a place that collects used oil.

Engine Oil Life System

When to Change Engine Oil

This vehicle has a computer systemthat indicates when to change theengine oil and filter. This is basedon a combination of factors which

include engine revolutions, enginetemperature, and miles driven.Based on driving conditions, themileage at which an oil change isindicated can vary considerably. Forthe oil life system to work properly,the system must be reset every timethe oil is changed.

When the system has calculatedthat oil life has been diminished, itindicates that an oil change isnecessary. A CHANGE ENGINEOIL SOON DIC message comes on.See Vehicle Messages 0 116.Change the oil as soon as possiblewithin the next 1 000 km (600 mi).It is possible that, if driving underthe best conditions, the oil lifesystem might indicate that an oilchange is not necessary for up to ayear. The engine oil and filter mustbe changed at least once a yearand, at this time, the system mustbe reset. Your dealer has trainedservice people who will perform thiswork and reset the system. It is alsoimportant to check the oil regularlyover the course of an oil draininterval and keep it at the properlevel.


198 Vehicle Care

If the system is ever resetaccidentally, the oil must bechanged at 5 000 km (3,000 mi)since the last oil change.Remember to reset the oil lifesystem whenever the oil is changed.

How to Reset the Engine OilLife System

Reset the system whenever theengine oil is changed so that thesystem can calculate the nextengine oil change. To reset thesystem:

1. Press the MENU button toshow Remaining Oil Life on thedisplay. This display shows anestimate of the oil’s remaininguseful life. If 99% is displayed,that means that 99% of thecurrent oil life remains.

2. To reset the engine oil lifesystem, press the SET/CLRbutton while the oil life displayis active. After a few seconds,there will be a single chime andthe oil life will be resetto 100%.

Be careful not to reset the oil lifedisplay accidentally at any timeother than after the oil is changed.It cannot be reset accurately.

If the CHANGE ENGINE OIL SOONDIC message comes back on whenthe vehicle is started, the engine oillife system has not reset. Repeatthe procedure.

Automatic TransmissionFluid

How to Check AutomaticTransmission Fluid

It is not necessary to check thetransmission fluid level.A transmission fluid leak is the onlyreason for fluid loss. If a leakoccurs, take the vehicle to yourdealer and have it repaired as soonas possible.

There is a special procedure forchecking and changing thetransmission fluid. Because thisprocedure is difficult, you shouldhave this done at your dealer.

Change the fluid at the intervalslisted in Maintenance Schedule0 263, and be sure to use the fluidlisted in Recommended Fluids andLubricants 0 273.

Engine Air Cleaner/FilterThe engine air cleaner/filter is in theengine compartment on thepassenger side of the vehicle. SeeEngine Compartment Overview0 192.

When to Inspect the Engine AirCleaner/Filter

For intervals on changing andinspecting the engine air cleaner/filter, see Maintenance Schedule0 263.

How to Inspect the Engine AirCleaner/Filter

Do not start the engine or have theengine running with the engine aircleaner/filter housing open. Beforeremoving the engine air cleaner/filter, make sure that the engine aircleaner/filter housing and nearbycomponents are free of dirt anddebris. Remove the engine air


Vehicle Care 199

cleaner/filter. Lightly tap and shakethe engine air cleaner/filter (awayfrom the vehicle), to release loosedust and dirt. Inspect the engine aircleaner/filter for damage, andreplace if damaged. Do not cleanthe engine air cleaner/filter withwater or compressed air.

To inspect or replace the air cleaner/filter:

1.4L L4 LE2 Engine

1.4L L4 LUV Engine

1. Remove the two screws, tilt thecover, and slide it out of theassembly.

2. Inspect or replace the engineair cleaner/filter.

3. Lower the cover, slide it intothe assembly, then secure withthe two screws.

See Maintenance Schedule 0 263for replacement intervals.

{ Warning

Operating the engine with the aircleaner/filter off can cause you orothers to be burned. The aircleaner not only cleans the air; ithelps to stop flames if the enginebackfires. Use caution whenworking on the engine and do notdrive with the air cleaner/filter off.

Caution

If the air cleaner/filter is off, dirtcan easily get into the engine,which could damage it. Alwayshave the air cleaner/filter in placewhen you are driving.


200 Vehicle Care

Cooling SystemThe cooling system allows theengine to maintain the correctworking temperature.

1.4L L4 LE2 Engine

1.4L L4 LUV Engine

1. Engine Cooling Fan (Outof View)

2. Engine Coolant Surge Tankand Pressure Cap

{ Warning

An electric engine cooling fanunder the hood can start up evenwhen the engine is not runningand can cause injury. Keephands, clothing, and tools awayfrom any underhood electric fan.

{ Warning

Heater and radiator hoses, andother engine parts, can be veryhot. Do not touch them. If you do,you can be burned.

Do not run the engine if there is aleak. If you run the engine, itcould lose all coolant. That couldcause an engine fire, and youcould be burned. Get any leakfixed before you drive the vehicle.

Caution

Using coolant other thanDEX-COOL® can causepremature engine, heater core,or radiator corrosion. In addition,the engine coolant could requirechanging sooner. Any repairswould not be covered by thevehicle warranty. Always useDEX-COOL (silicate-free) coolantin the vehicle.


Vehicle Care 201

Engine CoolantThe cooling system in the vehicle isfilled with DEX-COOL enginecoolant. This coolant is designed toremain in the vehicle for 5 years or240 000 km (150,000 mi), whicheveroccurs first.

The following explains the coolingsystem and how to check and addcoolant when it is low. If there is aproblem with engine overheating,see Engine Overheating 0 203.

What to Use

{ Warning

Adding only plain water or someother liquid to the cooling systemcan be dangerous. Plain waterand other liquids, can boil beforethe proper coolant mixture will.The coolant warning system is setfor the proper coolant mixture.With plain water or the wrongmixture, the engine could get toohot but you would not get the

(Continued)

Warning (Continued)

overheat warning. The enginecould catch fire and you or otherscould be burned. Use a 50/50 mixture of clean, drinkablewater and DEX-COOL coolant.

Use a 50/50 mixture of cleandrinkable water and DEX-COOLcoolant. This mixture:

. Gives freezing protection downto −37 °C (−34 °F), outsidetemperature.

. Gives boiling protection up to129 °C (265 °F), enginetemperature.

. Protects against rust andcorrosion.

. Will not damage aluminum parts.

. Helps keep the proper enginetemperature.

Caution

If improper coolant mixture,inhibitors, or additives are used inthe vehicle cooling system, theengine could overheat and bedamaged. Too much water in themixture can freeze and crackengine cooling parts. The repairswould not be covered by thevehicle warranty. Use only theproper mixture of engine coolantfor the cooling system. SeeRecommended Fluids andLubricants 0 273.

Never dispose of engine coolant byputting it in the trash, pouring it onthe ground, or into sewers, streams,or bodies of water. Have the coolantchanged by an authorized servicecenter, familiar with legalrequirements regarding usedcoolant disposal. This will helpprotect the environment and yourhealth.


202 Vehicle Care

Checking Coolant

The vehicle must be on a levelsurface when checking the coolantlevel.

It is normal to see coolant moving inthe upper coolant hose return linewhen the engine is running.

Check to see if coolant is visible inthe coolant surge tank. If the coolantinside the coolant surge tank isboiling, do not do anything else untilit cools down.

If coolant is visible but the coolantlevel is not at or above the markpointed to, add a 50/50 mixture ofclean drinkable water andDEX-COOL coolant.

Be sure the cooling system is coolbefore this is done.

If no coolant is visible in the coolantsurge tank, add coolant as follows:

How to Add Coolant to theCoolant Surge Tank

Caution

This vehicle has a specificcoolant fill procedure. Failure tofollow this procedure could causethe engine to overheat and beseverely damaged.

If no problem is found, check to seeif coolant is visible in the coolantsurge tank. If coolant is visible butthe coolant level is not at theindicated level mark, add a 50/50 mixture of clean, drinkable waterand DEX-COOL coolant at thecoolant surge tank, but be sure thecooling system, including thecoolant surge tank pressure cap, iscool before you do it.

{ Warning

Steam and scalding liquids from ahot cooling system can blow outand burn you badly. Never turn

(Continued)

Warning (Continued)

the cap when the cooling system,including the surge tank pressurecap, is hot. Wait for the coolingsystem and surge tank pressurecap to cool.

Caution

In cold weather, water can freezeand crack the engine, radiator,heater core, and other parts. Usethe recommended coolant andthe proper coolant mixture.

{ Warning

You can be burned if you spillcoolant on hot engine parts.Coolant contains ethylene glycoland it will burn if the engine partsare hot enough. Do not spillcoolant on a hot engine.


Vehicle Care 203

1.4L L4 Engine LUV Shown, 1.4LL4 LE2 Similar

1. Remove the coolant surge tankpressure cap when the coolingsystem, including the coolantsurge tank pressure cap andupper radiator hose, is nolonger hot.

Turn the pressure cap slowlycounterclockwise aboutone-quarter of a turn. If youhear a hiss, wait for that tostop. This will allow anypressure still left to be ventedout the discharge hose.

2. Keep turning the pressure capslowly and remove it.

3. Fill the coolant surge tank withthe proper DEX-COOL coolantmixture to the indicatedlevel mark.

4. With the coolant surge tankpressure cap off, start theengine and let it run until youcan feel the upper radiatorhose getting hot. Watch out forthe engine cooling fan.

By this time, the coolant levelinside the coolant surge tankmay be lower. If the level islower, add more of the properDEX-COOL coolant mixture tothe coolant surge tank until thelevel reaches the indicatedlevel mark.

5. Replace the pressure captightly.

Check the level in the coolant surgetank when the cooling system hascooled down. If the coolant is not atthe proper level, repeat Steps 1–3 and reinstall the pressure cap.If the coolant still is not at the properlevel when the system cools downagain, see your dealer.

Caution

If the pressure cap is not tightlyinstalled, coolant loss andpossible engine damage mayoccur. Be sure the cap is properlyand tightly secured.

Engine OverheatingThe vehicle has an engine coolanttemperature gauge to warn of theengine overheating. See EngineCoolant Temperature Gauge 0 103.

If the decision is made not to lift thehood when this warning appears,get service help right away. SeeRoadside Assistance Program0 283.

If the decision is made to lift thehood, make sure the vehicle isparked on a level surface.

Then check to see if the enginecooling fan is running. If the engineis overheating, the fan should berunning. If it is not, do not continueto run the engine. Have the vehicleserviced.


204 Vehicle Care

Caution

Running the engine withoutcoolant may cause damage or afire. Vehicle damage would not becovered by the vehicle warranty.

If Steam Is Coming from theEngine Compartment

{ Warning

Steam from an overheated enginecan burn you badly, even if youjust open the hood. Stay awayfrom the engine if you see or hearsteam coming from it. Just turn itoff and get everyone away fromthe vehicle until it cools down.Wait until there is no sign ofsteam or coolant before you openthe hood.

If you keep driving when theengine is overheated, the liquidsin it can catch fire. You or otherscould be badly burned. Stop the

(Continued)

Warning (Continued)

engine if it overheats, and get outof the vehicle until the engineis cool.

If No Steam Is Coming fromthe Engine Compartment

If an engine overheat warning isdisplayed but no steam can be seenor heard, the problem may not betoo serious. Sometimes the enginecan get a little too hot when thevehicle:

. Climbs a long hill on a hot day.

. Stops after high-speed driving.

. Idles for long periods in traffic.

If the overheat warning is displayedwith no sign of steam:

1. Turn the air conditioning off.

2. Turn the heater on to thehighest temperature and to thehighest fan speed. Open thewindows as necessary.

3. When it is safe to do so, pull offthe road, shift to P (Park) orN (Neutral), and let theengine idle.

If the engine coolant temperaturegauge is no longer in the overheatzone, the vehicle can be driven.Continue to drive the vehicle slowlyfor about 10 minutes. Keep a safevehicle distance from the vehicle infront. If the warning does not comeback on, continue to drive normallyand have the cooling systemchecked for proper fill and function.

If the warning continues, pull over,stop, and park the vehicleright away.

If there is no sign of steam, idle theengine for three minutes whileparked. If the warning is stilldisplayed, turn off the engine until itcools down.

Washer Fluid

What to Use

When the vehicle needs windshieldwasher fluid, be sure to read themanufacturer's instructions before


Vehicle Care 205

use. If operating the vehicle in anarea where the temperature may fallbelow freezing, use a fluid that hassufficient protection againstfreezing.

Adding Washer Fluid

Open the cap with the washersymbol on it. Add washer fluid untilthe tank is full. See EngineCompartment Overview 0 192 forreservoir location.

Caution

. Do not use washer fluid thatcontains any type of waterrepellent coating. This cancause the wiper blades tochatter or skip.

(Continued)

Caution (Continued)

. Do not use engine coolant(antifreeze) in thewindshield washer. It candamage the windshieldwasher system and paint.

. Do not mix water withready-to-use washer fluid.Water can cause thesolution to freeze anddamage the washer fluidtank and other parts of thewasher system.

. When using concentratedwasher fluid, follow themanufacturer instructions foradding water.

. Fill the washer fluid tankonly three-quarters full whenit is very cold. This allowsfor fluid expansion iffreezing occurs, which coulddamage the tank if it iscompletely full.

BrakesDisc brake pads have built-in wearindicators that make a high-pitchedwarning sound when the brake padsare worn and new pads are needed.The sound can come and go or canbe heard all the time when thevehicle is moving, except whenapplying the brake pedal firmly.

{ Warning

The brake wear warning soundmeans that soon the brakes willnot work well. That could lead toa crash. When the brake wearwarning sound is heard, have thevehicle serviced.

Caution

Continuing to drive with worn-outbrake pads could result in costlybrake repair.


206 Vehicle Care

Some driving conditions or climatescan cause a brake squeal when thebrakes are first applied or lightlyapplied. This does not meansomething is wrong with the brakes.

Properly torqued wheel nuts arenecessary to help prevent brakepulsation. When tires are rotated,inspect brake pads for wear andevenly tighten wheel nuts in theproper sequence to torquespecifications. See Capacities andSpecifications 0 277.

Brake pads should be replaced ascomplete sets.

Brake Pedal Travel

See your dealer if the brake pedaldoes not return to normal height,or if there is a rapid increase inpedal travel. This could be a signthat brake service may be required.

Replacing Brake System Parts

Always replace brake system partswith new, approved replacementparts. If this is not done, the brakesmay not work properly. The brakingperformance expected can changein many other ways if the wrong

replacement brake parts areinstalled or if parts are improperlyinstalled.

Brake Fluid

The brake master cylinder reservoiris filled with GM approved DOT 4brake fluid as indicated on thereservoir cap. See EngineCompartment Overview 0 192 forthe location of the reservoir.

Checking Brake Fluid

With the vehicle in P (Park) on alevel surface, the brake fluid levelshould be between the minimumand maximum marks on the brakefluid reservoir.

There are only two reasons why thebrake fluid level in the reservoir maygo down:

. Normal brake lining wear. Whennew linings are installed, thefluid level goes back up.

. A fluid leak in the brakehydraulic system. Have thebrake hydraulic system fixed.With a leak, the brakes will notwork well.

Always clean the brake fluidreservoir cap and the area aroundthe cap before removing it.

Do not top off the brake fluid.Adding fluid does not correct a leak.If fluid is added when the linings areworn, there will be too much fluidwhen new brake linings areinstalled. Add or remove fluid, asnecessary, only when work is doneon the brake hydraulic system.

{ Warning

If too much brake fluid is added, itcan spill on the engine and burn,if the engine is hot enough. Youor others could be burned, andthe vehicle could be damaged.

(Continued)


Vehicle Care 207

Warning (Continued)

Add brake fluid only when work isdone on the brake hydraulicsystem.

When the brake fluid falls to a lowlevel, the brake warning light comeson. See Brake System WarningLight 0 108.

Brake fluid absorbs water over timewhich degrades the effectiveness ofthe brake fluid. Replace brake fluidat the specified intervals to preventincreased stopping distance. SeeMaintenance Schedule 0 263.

What to Add

Use only GM approved DOT 4brake fluid from a clean, sealedcontainer. See RecommendedFluids and Lubricants 0 273.

{ Warning

The wrong or contaminated brakefluid could result in damage to thebrake system. This could result inthe loss of braking leading to apossible injury. Always use theproper GM approved brake fluid.

Caution

If brake fluid is spilled on thevehicle's painted surfaces, thepaint finish can be damaged.Immediately wash off any paintedsurface.

Battery - North AmericaThe original equipment battery ismaintenance free. Do not removethe cap and do not add fluid.

Refer to the replacement numbershown on the original battery labelwhen a new battery is needed. SeeEngine Compartment Overview0 192 for battery location.

{ Warning

WARNING: Battery posts,terminals, and relatedaccessories contain lead and leadcompounds, chemicals known tothe State of California to causecancer and birth defects or otherreproductive harm. Batteries alsocontain other chemicals known tothe State of California to causecancer. WASH HANDS AFTERHANDLING. See CaliforniaProposition 65 Warning 0 189.

Vehicle Storage

{ Warning

Batteries have acid that can burnyou and gas that can explode.You can be badly hurt if you arenot careful. See Jump Starting -North America 0 248 for tips onworking around a battery withoutgetting hurt.


208 Vehicle Care

Infrequent Usage: Remove theblack, negative (−) cable from thebattery to keep the battery fromrunning down.

Extended Storage: Remove theblack, negative (−) cable from thebattery or use a battery tricklecharger.

All-Wheel Drive

Transfer Case

Under normal driving conditions,transfer case fluid does not requiremaintenance unless there is a fluidleak or unusual noise. If required,have the transfer case serviced byyour dealer.

Starter Switch Check

{ Warning

When you are doing thisinspection, the vehicle couldmove suddenly. If the vehiclemoves, you or others could beinjured.

1. Before starting this check, besure there is enough roomaround the vehicle.

2. Apply both the parking brakeand the regular brake.

Do not use the acceleratorpedal, and be ready to turn offthe engine immediately if itstarts.

3. Try to start the engine in eachgear. The vehicle should startonly in P (Park) or N (Neutral).If the vehicle starts in any otherposition, contact your dealer forservice.

Automatic TransmissionShift Lock ControlFunction Check

{ Warning

When you are doing thisinspection, the vehicle couldmove suddenly. If the vehiclemoves, you or others could beinjured.

1. Before starting this check, besure there is enough roomaround the vehicle. It should beparked on a level surface.

2. Apply the parking brake. Beready to apply the regularbrake immediately if the vehiclebegins to move.

3. With the engine off, turn theignition on, but do not start theengine. Without applying theregular brake, try to move theshift lever out of P (Park) withnormal effort. If the shift levermoves out of P (Park), contactyour dealer for service.

Ignition TransmissionLock CheckWhile parked and with the parkingbrake set, try to turn the ignition toLOCK/OFF in each shift leverposition.

. The ignition should turn toLOCK/OFF only when the shiftlever is in P (Park).

. The ignition key should comeout only in LOCK/OFF.


Vehicle Care 209

Contact your dealer if service isrequired.

Park Brake and P (Park)Mechanism Check

{ Warning

When you are doing this check,the vehicle could begin to move.You or others could be injuredand property could be damaged.Make sure there is room in frontof the vehicle in case it begins toroll. Be ready to apply the regularbrake at once should the vehiclebegin to move.

Park on a fairly steep hill, with thevehicle facing downhill. Keepingyour foot on the regular brake, setthe parking brake.

. To check the parking brake'sholding ability: With the enginerunning and the transmission inN (Neutral), slowly remove footpressure from the regular brakepedal. Do this until the vehicle isheld by the parking brake only.

. To check the P (Park)mechanism's holding ability:With the engine running, shift toP (Park). Then release theparking brake followed by theregular brake.

Contact your dealer if service isrequired.

Wiper Blade ReplacementWindshield wiper blades should beinspected for wear and cracking.See Maintenance Schedule 0 263.

Replacement blades come indifferent types and are removed indifferent ways. For proper type andlength, see MaintenanceReplacement Parts 0 274.

Caution

Allowing the wiper arm to touchthe windshield when no wiperblade is installed could damagethe windshield. Any damage thatoccurs would not be covered by

(Continued)

Caution (Continued)

the vehicle warranty. Do not allowthe wiper arm to touch thewindshield.

Front Wiper BladeReplacement

To replace the front wiper blades:

1. Lift the wiper arm from thewindshield until no furthermovement is possible.


210 Vehicle Care

2. Press the release button on thetop side of the wiper and pullthe wiper blade out of the endof the wiper arm.

3. Install the wiper bladeconnector by sliding into theend of the wiper arm until thebutton on the wiper blade clicksinto place with the wiper arm.

4. Place the wiper arm with thewiper blade in place back onthe windshield.

Caution

Damage may occur if the wiperblades are not in contact with thewindshield before turning on thewiper system.

Rear Wiper Blade Replacement

The rear wiper blade and wiper armhave a cover for protection. Thecover must be removed before thewiper blade can be replaced.

To remove the cover:

1. Slide a plastic tool under thecover and push upward tounsnap.

2. Slide the cover toward thewiper blade tip to unhook itfrom the blade assembly.

3. Remove the cover.

4. After wiper blade replacement,ensure that the cover hookslides into the slot in the bladeassembly.

5. Snap the cover down tosecure.

To replace the wiper blade:

1. Lift the wiper arm away fromthe windshield.

2. Push the release lever (2) todisengage the hook and pushthe wiper arm (1) out of theblade assembly (3).

3. Push the new blade assemblysecurely on the wiper arm untilthe release lever clicks intoplace.

4. Replace the wiper cover.


Vehicle Care 211

Windshield Replacement

Driver Assistance Systems

When a windshield replacement isneeded and the vehicle is equippedwith a front-looking camera sensorfor the Driver Assistance Systems,the windshield must be installedaccording to GM specifications forthese systems to work properly. If itis not, there may be unexpectedbehavior and/or messages fromthese systems. See ObjectDetection System Messages 0 118.

Headlamp AimingHeadlamp aim has been preset andshould need no further adjustment.

If the vehicle is damaged in a crash,the headlamp aim may be affected.If adjustment to the headlamps isnecessary, see your dealer.

Bulb ReplacementFor the proper type of replacementbulbs, see Replacement Bulbs0 214.

For any bulb-changing procedurenot listed in this section, contactyour dealer.

Halogen Bulbs

{ Warning

Halogen bulbs have pressurizedgas inside and can burst if youdrop or scratch the bulb. You orothers could be injured. Be sureto read and follow the instructionson the bulb package.


212 Vehicle Care

Headlamps, Front TurnSignal and ParkingLamps

Driver Side Shown, PassengerSide Similar

1. Turn Signal Lamp2. Low-Beam Headlamp3. Parking Lamp4. High-Beam Headlamp

High-Beam Headlamp/Low-Beam Headlamp

1. Open the hood. See Hood0 190.

2. Remove the headlamp bulbaccess cover.

3. Turn the bulb counterclockwiseand pull straight back.

4. Disconnect the wiring harnessconnector from the bulb.

5. Install the new bulb in theheadlamp assembly by turningclockwise.

6. Reconnect the wiring harnessconnector.

7. Install the headlamp bulbaccess cover.

Parking Lamp



Vehicle Care 213

2. Remove the parking lamp bulbsocket from the headlampassembly by turningcounterclockwise.

3. Remove the bulb from the bulbsocket by pulling it straight out.

4. Install the new bulb in the bulbsocket.

5. Install the bulb socket into theheadlamp assembly by turningclockwise.

Turn Signal Lamp


2. Remove the turn signal lampbulb socket from the headlampassembly by turningcounterclockwise.

3. Remove the bulb from the bulbsocket by pulling it straight out.

4. Install the new bulb in the bulbsocket.

5. Install the bulb socket into theheadlamp assembly by turningclockwise.

License Plate Lamp

Lamp Assembly

Bulb Assembly


214 Vehicle Care

To replace one of these bulbs:

1. Push the left end of the lampassembly toward the right.

2. Turn the lamp assembly downto remove it.

3. Turn the bulb socket (1)counterclockwise to remove itfrom the lamp assembly (3).

4. Pull the bulb (2) straight out ofthe bulb socket (1).

5. Push the replacement bulbstraight into the bulb socketand turn the bulb socketclockwise to install it into thelamp assembly.

6. Turn the lamp assembly intothe lamp assembly openingengaging the clip side first.

7. Push on the lamp side oppositethe clip until the lamp assemblysnaps into place.

Replacement Bulbs

Exterior LampBulb

Number

Back-Up Lamp 921

Front Parking Lamp 7444NA

Front TurnSignal Lamp

7444NA

High-BeamHeadlamp

9005LL

License Plate Lamp W5W LL

Low-BeamHeadlamp

H11 LL

For replacement bulbs not listedhere, contact your dealer.

Electrical System

Electrical SystemOverloadThe vehicle has fuses and circuitbreakers to protect against anelectrical system overload.

When the current electrical load istoo heavy, the circuit breaker opensand closes, protecting the circuituntil the current load returns tonormal or the problem is fixed. Thisgreatly reduces the chance of circuitoverload and fire caused byelectrical problems.

Fuses and circuit breakers protectpower devices in the vehicle.

Replace a bad fuse with a new oneof the identical size and rating.

If there is a problem on the road anda fuse needs to be replaced, thesame amperage fuse can beborrowed. Choose some feature ofthe vehicle that is not needed to useand replace it as soon as possible.


Vehicle Care 215

Headlamp Wiring

An electrical overload may causethe lamps to go on and off, or insome cases to remain off. Have theheadlamp wiring checked right awayif the lamps go on and off orremain off.

Windshield Wipers

If the wiper motor overheats due toheavy snow or ice, the windshieldwipers will stop until the motor coolsand will then restart.

Although the circuit is protectedfrom electrical overload, overloaddue to heavy snow or ice maycause wiper linkage damage.Always clear ice and heavy snowfrom the windshield before using thewindshield wipers.

If the overload is caused by anelectrical problem and not snow orice, be sure to get it fixed.

Fuses and CircuitBreakersThe wiring circuits in the vehicle areprotected from short circuits by acombination of fuses and circuitbreakers. This greatly reduces thechance of damage caused byelectrical problems.

To check a fuse, look at thesilver-colored band inside the fuse.If the band is broken or melted,replace the fuse. Be sure to replacea bad fuse with a new one of theidentical size and rating.

Fuses of the same amperage canbe temporarily borrowed fromanother fuse location, if a fuse goesout. Replace the fuse as soon aspossible.

To identify and check fuses, circuitbreakers, and relays, see EngineCompartment Fuse Block 0 215,Instrument Panel Fuse Block 0 218,and Rear Compartment Fuse Block0 220.

Engine CompartmentFuse Block

To remove the fuse block cover,squeeze the clip and lift it up.

Caution

Spilling liquid on any electricalcomponent on the vehicle maydamage it. Always keep thecovers on any electricalcomponent.


216 Vehicle Care

The vehicle may not be equippedwith all of the fuses, relays, andfeatures shown.

Mini Fuses Usage

1 Sunroof

2 Outside RearviewMirror Switch

3 Canister VentSolenoid

4 Not Used

5 Electronic BrakeControl ModuleValve

6 Intelligent BatterySensor

7 Not Used

8 TransmissionControl ModuleBattery

9 Not Used

10 Fuel System ControlModule R/C/Headlamp Leveling

11 Rear Wiper

12 Rear WindowDefogger

13 Not Used

Mini Fuses Usage

14 Outside RearviewMirror Heater

15 Fuel System ControlModule Battery

16 Heated SeatModule/MemoryModule

17 TransmissionControl Module R/C

18 Engine ControlModule R/C

19 Fuel Pump

20 Not Used

21 Fan Relay (AuxiliaryFuse Block)

22 Not Used

23 Ignition Coil/Injectors

24 Washer Pump

25 Not Used

26 Canister PurgeSolenoid/WaterValve Solenoid/Oxygen Sensors –


Vehicle Care 217

Mini Fuses Usage

Pre and Post/TurboWastegate Solenoid(1.4L)/Turbo BypassSolenoid (1.4L)

27 AuxiliaryHeater Pump

28 Engine ControlModule PowertrainIgnition 1

29 Engine ControlModule PowertrainIgnition 2

30 Mass Air FlowSensor

31 Left High-BeamHeadlamp

32 Right High-BeamHeadlamp

33 Engine ControlModule Battery

34 Horn

35 Air ConditioningCompressor Clutch

36 Front Fog Lamps

J-CaseFuses

Usage

1 Electronic BrakeControlModule Pump

2 Front Wiper

3 Blower Motor

4 IEC R/C

5 Not Used

6 Not Used

7 Starter Solenoid(AutomaticTransmission), NotUsed (ManualTransmission)

8 Cooling FanLow/Mid

9 Cooling Fan High

10 EVP

11 Pinion StarterSolenoid (AutomaticTransmission),Starter Solenoid(ManualTransmission)

U-MicroRelays

Usage

2 Fuel Pump Power

4 Starter/Spare

HC-MicroRelays

Usage

7 Starter/Pinion

MiniRelays

Usage

1 Run Crank

3 Cooling Fan Mid

5 Powertrain Relay

8 Cooling Fan Low

HC-MiniRelays

Usage

6 Cooling Fan High


218 Vehicle Care

Auxiliary Fuse Block

To remove the fuse block cover,squeeze the clips and lift it up.

Caution

Spilling liquid on any electricalcomponent on the vehicle maydamage it. Always keep thecovers on any electricalcomponent.


Relays Usage

01 ElectricVacuum Pump

02 Cooling FanControl 1

03 Cooling FanControl 2

04 Trailer (N/A)

Instrument Panel FuseBlock

The instrument panel fuse block ison the underside of the driver sideinstrument panel. To access thefuses, remove the storagecompartment. To remove thestorage compartment, open thecompartment and pull it out.


Vehicle Care 219


Mini Fuses Usage

1 Body ControlModule 1








9 Discrete LogicIgnition Switch

10 Sensing DiagnosticModule Battery

11 Data Link Connector

Mini Fuses Usage

12 Heater, Ventilation,and Air ConditioningMDL/ICS

13 Liftgate Relay

14 UPA Module

15 LDW Module/InsideRearview Mirror

16 Adaptive ForwardLighting Module

17 PowerWNDWSW DR

18 Rain Sensor

19 Body ControlModule RegulatedVoltage Control

20 Steering WheelSwitch Backlighting

21 A/C AccessoryPower Outlet/PRNDL

22 Cigar Lighter/DCAccessory PowerOutlet


220 Vehicle Care

Mini Fuses Usage

23 Spare

24 Spare

25 Spare

26 Automatic OccupantSensing Display

27 IPC/PTC Control/Clutch Switch

28 Headlamp Switch/AFL/DC Converter

29 Spare

30 TransmissionControl ModuleBattery

31 IPC Battery

32 Radio/Chime/Aux Jack

33 Display/Faceplate

34 OnStar/UHP/DAB

S/B Fuses Usage

1 Spare

2 Spare

S/B Fuses Usage

3 Power WindowMotor Front

4 Power WindowMotor Rear

5 Logistic Mode Relay

6 Spare

7 Spare

8 Spare

CircuitBreaker

Usage

CB1 Spare

Midi Fuse Usage

M01 PTC

Relays Usage

01 Accessory/RetainedAccessory Power

02 Liftgate

03 Spare

04 Spare

Relays Usage

05 Logistic Mode

Rear Compartment FuseBlock

The rear compartment fuse block isbehind a cover on the left side ofthe rear compartment. To accessthe fuses, remove the cover.



Vehicle Care 221

Mini Fuses Usage

1 Driver Seat PowerLumbar Switch

Mini Fuses Usage

2 Passenger SeatPower LumbarSwitch

3 Amplifier

4 Trailer Socket (N/A)

5 All-Wheel DriveModule

6 Automatic OccupantSensing Module

7 Spare/LPG ModuleBattery

8 Trailer ParkingLamps (N/A)

9 Spare

10 Spare/Side BlindZone Alert Module

11 Trailer Module (N/A)

12 Nav Dock

13 Heated SteeringWheel

14 Trailer Socket (N/A)

15 Spare/EVP Switch

Mini Fuses Usage

16 Water In FuelSensor

17 Inside RearviewMirror/Rear VisionCamera

18 Spare/LPG ModuleRun/Crank

S/B Fuses Usage

1 Driver Power SeatSwitch/MemoryModule

2 Passenger PowerSeat Switch

3 Trailer Module (N/A)

4 A/C-D/C Inverter

5 Battery

6 Headlamp Washer

7 DC/DC Source 1

8 DC/DC Source 2

9 Spare


222 Vehicle Care

Relays Usage

1 Ignition Relay

2 Run Relay

Wheels and Tires

TiresEvery new GM vehicle hashigh-quality tires made by aleading tire manufacturer. Seethe warranty manual forinformation regarding the tirewarranty and where to getservice. For additionalinformation refer to the tiremanufacturer.

{ Warning

. Poorly maintained andimproperly used tires aredangerous.

. Overloading the tires cancause overheating as aresult of too muchflexing. There could be ablowout and a seriouscrash. See Vehicle LoadLimits 0 152.

(Continued)

Warning (Continued)

. Underinflated tires posethe same danger asoverloaded tires. Theresulting crash couldcause serious injury.Check all tires frequentlyto maintain therecommended pressure.Tire pressure should bechecked when the tiresare cold.

. Overinflated tires aremore likely to be cut,punctured, or broken bya sudden impact — suchas when hitting a pothole.Keep tires at therecommended pressure.

. Worn or old tires cancause a crash. If thetread is badly worn,replace them.

(Continued)


Vehicle Care 223

Warning (Continued)

. Replace any tires thathave been damaged byimpacts with potholes,curbs, etc.

. Improperly repaired tirescan cause a crash. Onlythe dealer or anauthorized tire servicecenter should repair,replace, dismount, andmount the tires.

. Do not spin the tires inexcess of 56 km/h(35 mph) on slipperysurfaces such as snow,mud, ice, etc. Excessivespinning may cause thetires to explode.

All-Season TiresThis vehicle may come withall-season tires. These tires aredesigned to provide good overallperformance on most road surfaces

and weather conditions. Originalequipment tires designed to GM'sspecific tire performance criteriahave a TPC specification codemolded onto the sidewall. Originalequipment all-season tires can beidentified by the last two charactersof this TPC code, which willbe “MS.”

Consider installing winter tires onthe vehicle if frequent driving onsnow or ice-covered roads isexpected. All-season tires provideadequate performance for mostwinter driving conditions, but theymay not offer the same level oftraction or performance as wintertires on snow or ice-covered roads.See Winter Tires 0 223.

Winter TiresThis vehicle was not originallyequipped with winter tires. Wintertires are designed for increasedtraction on snow and ice-coveredroads. Consider installing wintertires on the vehicle if frequentdriving on ice or snow coveredroads is expected. See your dealer

for details regarding winter tireavailability and proper tire selection.Also, see Buying New Tires 0 237.

With winter tires, there may bedecreased dry road traction,increased road noise, and shortertread life. After changing to wintertires, be alert for changes in vehiclehandling and braking.

If using winter tires:

. Use tires of the same brand andtread type on all four wheelpositions.

. Use only radial ply tires of thesame size, load range, andspeed rating as the originalequipment tires.

Winter tires with the same speedrating as the original equipment tiresmay not be available for H, V, W, Y,and ZR speed rated tires. If wintertires with a lower speed rating arechosen, never exceed the tire'smaximum speed capability.


224 Vehicle Care

Summer TiresThis vehicle may come with highperformance summer tires. Thesetires have a special tread andcompound that are optimized formaximum dry and wet roadperformance. This special tread andcompound will have decreasedperformance in cold climates, andon ice and snow. It is recommendedthat winter tires be installed on thevehicle if frequent driving attemperatures below approximately5 °C (40 °F) or on ice or snowcovered roads is expected. SeeWinter Tires 0 223.

Caution

High performance summer tireshave rubber compounds that loseflexibility and may developsurface cracks in the tread areaat temperatures below −7 °C (20 °F). Always store highperformance summer tiresindoors and at temperaturesabove −7 °C (20 °F) when not in

(Continued)

Caution (Continued)

use. If the tires have beensubjected to −7 °C (20 °F) or less,let them warm up in a heatedspace to at least 5 °C (40 °F) for24 hours or more before beinginstalled or driving a vehicle onwhich they are installed. Do notapply heat or blow heated airdirectly on the tires. Alwaysinspect tires before use. See TireInspection 0 235.

Tire Sidewall LabelingUseful information about a tire ismolded into its sidewall. Theexamples show a typicalpassenger vehicle tire and acompact spare tire sidewall.

Passenger (P-Metric) Tire Example

(1) Tire Size : The tire size is acombination of letters andnumbers used to define aparticular tire's width, height,aspect ratio, construction type,and service description. See the“Tire Size” illustration later in thissection.

(2) TPC Spec (TirePerformance CriteriaSpecification) : Originalequipment tires designed toGM's specific tire performancecriteria have a TPC specificationcode molded onto the sidewall.


Vehicle Care 225

GM's TPC specifications meet orexceed all federal safetyguidelines.

(3) DOT (Department ofTransportation) : TheDepartment of Transportation(DOT) code indicates that thetire is in compliance with theU.S. Department ofTransportation Motor VehicleSafety Standards.

DOT Tire Date ofManufacture : The last fourdigits of the TIN indicate the tiremanufactured date. The first twodigits represent the week (01–52) and the last two digits, theyear. For example, the thirdweek of the year 2010 wouldhave a four-digit DOT dateof 0310.

(4) Tire Identification Number(TIN) : The letters and numbersfollowing the DOT (Departmentof Transportation) code are theTire Identification Number (TIN).The TIN shows the

manufacturer and plant code,tire size, and date the tire wasmanufactured. The TIN ismolded onto both sides of thetire, although only one side mayhave the date of manufacture.

(5) Tire Ply Material : The typeof cord and number of plies inthe sidewall and under the tread.

(6) Uniform Tire QualityGrading (UTQG) : Tiremanufacturers are required tograde tires based on threeperformance factors: treadwear,traction, and temperatureresistance. For more informationsee Uniform Tire QualityGrading 0 238.

(7) Maximum Cold InflationLoad Limit : Maximum load thatcan be carried and themaximum pressure needed tosupport that load.

Compact Spare Tire Example

(1) Tire Ply Material : The typeof cord and number of plies inthe sidewall and under the tread.

(2) Temporary Use Only : Thecompact spare tire or temporaryuse tire should not be driven atspeeds over 80 km/h (50 mph).The compact spare tire is foremergency use when a regularroad tire has lost air and goneflat. If the vehicle has a compactspare tire, see Compact SpareTire 0 247 and If a Tire GoesFlat 0 241.


226 Vehicle Care

(3) Tire Identification Number(TIN) : The letters and numbersfollowing the DOT (Departmentof Transportation) code are theTire Identification Number (TIN).The TIN shows themanufacturer and plant code,tire size, and date the tire wasmanufactured. The TIN ismolded onto both sides of thetire, although only one side mayhave the date of manufacture.

(4) Maximum Cold InflationLoad Limit : Maximum load thatcan be carried and themaximum pressure needed tosupport that load.

(5) Tire Inflation : Thetemporary use tire or compactspare tire should be inflated to420 kPa (60 psi). For moreinformation on tire pressure andinflation see Tire Pressure0 229.

(6) Tire Size : A combination ofletters and numbers define atire's width, height, aspect ratio,

construction type, and servicedescription. The letter T as thefirst character in the tire sizemeans the tire is for temporaryuse only.

(7) TPC Spec (TirePerformance CriteriaSpecification) : Originalequipment tires designed toGM's specific tire performancecriteria have a TPC specificationcode molded onto the sidewall.GM's TPC specifications meet orexceed all federal safetyguidelines.

Tire Designations

Tire Size

The following is an example of atypical passenger vehicletire size.

(1) Passenger (P-Metric) Tire :The United States version of ametric tire sizing system. Theletter P as the first character inthe tire size means a passengervehicle tire engineered tostandards set by the U.S. Tireand Rim Association.

(2) Tire Width : The three-digitnumber indicates the tire sectionwidth in millimeters fromsidewall to sidewall.

(3) Aspect Ratio : A two-digitnumber that indicates the tireheight-to-width measurements.For example, if the tire sizeaspect ratio is 60, as shown initem 3 of the illustration, it wouldmean that the tire's sidewall is60 percent as high as it is wide.


Vehicle Care 227

(4) Construction Code : A lettercode is used to indicate the typeof ply construction in the tire.The letter R means radial plyconstruction; the letter D meansdiagonal or bias plyconstruction; and the letter Bmeans belted-bias plyconstruction.

(5) Rim Diameter : Diameter ofthe wheel in inches.

(6) Service Description : Thesecharacters represent the loadindex and speed rating of thetire. The load index representsthe load carrying capacity a tireis certified to carry. The speedrating is the maximum speed atire is certified to carry a load.

Tire Terminology andDefinitionsAir Pressure : The amount ofair inside the tire pressingoutward on each square inch of

the tire. Air pressure isexpressed in kPa (kilopascal)or psi (pounds per square inch).

Accessory Weight : Thecombined weight of optionalaccessories. Some examples ofoptional accessories areautomatic transmission, powerwindows, power seats, and airconditioning.

Aspect Ratio : The relationshipof a tire's height to its width.

Belt : A rubber coated layer ofcords between the plies and thetread. Cords may be made fromsteel or other reinforcingmaterials.

Bead : The tire bead containssteel wires wrapped by steelcords that hold the tire ontothe rim.

Bias Ply Tire : A pneumatic tirein which the plies are laid atalternate angles less than90 degrees to the centerline ofthe tread.

Cold Tire Pressure : Theamount of air pressure in a tire,measured in kPa (kilopascal)or psi (pounds per square inch)before a tire has built up heatfrom driving. See Tire Pressure0 229.

Curb Weight : The weight of amotor vehicle with standard andoptional equipment including themaximum capacity of fuel, oil,and coolant, but withoutpassengers and cargo.

DOT Markings : A code moldedinto the sidewall of a tiresignifying that the tire is incompliance with the U.S.Department of Transportation(DOT) Motor Vehicle SafetyStandards. The DOT codeincludes the Tire IdentificationNumber (TIN), an alphanumericdesignator which can alsoidentify the tire manufacturer,production plant, brand, anddate of production.


228 Vehicle Care

GVWR : Gross Vehicle WeightRating. See Vehicle Load Limits0 152.

GAWR FRT : Gross Axle WeightRating for the front axle. SeeVehicle Load Limits 0 152.

GAWR RR : Gross Axle WeightRating for the rear axle. SeeVehicle Load Limits 0 152.

Intended Outboard Sidewall :The side of an asymmetrical tirethat must always face outwardwhen mounted on a vehicle.

Kilopascal (kPa) : The metricunit for air pressure.

Light Truck (LT-Metric) Tire : Atire used on light duty trucks andsome multipurpose passengervehicles.

Load Index : An assignednumber ranging from 1 to 279that corresponds to the loadcarrying capacity of a tire.

Maximum Inflation Pressure :The maximum air pressure towhich a cold tire can be inflated.The maximum air pressure ismolded onto the sidewall.

Maximum Load Rating : Theload rating for a tire at themaximum permissible inflationpressure for that tire.

Maximum Loaded VehicleWeight : The sum of curbweight, accessory weight,vehicle capacity weight, andproduction options weight.

Normal Occupant Weight : Thenumber of occupants a vehicleis designed to seat multiplied by68 kg (150 lb). See Vehicle LoadLimits 0 152.

Occupant Distribution :Designated seating positions.

Outward Facing Sidewall : Theside of an asymmetrical tire thathas a particular side that facesoutward when mounted on avehicle. The side of the tire that

contains a whitewall, bearswhite lettering, or bearsmanufacturer, brand, and/ormodel name molding that ishigher or deeper than the samemoldings on the other sidewallof the tire.

Passenger (P-Metric) Tire : Atire used on passenger cars andsome light duty trucks andmultipurpose vehicles.

Recommended InflationPressure : Vehiclemanufacturer's recommendedtire inflation pressure as shownon the tire placard. See TirePressure 0 229 and VehicleLoad Limits 0 152.

Radial Ply Tire : A pneumatictire in which the ply cords thatextend to the beads are laid at90 degrees to the centerline ofthe tread.

Rim : A metal support for a tireand upon which the tire beadsare seated.


Vehicle Care 229

Sidewall : The portion of a tirebetween the tread and the bead.

Speed Rating : Analphanumeric code assigned toa tire indicating the maximumspeed at which a tire canoperate.

Traction : The friction betweenthe tire and the road surface.The amount of grip provided.

Tread : The portion of a tire thatcomes into contact withthe road.

Treadwear Indicators : Narrowbands, sometimes called wearbars, that show across the treadof a tire when only 1.6 mm (1/16 in) of tread remains. SeeWhen It Is Time for New Tires0 236.

UTQGS (Uniform Tire QualityGrading Standards) : A tireinformation system that providesconsumers with ratings for atire's traction, temperature, andtreadwear. Ratings are

determined by tiremanufacturers usinggovernment testing procedures.The ratings are molded into thesidewall of the tire. See UniformTire Quality Grading 0 238.

Vehicle Capacity Weight : Thenumber of designated seatingpositions multiplied by68 kg (150 lb) plus the ratedcargo load. See Vehicle LoadLimits 0 152.

Vehicle Maximum Load on theTire : Load on an individual tiredue to curb weight, accessoryweight, occupant weight, andcargo weight.

Vehicle Placard : A labelpermanently attached to avehicle showing the vehiclecapacity weight and the originalequipment tire size andrecommended inflation pressure.See “Tire and LoadingInformation Label” under VehicleLoad Limits 0 152.

Tire PressureTires need the correct amount ofair pressure to operateeffectively.

Caution

Neither tire underinflation noroverinflation is good.Underinflated tires, or tiresthat do not have enough air,can result in:

. Tire overloading andoverheating which couldlead to a blowout.

. Premature orirregular wear.

. Poor handling.

. Reduced fuel economy.(Continued)


230 Vehicle Care

Caution (Continued)

Overinflated tires, or tires thathave too much air, canresult in:

. Unusual wear.

. Poor handling.

. Rough ride.

. Needless damage fromroad hazards.

The Tire and LoadingInformation label on the vehicleindicates the original equipmenttires and the correct cold tireinflation pressures. Therecommended pressure is theminimum air pressure needed tosupport the vehicle's maximumload carrying capacity. SeeVehicle Load Limits 0 152.

How the vehicle is loadedaffects vehicle handling and ridecomfort. Never load the vehiclewith more weight than it wasdesigned to carry.

When to Check

Check the tires once a month ormore. Do not forget the compactspare, if the vehicle has one.The cold compact spare tirepressure should be at 420 kPa(60 psi). See Compact SpareTire 0 247.

How to Check

Use a good quality pocket-typegauge to check tire pressure.Proper tire inflation cannot bedetermined by looking at the tire.Check the tire inflation pressurewhen the tires are cold, meaningthe vehicle has not been drivenfor at least three hours or nomore than 1.6 km (1 mi).

Remove the valve cap from thetire valve stem. Press the tiregauge firmly onto the valve to

get a pressure measurement.If the cold tire inflation pressurematches the recommendedpressure on the Tire andLoading Information label, nofurther adjustment is necessary.If the inflation pressure is low,add air until the recommendedpressure is reached. If theinflation pressure is high, presson the metal stem in the centerof the tire valve to release air.

Recheck the tire pressure withthe tire gauge.

Put the valve caps back on thevalve stems to keep out dirt andmoisture and prevent leaks. Useonly valve caps designed for thevehicle by GM. TPMS sensorscould be damaged and wouldnot be covered by the vehiclewarranty.


Vehicle Care 231

Tire Pressure MonitorSystemThe Tire Pressure Monitor System(TPMS) uses radio and sensortechnology to check tire pressurelevels. The TPMS sensors monitorthe air pressure in your tires andtransmit tire pressure readings to areceiver located in the vehicle.

Each tire, including the spare (ifprovided), should be checkedmonthly when cold and inflated tothe inflation pressure recommendedby the vehicle manufacturer on thevehicle placard or tire inflationpressure label. (If your vehicle hastires of a different size than the sizeindicated on the vehicle placard ortire inflation pressure label, youshould determine the proper tireinflation pressure for those tires.)

As an added safety feature, yourvehicle has been equipped with atire pressure monitoring system(TPMS) that illuminates a low tirepressure telltale when one or moreof your tires is significantlyunder-inflated.

Accordingly, when the low tirepressure telltale illuminates, youshould stop and check your tires assoon as possible, and inflate themto the proper pressure. Driving on asignificantly under-inflated tirecauses the tire to overheat and canlead to tire failure. Under-inflationalso reduces fuel efficiency and tiretread life, and may affect thevehicle's handling and stoppingability.

Please note that the TPMS is not asubstitute for proper tiremaintenance, and it is the driver'sresponsibility to maintain correct tirepressure, even if under-inflation hasnot reached the level to triggerillumination of the TPMS low tirepressure telltale.

Your vehicle has also beenequipped with a TPMS malfunctionindicator to indicate when thesystem is not operating properly.The TPMS malfunction indicator iscombined with the low tire pressuretelltale. When the system detects amalfunction, the telltale will flash forapproximately one minute and thenremain continuously illuminated.

This sequence will continue uponsubsequent vehicle start-ups aslong as the malfunction exists.

When the malfunction indicator isilluminated, the system may not beable to detect or signal low tirepressure as intended. TPMSmalfunctions may occur for a varietyof reasons, including the installationof replacement or alternate tires orwheels on the vehicle that preventthe TPMS from functioning properly.Always check the TPMS malfunctiontelltale after replacing one or moretires or wheels on your vehicle toensure that the replacement oralternate tires and wheels allow theTPMS to continue to functionproperly.

See Tire Pressure MonitorOperation 0 232.



232 Vehicle Care

Tire Pressure MonitorOperationThis vehicle may have a TirePressure Monitor System (TPMS).The TPMS is designed to warn thedriver when a low tire pressurecondition exists. TPMS sensors aremounted onto each tire and wheelassembly, excluding the spare tireand wheel assembly. The TPMSsensors monitor the air pressure inthe tires and transmit the tirepressure readings to a receiverlocated in the vehicle.

When a low tire pressure conditionis detected, the TPMS illuminatesthe low tire pressure warning lightlocated on the instrument cluster.If the warning light comes on, stopas soon as possible and inflate thetires to the recommended pressure

shown on the Tire and LoadingInformation label. See Vehicle LoadLimits 0 152.

A message to check the pressure ina specific tire may display in theDriver Information Center (DIC). Thelow tire pressure warning light andthe DIC warning message,if equipped, come on at eachignition cycle until the tires areinflated to the correct inflationpressure. Using the DIC, it may bepossible to view the tire pressurelevels. For additional informationand details about the DIC operationand displays, see Driver InformationCenter (DIC) 0 113.

The low tire pressure warning lightmay come on in cool weather whenthe vehicle is first started, and thenturn off as the vehicle is driven. Thiscould be an early indicator that theair pressure is getting low andneeds to be inflated to the properpressure.

A Tire and Loading Information labelshows the size of the originalequipment tires and the correctinflation pressure for the tires when

they are cold. See Vehicle LoadLimits 0 152, for an example of theTire and Loading Information labeland its location. Also see TirePressure 0 229.

The TPMS can warn about a lowtire pressure condition, but it doesnot replace normal tiremaintenance. See Tire Inspection0 235, Tire Rotation 0 235, andTires 0 222.

Caution

Tire sealant materials are not allthe same. A non-approved tiresealant could damage the TPMSsensors. TPMS sensor damagecaused by using an incorrect tiresealant is not covered by thevehicle warranty. Always use onlythe GM approved tire sealantavailable through your dealer orincluded in the vehicle.


Vehicle Care 233

TPMS Malfunction Light andMessage

The TPMS will not function properlyif one or more of the TPMS sensorsare missing or inoperable. When thesystem detects a malfunction, thelow tire pressure warning light,defined above, flashes for aboutone minute and then stays on forthe remainder of the ignition cycle.A DIC warning message may alsodisplay. The malfunction light andDIC warning message, if equipped,come on at each ignition cycle untilthe problem is corrected. Some ofthe conditions that can cause theseto come on are:

. One of the road tires has beenreplaced with the spare tire. Thespare tire does not have aTPMS sensor. The malfunctionlight and the DIC message,if equipped, should go off afterthe road tire is replaced and thesensor matching process isperformed successfully. See"TPMS Sensor MatchingProcess" later in this section.

. The TPMS sensor matchingprocess was not done or notcompleted successfully afterrotating the tires. Themalfunction light and the DICmessage, if equipped, should gooff after successfully completingthe sensor matching process.See "TPMS Sensor MatchingProcess" later in this section.

. One or more TPMS sensors aremissing or damaged. Themalfunction light and the DICmessage, if equipped, should gooff when the TPMS sensors areinstalled and the sensormatching process is performedsuccessfully. See your dealer forservice.

. Replacement tires or wheels donot match the original equipmenttires or wheels. Tires and wheelsother than those recommendedcould prevent the TPMS fromfunctioning properly. See BuyingNew Tires 0 237.

. Operating electronic devices orbeing near facilities using radiowave frequencies similar to theTPMS could cause the TPMSsensors to malfunction.

If the TPMS is not functioningproperly, it cannot detect or signal alow tire condition. See your dealerfor service if the TPMS malfunctionlight and DIC message, if equipped,come on and stay on.

TPMS Sensor MatchingProcess

Each TPMS sensor has a uniqueidentification code. The identificationcode needs to be matched to a newtire/wheel position after rotating thevehicle’s tires or replacing one ormore of the TPMS sensors. Also,the TPMS sensor matching processshould be performed after replacinga spare tire with a road tirecontaining the TPMS sensor. Themalfunction light and the DICmessage, if equipped, should go off


234 Vehicle Care

at the next ignition cycle. Thesensors are matched to the tire/wheel positions, using a TPMSrelearn tool, in the following order:driver side front tire, passenger sidefront tire, passenger side rear tire,and driver side rear. See yourdealer for service or to purchase arelearn tool. A TPMS relearn toolcan also be purchased. See TirePressure Monitor Sensor ActivationTool atwww.gmtoolsandequipment.com orcall 1-800-GM TOOLS(1-800-468-6657).

There are two minutes to match thefirst tire/wheel position, andfive minutes overall to match all fourtire/wheel positions. If it takeslonger, the matching process stopsand must be restarted.

The TPMS sensor matchingprocess is:

1. Set the parking brake.

2. Turn the ignition to ON/RUNwith the engine off.

3. Use the MENU button to selectthe Vehicle Information Menu(Menu 2) in the DriverInformation Center (DIC).

4. Use the thumbwheel (or up anddown arrows) to scroll to theTire Pressure Menu Itemscreen.

5. Press and hold the SET/CLRbutton to begin the sensormatching process.

A message requestingacceptance of the process maydisplay.

6. If requested, press the SET/CLR button again to confirmthe selection.

The horn sounds twice tosignal the receiver is in relearnmode and the TIRE LEARN orTIRE LEARNING ACTIVEmessage displays on the DICscreen.

7. Start with the driver sidefront tire.

8. Place the relearn tool againstthe tire sidewall, near the valvestem. Then press the button to

activate the TPMS sensor.A horn chirp confirms that thesensor identification code hasbeen matched to this tire andwheel position.

9. Proceed to the passenger sidefront tire, and repeat theprocedure in Step 8.

10. Proceed to the passenger siderear tire, and repeat theprocedure in Step 8.

11. Proceed to the driver side reartire, and repeat the procedurein Step 8. The horn sounds twotimes to indicate the sensoridentification code has beenmatched to the driver side reartire, and the TPMS sensormatching process is no longeractive. The TIRE LEARN orTIRE LEARNING ACTIVEmessage on the DIC displayscreen goes off.

12. Turn the ignition to LOCK/OFF.

13. Set all four tires to therecommended air pressurelevel as indicated on the Tireand Loading Information label.


Vehicle Care 235

Tire InspectionWe recommend that the tires,including the spare tire, if thevehicle has one, be inspectedfor signs of wear or damage atleast once a month.

Replace the tire if:

. The indicators at three ormore places around the tirecan be seen.

. There is cord or fabricshowing through the tire'srubber.

. The tread or sidewall iscracked, cut, or snaggeddeep enough to show cord orfabric.

. The tire has a bump, bulge,or split.

. The tire has a puncture, cut,or other damage that cannotbe repaired well because ofthe size or location of thedamage.

Tire RotationTires should be rotated every12 000 km (7,500 mi). SeeMaintenance Schedule 0 263.

Tires are rotated to achieve amore uniform wear for all tires.The first rotation is the mostimportant.

Anytime unusual wear isnoticed, rotate the tires as soonas possible, check for proper tireinflation pressure, and check fordamaged tires or wheels. If theunusual wear continues after therotation, check the wheelalignment. See When It Is Timefor New Tires 0 236 and WheelReplacement 0 240.

Use this rotation pattern whenrotating the tires.

Do not include the compactspare tire in the tire rotation.

Adjust the front and rear tires tothe recommended inflationpressure on the Tire andLoading Information label afterthe tires have been rotated. SeeTire Pressure 0 229 and VehicleLoad Limits 0 152.

Reset the Tire Pressure MonitorSystem. See Tire PressureMonitor Operation 0 232.


236 Vehicle Care

Check that all wheel nuts areproperly tightened. See “WheelNut Torque” under Capacitiesand Specifications 0 277.

{ Warning

Rust or dirt on a wheel, or on theparts to which it is fastened, canmake wheel nuts become looseafter time. The wheel could comeoff and cause an accident. Whenchanging a wheel, remove anyrust or dirt from places where thewheel attaches to the vehicle. Inan emergency, a cloth or a papertowel can be used; however, usea scraper or wire brush later toremove all rust or dirt.

Lightly coat the center of thewheel hub with wheel bearinggrease after a wheel change ortire rotation to prevent corrosionor rust build-up. Do not getgrease on the flat wheelmounting surface or on thewheel nuts or bolts.

When It Is Time for NewTiresFactors such as maintenance,temperatures, driving speeds,vehicle loading, and road conditionsaffect the wear rate of the tires.

Treadwear indicators are one way totell when it is time for new tires.Treadwear indicators appear whenthe tires have only 1.6 mm (1/16 in)or less of tread remaining. See TireInspection 0 235 and Tire Rotation0 235.

The rubber in tires ages over time.This also applies to the spare tire,if the vehicle has one, even if it isnever used. Multiple factorsincluding temperatures, loadingconditions, and inflation pressuremaintenance affect how fast agingtakes place. GM recommends thattires, including the spare ifequipped, be replaced after sixyears, regardless of tread wear. Thetire manufacture date is the last fourdigits of the DOT Tire IdentificationNumber (TIN) which is molded intoone side of the tire sidewall. Thefirst two digits represent the week(01–52) and the last two digits, theyear. For example, the third week ofthe year 2010 would have afour-digit DOT date of 0310.

Vehicle Storage

Tires age when stored normallymounted on a parked vehicle. Parka vehicle that will be stored for atleast a month in a cool, dry, cleanarea away from direct sunlight toslow aging. This area should be free


Vehicle Care 237

of grease, gasoline, or othersubstances that can deterioraterubber.

Parking for an extended period cancause flat spots on the tires thatmay result in vibrations whiledriving. When storing a vehicle forat least a month, remove the tires orraise the vehicle to reduce theweight from the tires.

Buying New TiresGM has developed and matchedspecific tires for the vehicle. Theoriginal equipment tires installedwere designed to meet GeneralMotors Tire Performance CriteriaSpecification (TPC Spec)system rating. Whenreplacement tires are needed,GM strongly recommendsbuying tires with the same TPCSpec rating.

GM's exclusive TPC Specsystem considers over a dozencritical specifications that impactthe overall performance of the

vehicle, including brake systemperformance, ride and handling,traction control, and tirepressure monitoringperformance. GM's TPC Specnumber is molded onto the tire'ssidewall near the tire size. If thetires have an all-season treaddesign, the TPC Spec numberwill be followed by MS for mudand snow. See Tire SidewallLabeling 0 224.

GM recommends replacing worntires in complete sets of four.Uniform tread depth on all tireswill help to maintain theperformance of the vehicle.Braking and handlingperformance may be adverselyaffected if all the tires are notreplaced at the same time.If proper rotation andmaintenance have been done,all four tires should wear out atabout the same time. See TireRotation 0 235. However, if it is

necessary to replace only oneaxle set of worn tires, place thenew tires on the rear axle.

Winter tires with the same speedrating as the original equipmenttires may not be available for H,V, W, Y and ZR speed ratedtires. Never exceed the wintertires’ maximum speed capabilitywhen using winter tires with alower speed rating.

{ Warning

Tires could explode duringimproper service. Attemptingto mount or dismount a tirecould cause injury or death.Only your dealer or authorizedtire service center shouldmount or dismount the tires.


238 Vehicle Care

{ Warning

Mixing tires of different sizes,brands, or types may causeloss of control of the vehicle,resulting in a crash or othervehicle damage. Use thecorrect size, brand, and typeof tires on all wheels.

{ Warning

Using bias-ply tires on thevehicle may cause the wheelrim flanges to develop cracksafter many miles of driving.A tire and/or wheel could failsuddenly and cause a crash.Use only radial-ply tires withthe wheels on the vehicle.

If the vehicle tires must bereplaced with a tire that does nothave a TPC Spec number, makesure they are the same size,

load range, speed rating, andconstruction (radial) as theoriginal tires.

Vehicles that have a tirepressure monitoring systemcould give an inaccuratelow-pressure warning if non-TPCSpec rated tires are installed.See Tire Pressure MonitorSystem 0 231.

The Tire and LoadingInformation label indicates theoriginal equipment tires on thevehicle. See Vehicle Load Limits0 152.

Different Size Tires andWheelsIf wheels or tires are installed thatare a different size than the originalequipment wheels and tires, vehicleperformance, including its braking,ride and handling characteristics,stability, and resistance to rollovermay be affected. If the vehicle haselectronic systems such as antilockbrakes, rollover airbags, traction

control, electronic stability control,or All-Wheel Drive, the performanceof these systems can also beaffected.

{ Warning

If different sized wheels are used,there may not be an acceptablelevel of performance and safety iftires not recommended for thosewheels are selected. Thisincreases the chance of a crashand serious injury. Only use GMspecific wheel and tire systemsdeveloped for the vehicle, andhave them properly installed by aGM certified technician.

See Buying New Tires 0 237 andAccessories and Modifications0 189.

Uniform Tire QualityGradingThe following information relatesto the system developed by theUnited States National Highway


Vehicle Care 239

Traffic Safety Administration(NHTSA), which grades tires bytreadwear, traction, andtemperature performance. Thisapplies only to vehicles sold inthe United States. The gradesare molded on the sidewalls ofmost passenger car tires. TheUniform Tire Quality Grading(UTQG) system does not applyto deep tread, winter tires,compact spare tires, tires withnominal rim diameters of10 to 12 inches (25 to 30 cm),or to some limited-productiontires.

While the tires available onGeneral Motors passenger carsand light trucks may vary withrespect to these grades, theymust also conform to federalsafety requirements andadditional General Motors TirePerformance Criteria (TPC)standards.

Quality grades can be foundwhere applicable on the tiresidewall between tread shoulderand maximum section width. Forexample:

Treadwear 200 Traction AATemperature A

All Passenger Car Tires MustConform to Federal SafetyRequirements In Addition ToThese Grades.

Treadwear

The treadwear grade is acomparative rating based on thewear rate of the tire when testedunder controlled conditions on aspecified government testcourse. For example, a tiregraded 150 would wear one andone-half (1½) times as well onthe government course as a tiregraded 100. The relativeperformance of tires dependsupon the actual conditions oftheir use, however, and maydepart significantly from the

norm due to variations in drivinghabits, service practices anddifferences in roadcharacteristics and climate.

Traction

The traction grades, fromhighest to lowest, are AA, A, B,and C. Those grades representthe tire's ability to stop on wetpavement as measured undercontrolled conditions onspecified government testsurfaces of asphalt andconcrete. A tire marked C mayhave poor traction performance.Warning: The traction gradeassigned to this tire is based onstraight-ahead braking tractiontests, and does not includeacceleration, cornering,hydroplaning, or peak tractioncharacteristics.

Temperature

The temperature grades are A(the highest), B, and C,representing the tire's resistance


240 Vehicle Care

to the generation of heat and itsability to dissipate heat whentested under controlledconditions on a specified indoorlaboratory test wheel. Sustainedhigh temperature can cause thematerial of the tire to degenerateand reduce tire life, andexcessive temperature can leadto sudden tire failure. The gradeC corresponds to a level ofperformance which allpassenger car tires must meetunder the Federal Motor SafetyStandard No. 109. Grades B andA represent higher levels ofperformance on the laboratorytest wheel than the minimumrequired by law. Warning: Thetemperature grade for this tire isestablished for a tire that isproperly inflated and notoverloaded. Excessive speed,underinflation, or excessiveloading, either separately or incombination, can cause heatbuildup and possible tire failure.

Wheel Alignment and TireBalanceThe tires and wheels were alignedand balanced at the factory toprovide the longest tire life and bestoverall performance. Adjustments towheel alignment and tire balancingare not necessary on a regularbasis. Consider an alignment checkif there is unusual tire wear or thevehicle is significantly pulling to oneside or the other. Some slight pull tothe left or right, depending on thecrown of the road and/or other roadsurface variations such as troughsor ruts, is normal. If the vehicle isvibrating when driving on a smoothroad, the tires and wheels may needto be rebalanced. See your dealerfor proper diagnosis.

Wheel ReplacementReplace any wheel that is bent,cracked, or badly rusted orcorroded. If wheel nuts keep comingloose, the wheel, wheel bolts, andwheel nuts should be replaced.If the wheel leaks air, replace it.

Some aluminum wheels can berepaired. See your dealer if any ofthese conditions exist.

Your dealer will know the kind ofwheel that is needed.

Each new wheel should have thesame load-carrying capacity,diameter, width, offset, and bemounted the same way as the one itreplaces.

Replace wheels, wheel bolts, wheelnuts, or Tire Pressure MonitorSystem (TPMS) sensors with newGM original equipment parts.

{ Warning

Using the wrong replacementwheels, wheel bolts, or wheelnuts can be dangerous. It couldaffect the braking and handling ofthe vehicle. Tires can lose air,and cause loss of control, causinga crash. Always use the correctwheel, wheel bolts, and wheelnuts for replacement.


Vehicle Care 241

Caution

The wrong wheel can also causeproblems with bearing life, brakecooling, speedometer orodometer calibration, headlampaim, bumper height, vehicleground clearance, and tire or tirechain clearance to the body andchassis.

Used Replacement Wheels

{ Warning

Replacing a wheel with a usedone is dangerous. How it hasbeen used or how far it has beendriven may be unknown. It couldfail suddenly and cause a crash.When replacing wheels, use anew GM original equipmentwheel.

Tire Chains

{ Warning

Do not use tire chains. There isnot enough clearance. Tire chainsused on a vehicle without theproper amount of clearance cancause damage to the brakes,suspension, or other vehicleparts. The area damaged by thetire chains could cause loss ofcontrol and a crash.

Use another type of tractiondevice only if its manufacturerrecommends it for the vehicle'stire size combination and roadconditions. Follow thatmanufacturer's instructions. Toavoid vehicle damage, drive slowand readjust or remove thetraction device if it contacts thevehicle. Do not spin the wheels.If traction devices are used, installthem on the front tires.

If a Tire Goes FlatIt is unusual for a tire to blow outwhile driving, especially if the tiresare maintained properly. See Tires0 222. If air goes out of a tire, it ismuch more likely to leak out slowly.But if there ever is a blowout, hereare a few tips about what to expectand what to do:

If a front tire fails, the flat tirecreates a drag that pulls the vehicletoward that side. Take your foot offthe accelerator pedal and grip thesteering wheel firmly. Steer tomaintain lane position, and thengently brake to a stop, well off theroad, if possible.

A rear blowout, particularly on acurve, acts much like a skid andmay require the same correction asused in a skid. Stop pressing theaccelerator pedal and steer tostraighten the vehicle. It may bevery bumpy and noisy. Gently braketo a stop, well off the road,if possible.


242 Vehicle Care

{ Warning

Driving on a flat tire will causepermanent damage to the tire.Re-inflating a tire after it has beendriven on while severelyunderinflated or flat may cause ablowout and a serious crash.Never attempt to re-inflate a tirethat has been driven on whileseverely underinflated or flat.Have your dealer or an authorizedtire service center repair orreplace the flat tire as soon aspossible.

{ Warning

Lifting a vehicle and getting underit to do maintenance or repairs isdangerous without theappropriate safety equipment andtraining. If a jack is provided withthe vehicle, it is designed only forchanging a flat tire. If it is used foranything else, you or others could

(Continued)

Warning (Continued)

be badly injured or killed if thevehicle slips off the jack. If a jackis provided with the vehicle, onlyuse it for changing a flat tire.

If a tire goes flat, avoid further tireand wheel damage by driving slowlyto a level place, well off the road,if possible. Turn on the hazardwarning flashers. See HazardWarning Flashers 0 129.

{ Warning

Changing a tire can bedangerous. The vehicle can slipoff the jack and roll over or fallcausing injury or death. Find alevel place to change the tire. Tohelp prevent the vehicle frommoving:

1. Set the parking brake firmly.

(Continued)

Warning (Continued)

2. Put an automatictransmission in P (Park) or amanual transmission in1 (First) or R (Reverse).

3. Turn off the engine and donot restart while the vehicleis raised.

4. Do not allow passengers toremain in the vehicle.

5. Place wheel blocks,if equipped, on both sides ofthe tire at the oppositecorner of the tire beingchanged.

When the vehicle has a flat tire (2),use the following example as aguide to assist in the placement ofthe wheel blocks (1), if equipped.


Vehicle Care 243

1. Wheel Block (If Equipped)2. Flat Tire

The following information explainshow to repair or change a tire.

Tire Changing

Removing the Spare Tire andTools

The spare tire and tools are locatedin the storage compartment in therear of the vehicle.

To access the spare tire and tools:

1. Open the liftgate. See Liftgate0 32.

2. Lift the trim cover.

3. If the vehicle has a subwooferassembly on top of the sparetire, remove it by turning thecenter retainercounterclockwise.

4. If the vehicle does not have asubwoofer, turn the retainercounterclockwise to remove thespare tire.

5. Remove the spare tire, jack,and tools and place them nearthe tire being changed.

Removing the Flat Tire andInstalling the Spare Tire

1. Do a safety check beforeproceeding. See If a Tire GoesFlat 0 241.

2. Turn the wheel wrenchcounterclockwise to loosen thewheel nuts. Do not removethem yet.


244 Vehicle Care

3. Place the jack at the positionmarked with a half circle.

4. Place the hex tube end of thewrench over the hex head ofthe jack to attach it.

5. Turn the wheel wrenchclockwise until the lift head isfirmly contacting the properlifting point nearest the flat tire.

{ Warning

Getting under a vehicle when it islifted on a jack is dangerous.If the vehicle slips off the jack,you could be badly injured orkilled. Never get under a vehiclewhen it is supported only bya jack.

{ Warning

Raising the vehicle with the jackimproperly positioned candamage the vehicle and evenmake the vehicle fall. To helpavoid personal injury and vehicledamage, be sure to fit the jack lifthead into the proper locationbefore raising the vehicle.

{ Warning

Lifting a vehicle and getting underit to do maintenance or repairs isdangerous without theappropriate safety equipment andtraining. If a jack is provided withthe vehicle, it is designed only forchanging a flat tire. If it is used foranything else, you or others couldbe badly injured or killed if thevehicle slips off the jack. If a jackis provided with the vehicle, onlyuse it for changing a flat tire.

6. Turn the wheel wrenchclockwise to raise the vehiclefar enough off the ground sothere is enough room for thespare tire to fit underneath thewheel well.

7. Turn the wheel nutscounterclockwise toremove them.

8. Remove the flat tire.


Vehicle Care 245

{ Warning

Rust or dirt on a wheel, or on theparts to which it is fastened, canmake wheel nuts become looseafter time. The wheel could comeoff and cause an accident. Whenchanging a wheel, remove anyrust or dirt from places where thewheel attaches to the vehicle. Inan emergency, a cloth or a papertowel can be used; however, usea scraper or wire brush later toremove all rust or dirt.

9. Remove any rust or dirt fromthe wheel bolts, mountingsurfaces, and spare wheel.

10. Place the spare tire on thewheel-mounting surface.

{ Warning

Never use oil or grease on boltsor nuts because the nuts mightcome loose. The vehicle's wheelcould fall off, causing a crash.

11. Reinstall the wheel nuts. Turneach nut clockwise, by hand,until the wheel is held againstthe hub.

12. Lower the vehicle by turningthe wheel wrenchcounterclockwise. Lower thejack completely.

{ Warning

Wheel nuts that are improperly orincorrectly tightened can causethe wheels to become loose or

(Continued)

Warning (Continued)

come off. The wheel nuts shouldbe tightened with a torque wrenchto the proper torque specificationafter replacing. Follow the torquespecification supplied by theaftermarket manufacturer whenusing accessory locking wheelnuts. See Capacities andSpecifications 0 277 for originalequipment wheel nut torquespecifications.

Caution

Improperly tightened wheel nutscan lead to brake pulsation androtor damage. To avoid expensivebrake repairs, evenly tighten thewheel nuts in the propersequence and to the propertorque specification. SeeCapacities and Specifications0 277 for the wheel nut torquespecification.


246 Vehicle Care

13. Tighten the wheel nuts firmlywith the wheel wrench in acrisscross sequence, asshown.

Caution

Wheel covers will not fit on thevehicle's compact spare. If you tryto put a wheel cover on thecompact spare, the cover or thespare could be damaged.

Storing a Flat or Spare Tireand Tools

{ Warning

Storing a jack, a tire, or otherequipment in the passengercompartment of the vehicle couldcause injury. In a sudden stop orcollision, loose equipment couldstrike someone. Store all these inthe proper place.

Storing the Flat Tire and Tools

1. Return the jack and tools totheir original storage location.

2. Replace the trim cover.

3. Place the flat tire, lying flat, inthe rear storage compartment.

4. Attach one end of the strap toa cargo tie-down in the rear ofthe vehicle.

5. Route the strap through thewheel, as shown.

6. Attach the other end of thestrap to the other cargotie-down in the rear of thevehicle.

7. Tighten the strap.

Storing the Compact Spare Tireand Tools

Reverse the instructions forremoving the spare tire and tools tostore the spare tire.

The compact spare tire is fortemporary use only. Replace thecompact spare tire with a full-sizetire as soon as you can. SeeCompact Spare Tire 0 247.


Vehicle Care 247

Compact Spare Tire

{ Warning

Driving with more than onecompact spare tire at a time couldresult in loss of braking andhandling. This could lead to acrash and you or others could beinjured. Use only one compactspare tire at a time.

If this vehicle has a compact sparetire, it was fully inflated when new;however, it can lose air over time.Check the inflation pressureregularly. It should be 420 kPa(60 psi).

Stop as soon as possible and checkthat the spare tire is correctlyinflated after being installed on thevehicle. The compact spare tire isdesigned for temporary use only.The vehicle will perform differentlywith the spare tire installed and it isrecommended that the vehiclespeed be limited to 80 km/h(50 mph). To conserve the tread ofthe spare tire, have the standard tire

repaired or replaced as soon asconvenient and return the spare tireto the storage area.

When using a compact spare tire,the AWD (if equipped), ABS, andTraction Control systems mayengage until the spare tire isrecognized by the vehicle,especially on slippery roads. Adjustdriving to reduce possiblewheel slip.

Caution

When the compact spare isinstalled, do not take the vehiclethrough an automatic car washwith guide rails. The compactspare can get caught on the railswhich can damage the tire, wheel,and other parts of the vehicle.

Do not use the compact spare onother vehicles.

Do not mix the compact spare tire orwheel with other wheels or tires.They will not fit. Keep the spare tireand its wheel together.

Caution

Tire chains will not fit the compactspare. Using them can damagethe vehicle and the chains. Do notuse tire chains on the compactspare.


248 Vehicle Care

Jump Starting

Jump Starting - NorthAmericaFor more information about thevehicle battery, see Battery - NorthAmerica 0 207.

If the battery has run down, try touse another vehicle and somejumper cables to start your vehicle.Be sure to use the following steps todo it safely.

{ Warning

WARNING: Battery posts,terminals, and relatedaccessories contain lead and leadcompounds, chemicals known tothe State of California to causecancer and birth defects or otherreproductive harm. Batteries alsocontain other chemicals known tothe State of California to causecancer. WASH HANDS AFTERHANDLING. See CaliforniaProposition 65 Warning 0 189.

{ Warning

Batteries can hurt you. They canbe dangerous because:

. They contain acid that canburn you.

. They contain gas that canexplode or ignite.

. They contain enoughelectricity to burn you.

If you do not follow these stepsexactly, some or all of thesethings can hurt you.

Caution

Ignoring these steps could resultin costly damage to the vehiclethat would not be covered by thevehicle warranty. Trying to startthe vehicle by pushing or pulling itwill not work, and it could damagethe vehicle.

1.4L L4 Engine LUV Shown, 1.4LL4 Engine LE2 Similar

1. Discharged BatteryNegative Grounding Point

2. Discharged Battery PositiveTerminal

3. Good Battery NegativeTerminal

4. Good Battery PositiveTerminal

The jump start negative groundingpoint (1) for the discharged batteryis the engine block or an enginemounting bolt. Connect to a spot asfar away from the dischargedbattery as possible.


Vehicle Care 249

The jump start positive terminal (2)on the discharged battery is in theengine compartment on the driverside of the vehicle.

The jump start negative terminal (3)and positive terminal (4) are on thebattery of the vehicle providing thejump start.

The positive jump start connectionfor the discharged battery is under atrim cover. Open the cover toexpose the terminal.

1. Check the other vehicle.It must have a 12-volt batterywith a negative ground system.

Caution

If the other vehicle does not havea 12-volt system with a negativeground, both vehicles can bedamaged. Only use a vehicle thathas a 12-volt system with anegative ground for jump starting.

2. Position the two vehicles sothat they are not touching.

3. Set the parking brake firmlyand put the shift lever inP (Park) with an automatictransmission, or Neutral with amanual transmission.

Caution

If any accessories are left on orplugged in during the jumpstarting procedure, they could bedamaged. The repairs would notbe covered by the vehiclewarranty. Whenever possible, turnoff or unplug all accessories oneither vehicle when jump starting.

4. Turn the ignition to LOCK/OFF.Turn off all lights andaccessories in both vehicles,except the hazard warningflashers if needed.

{ Warning

An electric fan can start up evenwhen the engine is not runningand can injure you. Keep hands,clothing, and tools away from anyunderhood electric fan.

{ Warning

Using a match near a battery cancause battery gas to explode.People have been hurt doing this,and some have been blinded.Use a flashlight if you need morelight.

Battery fluid contains acid thatcan burn you. Do not get it onyou. If you accidentally get it inyour eyes or on your skin, flushthe place with water and getmedical help immediately.


250 Vehicle Care

{ Warning

Fans or other moving engineparts can injure you badly. Keepyour hands away from movingparts once the engine is running.

5. Connect one end of the redpositive (+) cable to thepositive (+) terminal on thedischarged battery.

6. Connect the other end of thered positive (+) cable to thepositive (+) terminal of the goodbattery.

7. Connect one end of the blacknegative (–) cable to thenegative (–) terminal of thegood battery.

8. Connect the other end of theblack negative (–) cable to thenegative (–) grounding point forthe discharged battery.

9. Start the engine in the vehiclewith the good battery and runthe engine at idle speed for atleast four minutes.

10. Try to start the vehicle that hadthe dead battery. If it will notstart after a few tries, itprobably needs service.

Caution

If the jumper cables areconnected or removed in thewrong order, electrical shortingmay occur and damage thevehicle. The repairs would not becovered by the vehicle warranty.Always connect and remove thejumper cables in the correct order,making sure that the cables donot touch each other or othermetal.

Jumper Cable Removal

Reverse the sequence exactly whenremoving the jumper cables.

After starting the disabled vehicleand removing the jumper cables,allow it to idle for several minutes.

Towing

Towing the Vehicle

Caution

Incorrectly towing a disabledvehicle may cause damage. Thedamage would not be covered bythe vehicle warranty.

Do not lash or hook tosuspension components. Use theproper straps around the tires tosecure the vehicle.

Have the vehicle towed on a flatbedcar carrier or a wheel lift tow truck. Ifa wheel lift tow truck is used, thedrive wheels cannot contact theroad while the vehicle is beingtowed. A wheel dolly must be usedto lift all drive wheels off the ground.


Vehicle Care 251

Caution

Improper use of the tow eye cancause vehicle damage. Usecaution and low speeds toprevent damage to the vehicle.

If equipped, carefully open the coverby using the small notch thatconceals the tow eye socket.

Install the tow eye into the socket byturning it clockwise until it stops.When the tow eye is removed,reinstall the cover with the notch inthe original position.

Consult your dealer or aprofessional towing service if thedisabled vehicle must be towed.

Recreational VehicleTowingRecreational vehicle towing meanstowing the vehicle behind anothervehicle, such as behind a motorhome. The two most common typesof recreational vehicle towing areknown as dinghy towing and dolly

towing. Dinghy towing is towing thevehicle with all four wheels on theground. Dolly towing is towing thevehicle with two wheels on theground and two wheels up on adevice known as a dolly.

Here are some important things toconsider before recreational vehicletowing:

. What is the towing capacity ofthe towing vehicle? Be sure toread the tow vehiclemanufacturer'srecommendations.

. What is the distance that will betraveled? Some vehicles haverestrictions on how far and howlong they can tow.

. Is the proper towing equipmentgoing to be used? See yourdealer or trailering professionalfor additional advice andequipment recommendations.

. Is the vehicle ready to betowed? Just as preparing thevehicle for a long trip, make surethe vehicle is prepared to betowed.

Caution

Use of a shield mounted in frontof the vehicle grille could restrictairflow and cause damage to thetransmission. The repairs wouldnot be covered by the vehiclewarranty. If using a shield, onlyuse one that attaches to thetowing vehicle.

Dinghy Towing


252 Vehicle Care

Caution

If the vehicle is towed with all fourwheels on the ground, thedrivetrain components could bedamaged. The repairs would notbe covered by the vehiclewarranty. Do not tow the vehiclewith all four wheels on theground.

The vehicle was not designed to betowed with all four wheels on theground.

Dolly Towing (All-Wheel-DriveVehicles)

All-wheel-drive vehicles must not betowed with two wheels on theground. To properly tow thesevehicles, they should be placed ona platform trailer with all four wheelsoff of the ground.

Dolly Towing(Front-Wheel-DriveVehicles Only)

To tow a front-wheel-drive vehiclefrom the front with two wheels onthe ground:

1. Put the front wheels on a dolly.

2. Move the shift lever toP (Park).

3. Set the parking brake.

4. Clamp the steering wheel in astraight-ahead position with aclamping device designed fortowing.


Vehicle Care 253

5. Remove the key from theignition.

6. Secure the vehicle to the dolly.

7. Release the parking brake.

Towing the Vehicle fromthe Rear

Caution

Towing the vehicle from the rearcould damage it. Also, repairswould not be covered by thevehicle warranty. Never have thevehicle towed from the rear.

Do not tow the vehicle from the rear.

Appearance Care

Exterior Care

Locks

Locks are lubricated at the factory.Use a de-icing agent only whenabsolutely necessary, and have thelocks greased after using. SeeRecommended Fluids andLubricants 0 273.

Washing the Vehicle

To preserve the vehicle's finish,wash it often and out of directsunlight.

Caution

Do not use petroleum-based,acidic, or abrasive cleaningagents as they can damage thevehicle's paint, metal, or plasticparts. If damage occurs, it wouldnot be covered by the vehiclewarranty. Approved cleaningproducts can be obtained from

(Continued)


254 Vehicle Care

Caution (Continued)

your dealer. Follow allmanufacturer directions regardingcorrect product usage, necessarysafety precautions, andappropriate disposal of anyvehicle care product.

Caution

Avoid using high-pressurewashes closer than 30 cm (12 in)to the surface of the vehicle. Useof power washers exceeding8,274 kPa (1,200 psi) can resultin damage or removal of paintand decals.

Thee symbol is on anyunderhood compartment electricalcenter that should not be powerwashed. This could cause damagethat would not be covered by thevehicle warranty.

If using an automatic car wash,follow the car wash instructions. Thewindshield wiper and rear windowwiper, if equipped, must be off.Remove any accessories that maybe damaged or interfere with the carwash equipment.

Rinse the vehicle well, beforewashing and after, to remove allcleaning agents completely. If theyare allowed to dry on the surface,they could stain.

Dry the finish with a soft, cleanchamois or an all-cotton towel toavoid surface scratches and waterspotting.

Finish Care

Application of aftermarket clearcoatsealant/wax materials is notrecommended. If painted surfacesare damaged, see your dealer tohave the damage assessed andrepaired. Foreign materials such ascalcium chloride and other salts, icemelting agents, road oil and tar, treesap, bird droppings, chemicals fromindustrial chimneys, etc., candamage the vehicle's finish if theyremain on painted surfaces. Wash

the vehicle as soon as possible.If necessary, use non-abrasivecleaners that are marked safe forpainted surfaces to remove foreignmatter.

Occasional hand waxing or mildpolishing should be done to removeresidue from the paint finish. Seeyour dealer for approved cleaningproducts.

Do not apply waxes or polishes touncoated plastic, vinyl, rubber,decals, simulated wood, or flat paintas damage can occur.

Caution

Machine compounding oraggressive polishing on abasecoat/clearcoat paint finishmay damage it. Use onlynon-abrasive waxes and polishesthat are made for a basecoat/clearcoat paint finish on thevehicle.

To keep the paint finish looking new,keep the vehicle garaged orcovered whenever possible.


Vehicle Care 255

Protecting Exterior Bright MetalMoldings

Caution

Failure to clean and protect thebright metal moldings can resultin a hazy white finish or pitting.This damage would not becovered by the vehicle warranty.

The bright metal moldings on thevehicle are aluminum, chrome orstainless steel. To prevent damagealways follow these cleaninginstructions:

. Be sure the molding is cool tothe touch before applying anycleaning solution.

. Use only approved cleaningsolutions for aluminum, chromeor stainless steel. Somecleaners are highly acidic orcontain alkaline substances andcan damage the moldings.

. Always dilute a concentratedcleaner according to themanufacturer’s instructions.

. Do not use cleaners that are notintended for automotive use.

. Use a nonabrasive wax on thevehicle after washing to protectand extend the molding finish.

Cleaning Exterior Lamps/Lenses, Emblems, Decals, andStripes

Use only lukewarm or cold water, asoft cloth, and a car washing soapto clean exterior lamps, lenses,emblems, decals, and stripes.Follow instructions under "Washingthe Vehicle" previously in thissection.

Lamp covers are made of plastic,and some have a UV protectivecoating. Do not clean or wipe themwhen dry.

Do not use any of the following onlamp covers:

. Abrasive or caustic agents.

. Washer fluids and other cleaningagents in higher concentrationsthan suggested by themanufacturer.

. Solvents, alcohols, fuels,or other harsh cleaners.

. Ice scrapers or other hard items.

. Aftermarket appearance caps orcovers while the lamps areilluminated, due to excessiveheat generated.

Caution

Failure to clean lamps properlycan cause damage to the lampcover that would not be coveredby the vehicle warranty.

Caution

Using wax on low gloss blackfinish stripes can increase thegloss level and create anon-uniform finish. Clean lowgloss stripes with soap andwater only.


256 Vehicle Care

Air Intakes

Clear debris from the air intakes,between the hood and windshieldwhen washing the vehicle.

Windshield and Wiper Blades

Clean the outside of the windshieldwith glass cleaner.

Clean rubber blades using a lint-freecloth or paper towel soaked withwindshield washer fluid or a milddetergent. Wash the windshieldthoroughly when cleaning theblades. Bugs, road grime, sap, anda buildup of vehicle wash/waxtreatments may cause wiperstreaking.

Replace the wiper blades if they areworn or damaged. Damage can becaused by extreme dustyconditions, sand, salt, heat, sun,snow, and ice.

Weatherstrips

Apply Dielectric silicone grease onweatherstrips to make them lastlonger, seal better, and not stick orsqueak. Lubricate weatherstrips atleast once a year. Hot, dry climates

may require more frequentapplication. Black marks fromrubber material on painted surfacescan be removed by rubbing with aclean cloth. See RecommendedFluids and Lubricants 0 273.

Tires

Use a stiff brush with tire cleaner toclean the tires.

Caution

Using petroleum-based tiredressing products on the vehiclemay damage the paint finish and/or tires. When applying a tiredressing, always wipe off anyoverspray from all paintedsurfaces on the vehicle.

Wheels and Trim—Aluminumor Chrome

Use a soft, clean cloth with mildsoap and water to clean the wheels.After rinsing thoroughly with cleanwater, dry with a soft, clean towel.A wax may then be applied.

Caution

Chrome wheels and other chrometrim may be damaged if thevehicle is not washed after drivingon roads that have been sprayedwith magnesium, calcium,or sodium chloride. Thesechlorides are used on roads forconditions such as ice and dust.Always wash the chrome withsoap and water after exposure.

Caution

To avoid surface damage, do notuse strong soaps, chemicals,abrasive polishes, cleaners,brushes, or cleaners that containacid on aluminum orchrome-plated wheels. Use onlyapproved cleaners. Also, neverdrive a vehicle with aluminum orchrome-plated wheels through anautomatic car wash that usessilicone carbide tire cleaning

(Continued)


Vehicle Care 257

Caution (Continued)

brushes. Damage could occurand the repairs would not becovered by the vehicle warranty.

Brake System

Visually inspect brake lines andhoses for proper hook-up, binding,leaks, cracks, chafing, etc. Inspectdisc brake pads for wear and rotorsfor surface condition. Inspect drumbrake linings/shoes for wear orcracks. Inspect other brake parts,including drums, wheel cylinders,calipers, parking brake, mastercylinder, brake fluid reservoir,vacuum pipes, electric vacuumpump including bracket, and venthose, if equipped.

Steering, Suspension, andChassis Components

Visually inspect steering,suspension, and chassiscomponents for damaged, loose,or missing parts or signs of wear atleast once a year.

Inspect power steering for properhook-up, binding, leaks, cracks,chafing, etc.

Visually check constant velocity jointboots and axle seals for leaks.

Body Component Lubrication

Lubricate all key lock cylinders,hood hinges, liftgate hinges, and thesteel fuel door hinges, unless thecomponents are plastic. Applyingsilicone grease on weatherstripswith a clean cloth will make themlast longer, seal better, and not stickor squeak.

Underbody Maintenance

At least twice a year, spring and fall,use plain water to flush anycorrosive materials from theunderbody. Take care to thoroughlyclean any areas where mud andother debris can collect.

Do not directly power wash thetransfer case and/or front/rear axleoutput seals. High pressure watercan overcome the seals andcontaminate the fluid. Contaminated

fluid will decrease the life of thetransfer case and/or axles andshould be replaced.

Sheet Metal Damage

If the vehicle is damaged andrequires sheet metal repair orreplacement, make sure the bodyrepair shop applies anti-corrosionmaterial to parts repaired orreplaced to restore corrosionprotection.

Original manufacturer replacementparts will provide the corrosionprotection while maintaining thevehicle warranty.

Finish Damage

Quickly repair minor chips andscratches with touch-up materialsavailable from your dealer to avoidcorrosion. Larger areas of finishdamage can be corrected in yourdealer's body and paint shop.

Chemical Paint Spotting

Airborne pollutants can fall uponand attack painted vehicle surfacescausing blotchy, ring-shapeddiscolorations, and small, irregular


258 Vehicle Care

dark spots etched into the paintsurface. See “Finish Care”previously in this section.

Interior CareTo prevent dirt particle abrasions,regularly clean the vehicle's interior.Immediately remove any soils.Newspapers or dark garments cantransfer color to the vehicle’sinterior.

Use a soft bristle brush to removedust from knobs and crevices on theinstrument cluster. Using a mildsoap solution, immediately removehand lotions, sunscreen, and insectrepellent from all interior surfaces orpermanent damage may result.

Use cleaners specifically designedfor the surfaces being cleaned toprevent permanent damage. Applyall cleaners directly to the cleaningcloth. Do not spray cleaners on anyswitches or controls. Removecleaners quickly.

Before using cleaners, read andfollow all safety instructions on thelabel. While cleaning the interior,open the doors and windows to getproper ventilation.

To prevent damage, do not cleanthe interior using the followingcleaners or techniques:

. Never use a razor or any othersharp object to remove soil fromany interior surface.

. Never use a brush with stiffbristles.

. Never rub any surfaceaggressively or with too muchpressure.

. Do not use laundry detergents ordishwashing soaps withdegreasers. For liquid cleaners,use approximately 20 drops per3.8 L (1 gal) of water.A concentrated soap solution willcreate streaks and attract dirt.Do not use solutions that containstrong or caustic soap.

. Do not heavily saturate theupholstery when cleaning.

. Do not use solvents or cleanerscontaining solvents.

Interior Glass

To clean, use a terry cloth fabricdampened with water. Wipe dropletsleft behind with a clean dry cloth.If necessary, use a commercialglass cleaner after cleaning withplain water.

Caution

To prevent scratching, never useabrasive cleaners on automotiveglass. Abrasive cleaners oraggressive cleaning may damagethe rear window defogger.

Cleaning the windshield with waterduring the first three to six monthsof ownership will reduce tendencyto fog.

Speaker Covers

Vacuum around a speaker covergently, so that the speaker will notbe damaged. Clean spots with waterand mild soap.


Vehicle Care 259

Coated Moldings

Coated moldings should be cleaned.

. When lightly soiled, wipe with asponge or soft, lint-free clothdampened with water.

. When heavily soiled, use warmsoapy water.

Fabric/Carpet/Suede

Start by vacuuming the surfaceusing a soft brush attachment. If arotating vacuum brush attachment isbeing used, only use it on the floorcarpet. Before cleaning, gentlyremove as much of the soil aspossible:

. Gently blot liquids with a papertowel. Continue blotting until nomore soil can be removed.

. For solid soils, remove as muchas possible prior to vacuuming.

To clean:

1. Saturate a clean, lint-freecolorfast cloth with water.Microfiber cloth isrecommended to prevent linttransfer to the fabric or carpet.

2. Remove excess moisture bygently wringing until water doesnot drip from the cleaning cloth.

3. Start on the outside edge of thesoil and gently rub toward thecenter. Fold the cleaning clothto a clean area frequently toprevent forcing the soil in to thefabric.

4. Continue gently rubbing thesoiled area until there is nolonger any color transfer fromthe soil to the cleaning cloth.

5. If the soil is not completelyremoved, use a mild soapsolution followed only by plainwater.

If the soil is not completelyremoved, it may be necessary touse a commercial upholsterycleaner or spot lifter. Test a smallhidden area for colorfastness beforeusing a commercial upholsterycleaner or spot lifter. If ringformation occurs, clean the entirefabric or carpet.

After cleaning, use a paper towel toblot excess moisture.

Cleaning High Gloss Surfacesand Vehicle Information andRadio Displays

Use a microfiber cloth on high glosssurfaces or vehicle displays. First,use a soft bristle brush to removedirt that can scratch the surface.Then gently clean by rubbing with amicrofiber cloth. Never use windowcleaners or solvents. Periodicallyhand wash the microfiber clothseparately, using mild soap. Do notuse bleach or fabric softener. Rinsethoroughly and air dry beforenext use.

Caution

Do not attach a device with asuction cup to the display. Thismay cause damage and wouldnot be covered by the vehiclewarranty.


260 Vehicle Care

Instrument Panel, Leather,Vinyl, Other Plastic Surfaces,Low Gloss Paint Surfaces, andNatural Open Pore WoodSurfaces

Use a soft microfiber clothdampened with water to removedust and loose dirt. For a morethorough cleaning, use a softmicrofiber cloth dampened with amild soap solution.

Caution

Soaking or saturating leather,especially perforated leather, aswell as other interior surfaces,may cause permanent damage.Wipe excess moisture from thesesurfaces after cleaning and allowthem to dry naturally. Never useheat, steam, or spot removers. Donot use cleaners that containsilicone or wax-based products.Cleaners containing thesesolvents can permanently change

(Continued)

Caution (Continued)

the appearance and feel ofleather or soft trim, and are notrecommended.

Do not use cleaners that increasegloss, especially on the instrumentpanel. Reflected glare can decreasevisibility through the windshieldunder certain conditions.

Caution

Use of air fresheners may causepermanent damage to plasticsand painted surfaces. If an airfreshener comes in contact withany plastic or painted surface inthe vehicle, blot immediately andclean with a soft cloth dampenedwith a mild soap solution.Damage caused by air freshenerswould not be covered by thevehicle warranty.

Cargo Cover andConvenience Net

Wash with warm water and milddetergent. Do not use chlorinebleach. Rinse with cold water, andthen dry completely.

Care of Safety Belts

Keep belts clean and dry.

{ Warning

Do not bleach or dye safety belts.It may severely weaken them. Ina crash, they might not be able toprovide adequate protection.Clean safety belts only with mildsoap and lukewarm water.

Floor Mats

{ Warning

If a floor mat is the wrong size oris not properly installed, it caninterfere with the pedals.Interference with the pedals can

(Continued)


Vehicle Care 261

Warning (Continued)

cause unintended accelerationand/or increased stoppingdistance which can cause a crashand injury. Make sure the floormat does not interfere with thepedals.

Use the following guidelines forproper floor mat usage.

. The original equipment floormats were designed for yourvehicle. If the floor mats needreplacing, it is recommendedthat GM certified floor mats bepurchased. Non-GM floor matsmay not fit properly and mayinterfere with the accelerator orbrake pedal. Always check thatthe floor mats do not interferewith the pedals.

. Do not use a floor mat if thevehicle is not equipped with afloor mat retainer on the driverside floor.

. Use the floor mat with thecorrect side up. Do not turnit over.

. Do not place anything on top ofthe driver side floor mat.

. Use only a single floor mat onthe driver side.

. Do not place one floor mat ontop of another.

The driver side floor mat is held inplace by a button-type retainer.

Removing and Replacing theFloor Mats

1. Pull up on the rear of the floormat to unlock the retainers andremove.

2. Reinstall by lining up the floormat retainer openings over thecarpet retainers and snap intoposition.

3. Make sure the floor mat isproperly secured in place.Verify the floor mat does notinterfere with the pedals.


262 Service and Maintenance

Service andMaintenance

General InformationGeneral Information . . . . . . . . . . 262

Maintenance ScheduleMaintenance Schedule . . . . . . . 263

Special Application ServicesSpecial ApplicationServices . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 269

Additional Maintenanceand CareAdditional Maintenanceand Care . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 270

Recommended Fluids,Lubricants, and PartsRecommended Fluids andLubricants . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 273

Maintenance ReplacementParts . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 274

Maintenance RecordsMaintenance Records . . . . . . . . 275

General InformationYour vehicle is an importantinvestment. This section describesthe required maintenance for thevehicle. Follow this schedule to helpprotect against major repairexpenses resulting from neglect orinadequate maintenance. It mayalso help to maintain the value ofthe vehicle if it is sold. It is theresponsibility of the owner to haveall required maintenance performed.

Your dealer has trained technicianswho can perform requiredmaintenance using genuinereplacement parts. They haveup-to-date tools and equipment forfast and accurate diagnostics. Manydealers have extended evening andSaturday hours, courtesytransportation, and onlinescheduling to assist with serviceneeds.

Your dealer recognizes theimportance of providingcompetitively priced maintenanceand repair services. With trainedtechnicians, the dealer is the placefor routine maintenance such as oil

changes and tire rotations andadditional maintenance items liketires, brakes, batteries, and wiperblades.

Caution

Damage caused by impropermaintenance can lead to costlyrepairs and may not be coveredby the vehicle warranty.Maintenance intervals, checks,inspections, recommended fluids,and lubricants are important tokeep the vehicle in good workingcondition.

The Tire Rotation and RequiredServices are the responsibility of thevehicle owner. It is recommended tohave your dealer perform theseservices every 12 000 km/7,500 mi.Proper vehicle maintenance helps tokeep the vehicle in good workingcondition, improves fuel economy,and reduces vehicle emissions.

Because of the way people usevehicles, maintenance needs vary.There may need to be more


Service and Maintenance 263

frequent checks and services. TheAdditional Required Services -Normal are for vehicles that:

. Carry passengers and cargowithin recommended limits onthe Tire and Loading Informationlabel. See Vehicle Load Limits0 152.

. Are driven on reasonable roadsurfaces within legal drivinglimits.

. Use the recommended fuel. SeeFuel 0 183.

Refer to the information in theMaintenance Schedule AdditionalRequired Services - Normal chart.

The Additional Required Services -Severe are for vehicles that are:

. Mainly driven in heavy city trafficin hot weather.

. Mainly driven in hilly ormountainous terrain.

. Frequently towing a trailer.

. Used for high speed orcompetitive driving.

. Used for taxi, police, or deliveryservice.

Refer to the information in theMaintenance Schedule AdditionalRequired Services - Severe chart.

{ Warning

Performing maintenance work canbe dangerous and can causeserious injury. Performmaintenance work only if therequired information, proper tools,and equipment are available.If they are not, see your dealer tohave a trained technician do thework. See Doing Your OwnService Work 0 190.

MaintenanceScheduleOwner Checks and Services

At Each Fuel Stop

. Check the engine oil level. SeeEngine Oil 0 195.

Once a Month

. Check the tire inflationpressures. See Tire Pressure0 229.

. Inspect the tires for wear. SeeTire Inspection 0 235.

. Check the windshield washerfluid level. See Washer Fluid0 204.

Engine Oil Change

When the CHANGE ENGINE OILSOON DIC message displays, havethe engine oil and filter changedwithin the next 1 000 km/600 mi.If driven under the best conditions,the engine oil life system may notindicate the need for vehicle servicefor up to a year. The engine oil andfilter must be changed at least once



a year and the oil life system mustbe reset. Your trained dealertechnician can perform this work.If the engine oil life system is resetaccidentally, service the vehiclewithin 5 000 km/3,000 mi since thelast service. Reset the oil lifesystem when the oil is changed.See Engine Oil Life System 0 197.

Tire Rotation and RequiredServices Every 12 000 km/7,500 mi

Rotate the tires, if recommended forthe vehicle, and perform thefollowing services. See TireRotation 0 235.

. Check engine oil level and oillife percentage. If needed,change engine oil and filter, andreset oil life system. See EngineOil 0 195 and Engine Oil LifeSystem 0 197.

. Check engine coolant level. SeeEngine Coolant 0 201.

. Check engine cooling systemhoses and connections.

. Check windshield washer fluidlevel. See Washer Fluid 0 204.

. Visually inspect windshield wiperblades for wear, cracking,or contamination. See ExteriorCare 0 253. Replace worn ordamaged wiper blades. SeeWiper Blade Replacement0 209.

. Check tire inflation pressures.See Tire Pressure 0 229.

. Inspect tire wear. See TireInspection 0 235.

. Visually check for fluid leaks.

. Inspect engine air cleaner filter.See Engine Air Cleaner/Filter0 198.

. Inspect brake system. SeeExterior Care 0 253.

. Visually inspect steering,suspension, and chassiscomponents for damaged, loose,or missing parts or signs ofwear. See Exterior Care 0 253.

. Check restraint systemcomponents. See Safety SystemCheck 0 58.

. Visually inspect fuel system fordamage or leaks.

. Visually inspect exhaust systemand nearby heat shields forloose or damaged parts.

. Lubricate body components. SeeExterior Care 0 253.

. Check starter switch. See StarterSwitch Check 0 208.

. Check automatic transmissionshift lock control function. SeeAutomatic Transmission ShiftLock Control Function Check0 208.



. Check ignition transmission lock.See Ignition Transmission LockCheck 0 208.

. Check parking brake andautomatic transmission parkmechanism. See Park Brake andP (Park) Mechanism Check0 209.

. Check accelerator pedal fordamage, high effort, or binding.Replace if needed.

. Visually inspect gas strut forsigns of wear, cracks, or otherdamage. Check the hold openability of the strut. See yourdealer if service is required.

. Inspect sunroof track and seal,if equipped. See Sunroof 0 39.



Maintenance ScheduleAdditional RequiredServices - Normal

12000km/7,500mi

24000km/15,000mi

36000km/22,500mi

48000km/30,000mi

60000km/37,500mi

72000km/45,000mi

84000km/52,500mi

96000km/60,000mi

108000km/67,500mi

120000km/75,000mi

132000km/82,500mi

144000km/90,000mi

156000km/97,500mi

168000km/105,000mi

180000km/112,500mi

192000km/120,000mi

204000km/127,500mi

216000km/135,000mi

228000km/142,500mi

240000km/150,000mi

Rotate tires and perform Required Services.Check engine oil level and oil life percentage.Change engine oil and filter, if needed.

@ @ @ @ @ @ @ @ @ @ @ @ @ @ @ @ @ @ @ @

Replace passenger compartment air filter. (1) @ @ @ @ @ @

Inspect evaporative control system. (2) @ @ @

Replace engine air cleaner filter. (3) @ @ @

Replace spark plugs. Inspect spark plug wires. @ @

Drain and fill engine cooling system. (4) @

Visually inspect accessory drive belts. (5) @

Replace brake fluid. (6)



Footnotes — MaintenanceSchedule Additional RequiredServices - Normal

(1) Or every two years, whichevercomes first. More frequentpassenger compartment air filterreplacement may be needed ifdriving in areas with heavy traffic,poor air quality, high dust levels,or environmental allergens.Passenger compartment air filterreplacement may also be needed ifthere is reduced airflow, windowfogging, or odors. Your GM dealercan help determine when to replacethe filter.

(2) Check all fuel and vapor linesand hoses for proper hook-up,routing, and condition.

(3) Or every four years, whichevercomes first. If driving in dustyconditions, inspect the filter at eachoil change or more often as needed.

(4) Or every five years, whichevercomes first. See Cooling System0 200.

(5) Or every 10 years, whichevercomes first. Inspect for fraying,excessive cracking, or damage;replace, if needed.

(6) Replace brake fluid every fiveyears. See Brake Fluid 0 206.



Maintenance ScheduleAdditional RequiredServices - Severe

12000km/7,500mi

24000km/15,000mi

36000km/22,500mi

48000km/30,000mi

60000km/37,500mi

72000km/45,000mi

84000km/52,500mi

96000km/60,000mi

108000km/67,500mi

120000km/75,000mi

132000km/82,500mi

144000km/90,000mi

156000km/97,500mi

168000km/105,000mi

180000km/112,500mi

192000km/120,000mi

204000km/127,500mi

216000km/135,000mi

228000km/142,500mi

240000km/150,000mi

Rotate tires and perform Required Services.Check engine oil level and oil life percentage.Change engine oil and filter, if needed.

@ @ @ @ @ @ @ @ @ @ @ @ @ @ @ @ @ @ @ @

Replace passenger compartment air filter. (1) @ @ @ @ @ @

Inspect evaporative control system. (2) @ @ @

Replace engine air cleaner filter. (3) @ @ @ @ @ @ @ @ @ @

Change automatic transmission fluid. @ @ @

Replace spark plugs. Inspect spark plug wires. @ @

Drain and fill engine cooling system. (4) @

Visually inspect accessory drive belts. (5) @

Replace brake fluid. (6)



Footnotes — MaintenanceSchedule Additional RequiredServices - Severe

(1) Or every two years, whichevercomes first. More frequentpassenger compartment air filterreplacement may be needed ifdriving in areas with heavy traffic,poor air quality, high dust levels,or environmental allergens.Passenger compartment air filterreplacement may also be needed ifthere is reduced airflow, windowfogging, or odors. Your GM dealercan help determine when to replacethe filter.

(2) Check all fuel and vapor linesand hoses for proper hook-up,routing, and condition.

(3) Or every four years, whichevercomes first. If driving in dustyconditions, inspect the filter at eachoil change or more often as needed.

(4) Or every five years, whichevercomes first. See Cooling System0 200.

(5) Or every 10 years, whichevercomes first. Inspect for fraying,excessive cracking, or damage;replace, if needed.

(6) Replace brake fluid every fiveyears. See Brake Fluid 0 206.

Special ApplicationServices. Severe Commercial Use

Vehicles Only: Lubricate chassiscomponents every 5 000 km/3,000 mi.

. Have underbody flushing serviceperformed. See "UnderbodyMaintenance" in Exterior Care0 253.



AdditionalMaintenance and CareYour vehicle is an importantinvestment and caring for it properlymay help to avoid future costlyrepairs. To maintain vehicleperformance, additionalmaintenance services may berequired.

It is recommended that your dealerperform these services — theirtrained dealer technicians knowyour vehicle best. Your dealer canalso perform a thoroughassessment with a multi-pointinspection to recommend when yourvehicle may need attention.

The following list is intended toexplain the services and conditionsto look for that may indicateservices are required.

Battery

The 12-volt battery supplies powerto start the engine and operate anyadditional electrical accessories.

. To avoid break-down or failure tostart the vehicle, maintain abattery with full cranking power.

. Trained dealer technicians havethe diagnostic equipment to testthe battery and ensure that theconnections and cables arecorrosion-free.

Belts

. Belts may need replacing if theysqueak or show signs ofcracking or splitting.

. Trained dealer technicians haveaccess to tools and equipmentto inspect the belts andrecommend adjustment orreplacement when necessary.

Brakes

Brakes stop the vehicle and arecrucial to safe driving.

. Signs of brake wear may includechirping, grinding, or squealingnoises, or difficulty stopping.

. Trained dealer technicians haveaccess to tools and equipmentto inspect the brakes andrecommend quality partsengineered for the vehicle.

Fluids

Proper fluid levels and approvedfluids protect the vehicle’s systemsand components. SeeRecommended Fluids andLubricants 0 273 for GM approvedfluids.

. Engine oil and windshieldwasher fluid levels should bechecked at every fuel fill.

. Instrument cluster lights maycome on to indicate that fluidsmay be low and need to befilled.

Hoses

Hoses transport fluids and shouldbe regularly inspected to ensurethat there are no cracks or leaks.With a multi-point inspection, yourdealer can inspect the hoses andadvise if replacement is needed.



Lamps

Properly working headlamps,taillamps, and brake lamps areimportant to see and be seen onthe road.

. Signs that the headlamps needattention include dimming, failureto light, cracking, or damage.The brake lamps need to bechecked periodically to ensurethat they light when braking.

. With a multi-point inspection,your dealer can check the lampsand note any concerns.

Shocks and Struts

Shocks and struts help aid in controlfor a smoother ride.

. Signs of wear may includesteering wheel vibration, bounce/sway while braking, longerstopping distance, or uneventire wear.

. As part of the multi-pointinspection, trained dealertechnicians can visually inspectthe shocks and struts for signs

of leaking, blown seals,or damage, and can advisewhen service is needed.

Tires

Tires need to be properly inflated,rotated, and balanced. Maintainingthe tires can save money and fuel,and can reduce the risk of tirefailure.

. Signs that the tires need to bereplaced include three or morevisible treadwear indicators; cordor fabric showing through therubber; cracks or cuts in thetread or sidewall; or a bulge orsplit in the tire.

. Trained dealer technicians caninspect and recommend the righttires. Your dealer can alsoprovide tire/wheel balancingservices to ensure smoothvehicle operation at all speeds.Your dealer sells and servicesname brand tires.

Vehicle Care

To help keep the vehicle looking likenew, vehicle care products areavailable from your dealer. For

information on how to clean andprotect the vehicle’s interior andexterior, see Interior Care 0 258 andExterior Care 0 253.

Wheel Alignment

Wheel alignment is critical forensuring that the tires deliveroptimal wear and performance.

. Signs that the alignment mayneed to be adjusted includepulling, improper vehiclehandling, or unusual tire wear.

. Your dealer has the requiredequipment to ensure properwheel alignment.

Windshield

For safety, appearance, and thebest viewing, keep the windshieldclean and clear.

. Signs of damage includescratches, cracks, and chips.

. Trained dealer technicians caninspect the windshield andrecommend proper replacementif needed.



Wiper Blades

Wiper blades need to be cleanedand kept in good condition toprovide a clear view.

. Signs of wear include streaking,skipping across the windshield,and worn or split rubber.

. Trained dealer technicians cancheck the wiper blades andreplace them when needed.



Recommended Fluids, Lubricants, and Parts

Recommended Fluids and Lubricants

Usage Fluid/Lubricant

Engine Oil Engine oil meeting the dexos1™ specification of the proper SAE viscositygrade. AC Delco dexos1 Synthetic Blend is recommended. See Engine Oil0 195.

Engine Coolant 50/50 mixture of clean, drinkable water and use only DEX-COOL® Coolant.See Engine Coolant 0 201.

Hydraulic Brake System DOT 4 Hydraulic Brake Fluid (GM Part No. 19299570, inCanada 19299571).

Windshield Washer Automotive windshield washer fluid that meets regional freeze protectionrequirements.

Automatic Transmission DEXRON®-VI Automatic Transmission Fluid.

Hood Latch Assembly, SecondaryLatch, Pivots, Spring Anchor, and

Release Pawl

Lubriplate Lubricant Aerosol (GM Part No. 89021668, inCanada 89021674) or lubricant meeting requirements of NLGI #2,Category LB or GC-LB.

Key Lock Cylinders, Hood and DoorHinges

Multi-Purpose Lubricant, Superlube (GM Part No. 12346241, inCanada 10953474).

Weatherstrip Conditioning Weatherstrip Lubricant (GM Part No. 3634770, in Canada 10953518) orDielectric Silicone Grease (GM Part No. 12345579, in Canada 10953481).



Maintenance Replacement PartsReplacement parts identified below by name, part number, or specification can be obtained from your dealer.

Maintenance Replacement Parts

Part GM Part Number ACDelco Part Number

Engine Air Cleaner/Filter 95021102 A3184C

Engine Oil Filter

1.4L L4 Engine (LUV) 93185674 PF2257G

1.4L L4 Engine (LE2) 12667194 UPF64R

Passenger Compartment Air Filter 13271190 CF181

Spark Plugs

1.4L L4 Engine (LUV) 55580961 41-120

1.4L L4 Engine (LE2) 12637199 41–123

Wiper Blades

Driver Side – 65.0 cm (25.6 in) 95915125 —

Passenger Side – 38.0 cm (15.0 in) 95915127 —

Rear – 26.5 cm (10.4 in) 95915137 —



Maintenance RecordsAfter the scheduled services are performed, record the date, odometer reading, who performed the service, and thetype of services performed in the boxes provided. Retain all maintenance receipts.

DateOdometerReading

Serviced By Services Performed


276 Technical Data

Technical Data

Vehicle IdentificationVehicle IdentificationNumber (VIN) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 276

Service Parts IdentificationLabel . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 276

Vehicle DataCapacities andSpecifications . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 277

Engine Drive Belt Routing . . . . 278

Vehicle Identification

Vehicle IdentificationNumber (VIN)

This legal identifier is in the frontcorner of the instrument panel, onthe left side of the vehicle. It can beseen through the windshield fromoutside. The VIN also appears onthe Vehicle Certification and ServiceParts labels and certificates of titleand registration.

Engine Identification

The eighth character in the VIN isthe engine code. This codeidentifies the vehicle's engine,specifications, and replacementparts. See “Engine Specifications”under Capacities and Specifications0 277 for the vehicle's engine code.

Service PartsIdentification LabelIf equipped, this label on the insideof the glove box, has the followinginformation:

. Vehicle IdentificationNumber (VIN).

. Model designation.

. Paint information.

. Production options and specialequipment.

Do not remove this label from thevehicle.


Technical Data 277

Vehicle Data

Capacities and SpecificationsThe following approximate capacities are given in metric and English conversions. See Recommended Fluids andLubricants 0 273 for more information.

ApplicationCapacities

Metric English

Air Conditioning Refrigerant For the air conditioning system refrigerant type andcharge amount, see the refrigerant label under the

hood. See your dealer for more information.

Cooling System 7.3 L 7.7 qt

Engine Oil with Filter 4.0 L 4.2 qt

Fuel Tank 53 L 14 gal

Wheel Nut Torque 140Y 100 lb ft

Transfer Case 0.35±0.035 L 0.74±0.074 qt

All capacities are approximate. When adding, be sure to fill to the approximate level, as recommended in thismanual. Recheck fluid level after filling.


278 Technical Data

Engine Specifications

Engine VIN Code Transmission Spark Plug Gap

1.4L L4 (LUV) B Automatic 0.60–0.70 mm (0.024–0.028 in)

1.4L L4 (LE2) M Automatic 0.60–0.70 mm (0.024–0.028 in)

Engine Drive Belt Routing

1.4L L4 Engine (LUV)

1.4L L4 Engine (LE2)


Customer Information 279

CustomerInformation

Customer InformationCustomer SatisfactionProcedure . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 279

Customer AssistanceOffices . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 281

Customer Assistance for TextTelephone (TTY) Users . . . . . 281

Online Owner Center . . . . . . . . . 282GM Mobility ReimbursementProgram . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 282

Roadside AssistanceProgram . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 283

Scheduling ServiceAppointments . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 285

Courtesy TransportationProgram . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 285

Collision Damage Repair . . . . . 286Service Publications OrderingInformation . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 288

Radio FrequencyStatement . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 289

Reporting Safety DefectsReporting Safety Defects tothe United StatesGovernment . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 289

Reporting Safety Defects tothe CanadianGovernment . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 290

Reporting Safety Defects toGeneral Motors . . . . . . . . . . . . . 290

Vehicle Data Recording andPrivacyVehicle Data Recording andPrivacy . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 290

Event Data Recorders . . . . . . . . 291OnStar® . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 291Infotainment System . . . . . . . . . . 292

Customer Information

Customer SatisfactionProcedureYour satisfaction and goodwill areimportant to your dealer and toBuick. Normally, any concerns withthe sales transaction or theoperation of the vehicle will beresolved by your dealer's sales orservice departments. Sometimes,however, despite the best intentionsof all concerned, misunderstandingscan occur. If your concern has notbeen resolved to your satisfaction,the following steps should be taken:

STEP ONE : Discuss your concernwith a member of dealershipmanagement. Normally, concernscan be quickly resolved at that level.If the matter has already beenreviewed with the sales, service,or parts manager, contact the ownerof your dealership or the generalmanager.

STEP TWO : If after contacting amember of dealership management,it appears your concern cannot be


280 Customer Information

resolved by your dealership withoutfurther help, in the U.S., call1-800-521-7300. In Canada, contactGeneral Motors of CanadaCustomer Care Centre at1-800-263-3777 (English) or1-800-263-7854 (French).

We encourage you to call thetoll-free number in order to give theinquiry prompt attention. Have thefollowing information available togive the Customer Assistancerepresentative:

. Vehicle IdentificationNumber (VIN). This is availablefrom the vehicle registration ortitle, or the plate at the top left ofthe instrument panel and visiblethrough the windshield.

. Dealership name and location.

. Vehicle delivery date andpresent mileage.

When contacting Buick, rememberthat your concern will likely beresolved at a dealer's facility. That iswhy we suggest following Step Onefirst.

STEP THREE — U.S. Owners :Both General Motors and yourdealer are committed to makingsure you are completely satisfiedwith the new vehicle. However,if you continue to remain unsatisfiedafter following the procedureoutlined in Steps One and Two, youcan file with the Better BusinessBureau (BBB) Auto Line® Programto enforce your rights.

The BBB Auto Line Program is anout-of-court program administeredby the Council of Better BusinessBureaus to settle automotivedisputes regarding vehicle repairs orthe interpretation of the New VehicleLimited Warranty. Although you maybe required to resort to this informaldispute resolution program prior tofiling a court action, use of theprogram is free of charge and yourcase will generally be heard within40 days. If you do not agree with thedecision given in your case, youmay reject it and proceed with anyother venue for relief availableto you.

You may contact the BBB Auto LineProgram using the toll-freetelephone number or write them atthe following address:

BBB Auto Line ProgramCouncil of Better Business Bureaus,Inc.3033 Wilson BoulevardSuite 600Arlington, VA 22201

Telephone: 1-800-955-5100http://www.bbb.org/council/programs-services/dispute-handling-and-resolution/bbb-auto-line

This program is available in all50 states and the District ofColumbia. Eligibility is limited byvehicle age, mileage, and otherfactors. General Motors reservesthe right to change eligibilitylimitations and/or discontinue itsparticipation in this program.

STEP THREE — CanadianOwners : In the event that you donot feel your concerns have beenaddressed after following theprocedure outlined in Steps Oneand Two, General Motors of Canada



Limited wants you to be aware of itsparticipation in a no-chargeMediation/Arbitration program.General Motors of Canada Limitedhas committed to binding arbitrationof owner disputes involvingfactory-related vehicle serviceclaims. The program provides forthe review of the facts involved byan impartial third party arbiter, andmay include an informal hearingbefore the arbiter. The program isdesigned so that the entire disputesettlement process, from the timeyou file your complaint to the finaldecision, should be completed inapproximately 70 days. We believeour impartial program offersadvantages over courts in mostjurisdictions because it is informal,quick, and free of charge.

For further information concerningeligibility in the Canadian MotorVehicle Arbitration Plan (CAMVAP),call toll-free 1-800-207-0685, or callthe General Motors Customer CareCentre, 1-800-263-3777 (English),1-800-263-7854 (French),or write to:

Mediation/Arbitration Programc/o Customer Care CentreGeneral Motors of Canada LimitedMail Code: CA1-163-0051908 Colonel Sam DriveOshawa, Ontario L1H 8P7

The inquiry should be accompaniedby the Vehicle IdentificationNumber (VIN).

Customer AssistanceOfficesBuick encourages customers to callthe toll-free number for assistance.However, if a customer wishes towrite or e-mail Buick, the lettershould be addressed to:

United States and Puerto Rico

Buick Customer Assistance CenterP.O. Box 33136Detroit, MI 48232-5136www.Buick.com

1-800-521-73001-800-832-8425 (For TextTelephone devices (TTYs))Roadside Assistance:1-800-252-1112

From U.S. Virgin Islands:

1-800-496-9994

Canada

General Motors of Canada LimitedCustomer Care Centre, Mail Code:CA1-163-0051908 Colonel Sam DriveOshawa, Ontario L1H 8P7www.gm.ca

1-800-263-3777 (English)1-800-263-7854 (French)1-800-263-3830 (For TextTelephone devices (TTYs))Roadside Assistance:1-800-268-6800

All Overseas Locations

Please contact the local GeneralMotors Business Unit.

Customer Assistance forText Telephone (TTY)UsersTo assist customers who are deaf,hard of hearing, or speech-impairedand who use Text Telephones(TTYs), Buick has TTY equipment



available at its Customer AssistanceCenter. Any TTY user cancommunicate with Buick by dialing:1-800-832-8425. TTY users inCanada can dial 1-800-263-3830.

Online Owner Center

Online Owner Experience(U.S.) my.buick.com

The Buick online owner experienceallows interaction with Buick andkeeps important vehicle-specificinformation in one place.

Membership Benefits

E (Vehicle Information) :Download owner manuals and viewvehicle-specific how-to videos.

G (Maintenance Information) :View maintenance schedules,alerts, and OnStar onboard vehiclediagnostic information. Scheduleservice appointments.

I (Service History) : View andprint dealer-recorded servicerecords and self-enter other servicerecords.

D (Preferred DealerInformation) : Select a dealer andview locations, maps, phonenumbers, and hours.

r (Warranty TrackingInformation) : Track your vehicle’swarranty information.

J (Recall Information) : Viewactive recalls by VehicleIdentification Number (VIN). SeeVehicle Identification Number (VIN)0 276.

H (Other Account Information) :View GM Card, SiriusXM Satelliteradio (if equipped), and OnStaraccount information.

F (Live Chat Support) : Chat withonline help representatives.

See my.buick.com to register yourvehicle.

Buick Owner Centre (Canada)buickowner.ca

Visit the Buick Owner Centre:

. Chat live with online helprepresentatives.

. Use the Vehicle Tools section.

. Access third party enthusiastsites and social media networks.

. Locate owner resources such aslease-end, financing, andwarranty information.

. Retrieve your favorite articles,quizzes, tips, and multimediagalleries organized into theFeatured Articles and Auto CareSections.

. Download the owner manual foryour vehicle, quickly and easily.

. Find the Buick-recommendedmaintenance services for yourvehicle.

GM MobilityReimbursement Program

This program is available toqualified applicants for costreimbursement of eligible



aftermarket adaptive equipmentrequired for the vehicle, such ashand controls or a wheelchair/scooter lift for the vehicle.

For more information on the limitedoffer, visit www.gmmobility.com orcall the GM Mobility AssistanceCenter at 1-800-323-9935. TextTelephone (TTY) users, call1-800-833-9935.

General Motors of Canada also hasa Mobility Program. Visit www.gm.caor call 1-800-GM-DRIVE (463-7483)for details. TTY users call1-800-263-3830.

Roadside AssistanceProgramFor U.S.-purchased vehicles, call1-800-252-1112; (Text Telephone(TTY): 1-888-889-2438).

For Canadian-purchased vehicles,call 1-800-268-6800.

Service is available 24 hours a day,365 days a year.

Calling for Assistance

When calling Roadside Assistance,have the following informationready:

. Your name, home address, andhome telephone number.

. Telephone number of yourlocation.

. Location of the vehicle.

. Model, year, color, and licenseplate number of the vehicle.

. Odometer reading, VehicleIdentification Number (VIN), anddelivery date of the vehicle.

. Description of the problem.

Coverage

Services are provided for theduration of the vehicle’s powertrainwarranty.

In the U.S., anyone driving thevehicle is covered. In Canada, aperson driving the vehicle withoutpermission from the owner is notcovered.

Roadside Assistance is not a part ofthe New Vehicle Limited Warranty.General Motors North America andBuick reserve the right to make anychanges or discontinue theRoadside Assistance program atany time without notification.

General Motors North America andBuick reserve the right to limitservices or payment to an owner ordriver if they decide the claims aremade too often, or the same type ofclaim is made many times.

Services Provided. Emergency Fuel Delivery:

Delivery of enough fuel for thevehicle to get to the nearestservice station.

. Lock-Out Service: Service tounlock the vehicle if you arelocked out. A remote unlock maybe available if you haveOnStar®. For security reasons,the driver must presentidentification before this serviceis given.



. Emergency Tow from a PublicRoad or Highway: Tow to thenearest Buick dealer forwarranty service, or if the vehiclewas in a crash and cannot bedriven. Assistance is not givenwhen the vehicle is stuck insand, mud, or snow.

. Flat Tire Change: Service tochange a flat tire with the sparetire. The spare tire, if equipped,must be in good condition andproperly inflated. It is the owner'sresponsibility for the repair orreplacement of the tire if it is notcovered by the warranty.

. Battery Jump Start: Service tojump start a dead battery.

. Trip Interruption Benefits andAssistance: If your trip isinterrupted due to a warrantyevent, incidental expenses maybe reimbursed within thePowertrain warranty period.Items considered are reasonableand customary hotel, meals,rental car, or a vehicle beingdelivered back to the customer,up to 805 km (500 mi).

Services Not Included inRoadside Assistance. Impound towing caused by

violation of any laws.

. Legal fines.

. Mounting, dismounting,or changing of snow tires,chains, or other traction devices.

Service is not provided if a vehicleis in an area that is not accessibleto the service vehicle or is not aregularly traveled or maintainedpublic road, which includes ice andwinter roads. Off-road use is notcovered.

Services Specific toCanadian-Purchased Vehicles. Fuel Delivery: Reimbursement

is up to 7 liters. Diesel fueldelivery may be restricted.Propane and other fuels are notprovided through this service.

. Lock-Out Service: Vehicleregistration is required.

. Trip Interruption Benefits andAssistance: Must be over150 km from where your trip was

started to qualify. GeneralMotors of Canada Limitedrequires pre-authorization,original detailed receipts, and acopy of the repair orders. Onceauthorization has been received,the Roadside Assistance advisorwill help you make arrangementsand explain how to receivepayment.

. Alternative Service: Ifassistance cannot be providedright away, the RoadsideAssistance advisor may givepermission to get localemergency road service. You willreceive payment, up to $100,after sending the original receiptto Roadside Assistance.Mechanical failures may becovered, however any cost forparts and labor for repairs notcovered by the warranty are theowner responsibility.



Scheduling ServiceAppointmentsWhen the vehicle requires warrantyservice, contact your dealer andrequest an appointment. Byscheduling a service appointmentand advising the service consultantof your transportation needs, yourdealer can help minimize yourinconvenience.

If the vehicle cannot be scheduledinto the service departmentimmediately, keep driving it until itcan be scheduled for service,unless, of course, the problem issafety related. If it is, please callyour dealership, let them know this,and ask for instructions.

If your dealer requests you to bringthe vehicle for service, you areurged to do so as early in the workday as possible to allow forsame-day repair.

Courtesy TransportationProgramTo enhance your ownershipexperience, we and our participatingdealers are proud to offer CourtesyTransportation, a customer supportprogram for vehicles with theBumper-to-Bumper (Base WarrantyCoverage period in Canada),extended powertrain, and/orhybrid-specific warranties in boththe U.S. and Canada.

Several Courtesy Transportationoptions are available to assist inreducing inconvenience whenwarranty repairs are required.

Courtesy Transportation is not apart of the New Vehicle LimitedWarranty. A separate bookletentitled “Limited Warranty andOwner Assistance Information”furnished with each new vehicleprovides detailed warranty coverageinformation.

Transportation Options

Warranty service can generally becompleted while you wait. However,if you are unable to do so, yourdealer may offer the followingtransportation options:

Shuttle Service

This includes one-way or round-tripshuttle service within reasonabletime and distance parameters ofyour dealer's area.

Public Transportation or FuelReimbursement

If overnight warranty repairs areneeded, and public transportation isused, the expense must besupported by original receipts andwithin the maximum amount allowedby GM for shuttle service. If U.S.customers arrange their owntransportation, limitedreimbursement for reasonable fuelexpenses may be available. Claimamounts should reflect actual costsand be supported by originalreceipts. See your dealer forinformation.



Courtesy Rental Vehicle

For an overnight warranty repair, thedealer may provide an availablecourtesy rental vehicle or provide forreimbursement of a rental vehicle.Reimbursement is limited and mustbe supported by original receipts aswell as a signed and completedrental agreement and meet state/provincial, local, and rental vehicleprovider requirements.Requirements vary and may includeminimum age requirements,insurance coverage, credit card, etc.Additional fees such as fuel usagecharges, taxes, levies, usage fees,excessive mileage, or rental usagebeyond the completion of the repairare also your responsibility.

It may not be possible to provide alike vehicle as a courtesy rental.

Additional ProgramInformation

All program options, such as shuttleservice, may not be available atevery dealer. Contact your dealerfor specific availability.

General Motors reserves the right tounilaterally modify, change,or discontinue CourtesyTransportation at any time and toresolve all questions of claimeligibility pursuant to the terms andconditions described herein at itssole discretion.

Collision Damage RepairIf the vehicle is involved in acollision and it is damaged, have thedamage repaired by a qualifiedtechnician using the properequipment and quality replacementparts. Poorly performed collisionrepairs diminish the vehicle resalevalue, and safety performance canbe compromised in subsequentcollisions.

Collision Parts

Genuine GM Collision parts are newparts made with the same materialsand construction methods as theparts with which the vehicle wasoriginally built. Genuine GMCollision parts are the best choice toensure that the vehicle's designedappearance, durability, and safety

are preserved. The use of GenuineGM parts can help maintain the GMNew Vehicle Limited Warranty.

Recycled original equipment partsmay also be used for repair. Theseparts are typically removed fromvehicles that were total losses inprior crashes. In most cases, theparts being recycled are fromundamaged sections of the vehicle.A recycled original equipment GMpart may be an acceptable choice tomaintain the vehicle's originallydesigned appearance and safetyperformance; however, the history ofthese parts is not known. Such partsare not covered by the GM NewVehicle Limited Warranty, and anyrelated failures are not covered bythat warranty.

Aftermarket collision parts are alsoavailable. These are made bycompanies other than GM and maynot have been tested for the vehicle.As a result, these parts may fitpoorly, exhibit premature durability/corrosion problems, and may notperform properly in subsequentcollisions. Aftermarket parts are notcovered by the GM New Vehicle



Limited Warranty, and any vehiclefailure related to such parts is notcovered by that warranty.

Repair Facility

GM also recommends that youchoose a collision repair facility thatmeets your needs before you everneed collision repairs. Your dealermay have a collision repair centerwith GM-trained technicians andstate-of-the-art equipment, or beable to recommend a collision repaircenter that has GM-trainedtechnicians and comparableequipment.

Insuring the Vehicle

Protect your investment in the GMvehicle with comprehensive andcollision insurance coverage. Thereare significant differences in thequality of coverage afforded byvarious insurance policy terms.Many insurance policies providereduced protection to the GMvehicle by limiting compensation fordamage repairs through the use ofaftermarket collision parts. Someinsurance companies will not

specify aftermarket collision parts.When purchasing insurance, werecommend that you ensure that thevehicle will be repaired with GMoriginal equipment collision parts.If such insurance coverage is notavailable from your currentinsurance carrier, consider switchingto another insurance carrier.

If the vehicle is leased, the leasingcompany may require you to haveinsurance that ensures repairs withGenuine GM Original EquipmentManufacturer (OEM) parts orGenuine Manufacturer replacementparts. Read the lease carefully, asyou may be charged at the end ofthe lease for poor quality repairs.

If a Crash Occurs

If there has been an injury, callemergency services for help. Do notleave the scene of a crash until allmatters have been taken care of.Move the vehicle only if its positionputs you in danger, or you areinstructed to move it by a policeofficer.

Give only the necessary informationto police and other parties involvedin the crash.

For emergency towing seeRoadside Assistance Program0 283.

Gather the following information:

. Driver name, address, andtelephone number.

. Driver license number.

. Owner name, address, andtelephone number.

. Vehicle license plate number.

. Vehicle make, model, andmodel year.

. Vehicle IdentificationNumber (VIN).

. Insurance company and policynumber.

. General description of thedamage to the other vehicle.

Choose a reputable repair facilitythat uses quality replacement parts.See “Collision Parts” earlier in thissection.



If the airbag has inflated, see WhatWill You See after an AirbagInflates? 0 64.

Managing the Vehicle DamageRepair Process

In the event that the vehicle requiresdamage repairs, GM recommendsthat you take an active role in itsrepair. If you have a pre-determinedrepair facility of choice, take thevehicle there, or have it towed there.Specify to the facility that anyrequired replacement collision partsbe original equipment parts, eithernew Genuine GM parts or recycledoriginal GM parts. Remember,recycled parts will not be covered bythe GM vehicle warranty.

Insurance pays the bill for the repair,but you must live with the repair.Depending on your policy limits,your insurance company mayinitially value the repair usingaftermarket parts. Discuss this withthe repair professional, and insist onGenuine GM parts. Remember,if the vehicle is leased, you may beobligated to have the vehicle

repaired with Genuine GM parts,even if your insurance coveragedoes not pay the full cost.

If another party's insurancecompany is paying for the repairs,you are not obligated to accept arepair valuation based on thatinsurance company's collision policyrepair limits, as you have nocontractual limits with that company.In such cases, you can have controlof the repair and parts choices aslong as the cost stays withinreasonable limits.

Service PublicationsOrdering Information(U.S. and Canada Only)

Service Manuals

Service Manuals have the diagnosisand repair information on theengines, transmission, axle,suspension, brakes, electrical,steering, body, etc.

Service Bulletins

Service Bulletins give additionaltechnical service informationneeded to knowledgeably serviceGeneral Motors cars and trucks.Each bulletin contains instructionsto assist in the diagnosis andservice of the vehicle.

Owner Information

Owner publications are writtenspecifically for owners and intendedto provide basic operationalinformation about the vehicle. TheOwner Manual includes theMaintenance Schedule for allmodels.

In-Portfolio: Includes a Portfolio,Owner Manual, and WarrantyManual.

RETAIL SELL PRICE: $35.00 –$40.00 (U.S.) plus handling andshipping fees.

Without Pouch: Owner Manual only.

RETAIL SELL PRICE:$25.00 (U.S.) plus handling andshipping fees.



Current and Past Models

Technical Service Bulletins andManuals are available for currentand past model GM vehicles.

ORDER TOLL FREE:1-800-551-4123 Monday – Friday8:00 AM – 6:00 PM Eastern Time

For Credit Card Orders Only(VISA-MasterCard-Discover), seeHelm, Inc. at: www.helminc.com.

Or write to:

Helm, IncorporatedAttention: Customer Service47911 Halyard DrivePlymouth, MI 48170

Prices are subject to change withoutnotice and without incurringobligation. Allow ample time fordelivery.

All listed prices are quoted in U.S.funds. Make checks payable in U.S.funds.

Radio FrequencyStatementThis vehicle has systems thatoperate on a radio frequency thatcomplies with Part 15/Part 18 of theFederal CommunicationsCommission (FCC) rules and withIndustry Canada StandardsRSS-GEN/210/216/220/251/310,ICES‐001.

Operation is subject to the followingtwo conditions:

1. The device may not causeharmful interference.

2. The device must accept anyinterference received, includinginterference that may causeundesired operation of thedevice.

Changes or modifications to any ofthese systems by other than anauthorized service facility could voidauthorization to use this equipment.

Reporting SafetyDefects

Reporting Safety Defectsto the United StatesGovernmentIf you believe that your vehiclehas a defect which could causea crash or could cause injury ordeath, you should immediatelyinform the National HighwayTraffic Safety Administration(NHTSA) in addition to notifyingGeneral Motors.

If NHTSA receives similarcomplaints, it may open aninvestigation, and if it finds thata safety defect exists in a groupof vehicles, it may order a recalland remedy campaign.However, NHTSA cannotbecome involved in individualproblems between you, yourdealer, or General Motors.



To contact NHTSA, you may callthe Vehicle Safety Hotlinetoll-free at 1-888-327-4236 (TTY:1-800-424-9153); go to http://www.safercar.gov; or write to:

Administrator, NHTSA1200 New Jersey Avenue, S.E.Washington, D.C. 20590

You can also obtain otherinformation about motor vehiclesafety from http://www.safercar.gov.

Reporting Safety Defectsto the CanadianGovernmentIf you live in Canada, and youbelieve that the vehicle has a safetydefect, notify Transport Canadaimmediately, and notify GeneralMotors of Canada Limited. CallTransport Canada at1-800-333-0510 or write to:

Transport CanadaRoad Safety Branch80 rue NoelGatineau, QC J8Z 0A1

Reporting Safety Defectsto General MotorsIn addition to notifying NHTSA (orTransport Canada) in a situation likethis, please notify General Motors.

Call 1-800-521-7300, or write:

Buick Customer Assistance CenterP.O. Box 33136Detroit, MI 48232–5136

In Canada, call 1-800-263-3777(English) or 1-800-263-7854(French), or write:

General Motors of Canada LimitedCustomer Care Centre, Mail Code:CA1-163-005Oshawa, Ontario L1H 8P7

Vehicle DataRecording andPrivacyThe vehicle has a number ofcomputers that record informationabout the vehicle’s performance andhow it is driven. For example, thevehicle uses computer modules tomonitor and control engine andtransmission performance, tomonitor the conditions for airbagdeployment and deploy them in acrash, and, if equipped, to provideantilock braking to help the drivercontrol the vehicle. These modulesmay store data to help the dealertechnician service the vehicle.Some modules may also store dataabout how the vehicle is operated,such as rate of fuel consumption oraverage speed. These modules mayretain personal preferences, such asradio presets, seat positions, andtemperature settings.



Event Data RecordersThis vehicle is equipped with anevent data recorder (EDR). Themain purpose of an EDR is torecord, in certain crash or nearcrash-like situations, such as an airbag deployment or hitting a roadobstacle, data that will assist inunderstanding how a vehicle’ssystems performed. The EDR isdesigned to record data related tovehicle dynamics and safetysystems for a short period of time,typically 30 seconds or less. TheEDR in this vehicle is designed torecord such data as:

. How various systems in yourvehicle were operating;

. Whether or not the driver andpassenger safety belts werebuckled/fastened;

. How far (if at all) the driver wasdepressing the accelerator and/or brake pedal; and,

. How fast the vehicle wastraveling.

These data can help provide abetter understanding of thecircumstances in which crashes andinjuries occur.

NoteEDR data are recorded by yourvehicle only if a non-trivial crashsituation occurs; no data arerecorded by the EDR under normaldriving conditions and no personaldata (e.g., name, gender, age, andcrash location) are recorded.However, other parties, such as lawenforcement, could combine theEDR data with the type ofpersonally identifying data routinelyacquired during a crashinvestigation.

To read data recorded by an EDR,special equipment is required, andaccess to the vehicle or the EDR isneeded. In addition to the vehiclemanufacturer, other parties, such aslaw enforcement, that have thespecial equipment, can read theinformation if they have access tothe vehicle or the EDR.

GM will not access these data orshare it with others except: with theconsent of the vehicle owner or,if the vehicle is leased, with theconsent of the lessee; in responseto an official request by police orsimilar government office; as part ofGM's defense of litigation throughthe discovery process; or, asrequired by law. Data that GMcollects or receives may also beused for GM research needs or maybe made available to others forresearch purposes, where a need isshown and the data is not tied to aspecific vehicle or vehicle owner.

OnStar®

If the vehicle is equipped withOnStar® and has an activesubscription, additional data may becollected through the OnStarsystem. This includes informationabout the vehicle’s operation;collisions involving the vehicle; theuse of the vehicle and its features;and, in certain situations, thelocation and approximate GPSspeed of the vehicle. Refer to the



OnStar Terms and Conditions andPrivacy Statement on the OnStarwebsite.

See OnStar Additional Information0 297 or OnStar AdditionalInformation 0 302.

Infotainment SystemIf the vehicle is equipped with anavigation system as part of theinfotainment system, use of thesystem may result in the storage ofdestinations, addresses, telephonenumbers, and other trip information.See the infotainment manual forinformation on stored data and fordeletion instructions.


OnStar 293

OnStar

OnStar OverviewOnStar Overview . . . . . . . . . . . . . 293

OnStar ServicesEmergency . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 294Security . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 294Navigation . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 294Connections . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 295Diagnostics . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 297

OnStar Additional InformationOnStar AdditionalInformation . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 297

OnStar AdditionalInformation . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 302

OnStar Overview

= Voice Command Button

Q Blue OnStar Button

> Red Emergency Button

This vehicle may be equipped with acomprehensive, in-vehicle systemthat can connect to an OnStarAdvisor for Emergency, Security,Navigation, Connections, andDiagnostics Services. OnStarservices may require a paidsubscription and data plan. OnStarrequires the vehicle battery andelectrical system, cellular service,and GPS satellite signals to beavailable and operating. OnStar actsas a link to existing emergencyservice providers. OnStar maycollect information about you andyour vehicle, including locationinformation. See OnStar’s Terms &

Conditions and Privacy Statementfor more details including systemlimitations at www.onstar.com (U.S.)or www.onstar.ca (Canada).

The OnStar system status light isnext to the OnStar buttons. If thestatus light is:

. Solid Green: System is ready.

. Flashing Green: On a call.

. Red: Indicates a problem.

. Off: System is off. Press Qtwice to speak with an OnStarAdvisor.

PressQ or call 1-888-4ONSTAR(1-888-466-7827) to speak to anAdvisor.

Press= to:

. Make a call, end a call,or answer an incoming call.

. Give OnStar Hands-Free Callingvoice commands.

. Give OnStar Turn-by-TurnNavigation voice commands.


294 OnStar

. Obtain the Wi-Fi® hotspot nameor SSID and password,if equipped.

PressQ to connect to anAdvisor to:

. Verify account information orupdate contact information.

. Get driving directions.

. Receive a Diagnostic check ofthe vehicle's key operatingsystems.

. Receive Roadside Assistance.

. Manage Wi-Fi Settings,if equipped.

Press> to get a priority connectionto an OnStar Advisor available 24/7 to:

. Get help for an emergency.

. Be a Good Samaritan orrespond to an AMBER Alert.

. Get assistance in severeweather or other crisis situationsand find evacuation routes.

OnStar Services

EmergencyEmergency Services require anactive, OnStar subscription plan(excludes Basic Plan). WithAutomatic Crash Response, built-insensors can automatically alert aspecially trained OnStar Advisorwho is immediately connected in tothe vehicle to help.

Press> for a priority connection toan OnStar Advisor who can contactemergency service providers, directthem to your exact location, andrelay important information.

With OnStar Crisis Assist, speciallytrained Advisors are available24 hours a day, 7 days a week, toprovide a central point of contact,assistance, and information during acrisis.

With Roadside Assistance, Advisorscan locate a nearby service providerto help with a flat tire, a batteryjump, or an empty gas tank.

SecurityIf equipped, OnStar provides theseservices:

. With Stolen Vehicle Assistance,OnStar Advisors can use GPS topinpoint the vehicle and helpauthorities quickly recover it.

. With Remote Ignition Block,if equipped, OnStar can blockthe engine from being restarted.

. With Stolen Vehicle Slowdown,if equipped, OnStar can workwith law enforcement togradually slow the vehicle down.

NavigationOnStar navigation requires aspecific OnStar subscription plan.

PressQ to receive Turn-by-Turndirections or have them sent to thevehicle’s navigation screen,if equipped.

Turn-by-Turn Navigation

1. PressQ to connect to anAdvisor.


OnStar 295

2. Request directions to bedownloaded to the vehicle.

3. Follow the voice-guidedcommands.

Using Voice CommandsDuring a Planned Route

Cancel Route

1. Press=. System responds:“OnStar ready,” then a tone.

2. Say “Cancel route.” Systemresponds: “Do you want tocancel directions?”

3. Say “Yes.” System responds:“OK, request completed, thankyou, goodbye.”

Route Preview


2. Say “Route preview.” Systemresponds with the next threemaneuvers.

Repeat


2. Say “Repeat.” Systemresponds with the last directiongiven, then responds with“OnStar ready,” then a tone.

Get My Destination


2. Say “Get my destination.”System responds with theaddress and distance to thedestination, then responds with“OnStar ready,” then a tone.

Destination Download

Subscribers can have directionssent to the vehicle’s navigationscreen, if equipped.

PressQ, then ask the Advisor todownload directions to the vehicle’snavigation system, if equipped. Afterthe call ends, the navigation screenwill provide prompts to begin drivingdirections. Routes that are sent tothe navigation screen can only becanceled through the navigationsystem.

See www.onstar.com (U.S.) orwww.onstar.ca (Canada).

ConnectionsThe following OnStar services helpwith staying connected.

For coverage maps, seewww.onstar.com (U.S.) orwww.onstar.ca (Canada).

OnStar Wi-Fi® Hotspot (IfEquipped)

The vehicle may have a built-inWi-Fi hotspot that provides accessto the Internet and web content at4G LTE speed. Up to seven mobiledevices can be connected. A dataplan is required. Use the in-vehiclecontrols only when it is safe todo so.

1. To retrieve Wi-Fi hotspotinformation, press=, wait forthe prompt, then say “Wi-Fisettings.” On some vehicles,touch Wi-Fi Settings on thescreen.

2. The Wi-Fi settings will displaythe Wi-Fi hotspot name (SSID),password, and on somevehicles, the connection type


296 OnStar

(no Internet connection, 3G,4G, 4G LTE), and signal quality(poor, good, excellent).

3. To change the SSID orpassword, pressQ or call1-888-4ONSTAR to connectwith an Advisor.

OnStar RemoteLink® Mobile App(If Equipped)

Download the OnStar RemoteLinkmobile app to select Apple® iOS,Android™, BlackBerry®,or Windows® mobile devices.OnStar Subscribers can access thefollowing services from a mobiledevice:

. Remotely start/stop the vehicle,if factory-equipped.

. Lock/unlock doors, if equippedwith automatic locks.

. Activate the horn and lamps.

. Check the vehicle’s fuel level, oillife, or tire pressure,if factory-equipped with the TirePressure Monitor System.

. Send directions to the vehicle.

. Locate the vehicle on a map(U.S. market only).

. Turn the vehicle's Wi-Fi hotspoton/off, manage settings, andmonitor data consumption,if equipped.

For OnStar RemoteLink informationand compatibility, seewww.onstar.com (U.S.) orwww.onstar.ca (Canada).

Remote Services

Contact an OnStar Advisor tounlock the doors or sound the hornand flash the lamps.

OnStar AtYourService

OnStar Advisors can provide specialoffers from restaurants and retailerson your route, help locate hotels,or book a room.

OnStar Hands-Free Calling

Make and receive calls with thebuilt-in wireless calling service,which requires available minutes.

Make a Call

1. Press=. System responds:“OnStar ready.”

2. Say “Call.” System responds:“Call. Please say the name ornumber to call.”

3. Say the entire number withoutpausing, including a “1” and thearea code. System responds:“OK, calling.”

Calling 911 Emergency


2. Say “Call.” System responds:“Call. Please say the name ornumber to call.”

3. Say “911” without pausing.System responds: “911.”

4. Say “Call.” System responds:“OK, dialing 911.”

Retrieve My Number



OnStar 297

2. Say “My number.” Systemresponds: “Your OnStarHands-Free Calling number is,”then says the number.

End a Call

Press=. System responds: “Callended.”

Verify Minutes and Expiration

Press= and say “Minutes” then“Verify” to check how many minutesremain and their expiration date.

DiagnosticsAdvanced Diagnostics provides astatus of the vehicle’s key systemswith a monthly e-mail, or bypressingQ. Real-time DiagnosticAlerts can be sent by email or text.The Proactive Alerts feature (ifavailable) can help predict and alertof potential upcoming maintenanceissues with select components onthe vehicle, before they become aproblem.

OnStar can also monitor and reporttire pressure, if the vehicle isequipped with a Tire PressureMonitoring System.

OnStar AdditionalInformationIn-Vehicle Audio Messages

Audio messages may play importantinformation at the following times:

. Prior to vehicle purchase.PressQ to set up an account.

. With the OnStar Basic Plan,every 60 days.

. After change in ownership andat 90 days.

Transferring Service

PressQ to request account transfereligibility information. The Advisorcan cancel or change accountinformation.

Selling/Transferring theVehicle

Call 1-888-4ONSTAR(1-888-466-7827) immediately toterminate your OnStar services ifthe vehicle is disposed of, sold,transferred, or if the lease ends.


298 OnStar

Reactivation for SubsequentOwners

PressQ and follow the prompts tospeak to an Advisor as soon aspossible. The Advisor will updatevehicle records and explain OnStarservice options.

How OnStar Service Works

Automatic Crash Response,Emergency Services, Crisis Assist,Stolen Vehicle Assistance,Advanced Diagnostics, RemoteServices, Roadside Assistance,Turn-by-Turn Navigation, andHands-Free Calling are available onmost vehicles. Not all OnStarservices are available everywhereor on all vehicles. For moreinformation, a full description ofOnStar services, system limitations,and OnStar terms and conditions:

. Call 1-888-4ONSTAR(1-888-466-7827).

. See www.onstar.com (U.S.).

. See www.onstar.ca (Canada).

. Call TTY 1-877-248-2080.

. PressQ to speak with anAdvisor.

OnStar services cannot work unlessthe vehicle is in a place whereOnStar has an agreement with awireless service provider for servicein that area. The wireless serviceprovider must also have coverage,network capacity, reception, andtechnology compatible with OnStarservices. Service involving locationinformation about the vehicle cannotwork unless GPS signals areavailable, unobstructed, andcompatible with the OnStarhardware. OnStar services may notwork if the OnStar equipment is notproperly installed or it has not beenproperly maintained. If equipment orsoftware is added, connected,or modified, OnStar services maynot work. Other problems beyondthe control of OnStar — such ashills, tall buildings, tunnels, weather,electrical system design andarchitecture of the vehicle, damageto the vehicle in a crash, or wirelessphone network congestion orjamming — may prevent service.


Services for People withDisabilities

Advisors provide services to helpSubscribers with physical disabilitiesand medical conditions.

PressQ to help:

. Locate a gas station with anattendant to pump gas.

. Find a hotel, restaurant, etc.,that meets accessibility needs.

. Provide directions to the closesthospital or pharmacy in urgentsituations.

TTY Users

OnStar has the ability tocommunicate to deaf,hard-of-hearing, or speech-impairedcustomers while in the vehicle. Theavailable dealer-installed TTYsystem can provide in-vehicleaccess to all OnStar services,except Virtual Advisor and OnStarTurn-by-Turn Navigation.


OnStar 299

OnStar Personal IdentificationNumber (PIN)

A PIN is needed to access someOnStar services. The PIN will needto be changed the first time whenspeaking with an Advisor. Tochange the OnStar PIN, contact anOnStar Advisor by pressingQ orcalling 1-888-4ONSTAR.

Warranty

OnStar equipment may bewarranted as part of the vehiclewarranty.

Languages

The vehicle can be programmed torespond in multiple languages.PressQ and ask for an Advisor.Advisors are available in English,Spanish, and French. Availablelanguages may vary by country.

Potential Issues

OnStar cannot perform RemoteDoor Unlock or Stolen VehicleAssistance after the vehicle hasbeen off continuously for five dayswithout an ignition cycle. If the

vehicle has not been started forfive days, OnStar can contactRoadside Assistance or a locksmithto help gain access to the vehicle.

Global PositioningSystem (GPS). Obstruction of the GPS can

occur in a large city with tallbuildings; in parking garages;around airports; in tunnels andunderpasses; or in an area withvery dense trees. If GPS signalsare not available, the OnStarsystem should still operate tocall OnStar. However, OnStarcould have difficulty identifyingthe exact location.

. In emergency situations, OnStarcan use the last stored GPSlocation to send to emergencyresponders.

A temporary loss of GPS can causeloss of the ability to send aTurn-by-Turn Navigation route. TheAdvisor may give a verbal route ormay ask for a call back after thevehicle is driven into an open area.

Cellular and GPS Antennas

Cellular reception is required forOnStar to send remote signals tothe vehicle. Do not place items overor near the antenna to preventblocking cellular and GPS signalreception.

Unable to Connect to OnStarMessage

If there is limited cellular coverageor the cellular network has reachedmaximum capacity, this messagemay come on. PressQ to try thecall again or try again after driving afew miles into another cellular area.

Vehicle and Power Issues

OnStar services require a vehicleelectrical system, wireless service,and GPS satellite technologies to beavailable and operating for featuresto function properly. These systemsmay not operate if the battery isdischarged or disconnected.


300 OnStar

Add-on Electrical Equipment

The OnStar system is integratedinto the electrical architecture of thevehicle. Do not add any electricalequipment. See Add-On ElectricalEquipment 0 187. Added electricalequipment may interfere with theoperation of the OnStar system andcause it to not operate.

Vehicle Software Updates

OnStar or GM may remotely deliversoftware updates or changes to thevehicle without further notice orconsent. These updates or changesmay enhance or maintain safety,security, or the operation of thevehicle or the vehicle systems.Software updates or changes mayaffect or erase data or settings thatare stored in the vehicle, such asOnStar Hands-Free Calling nametags, saved navigation destinations,or pre-set radio stations. NeitherOnStar nor GM is responsible forany affected or erased data orsettings. These updates or changesmay also collect personalinformation. Such collection isdescribed in the OnStar privacy

statement or separately disclosed atthe time of installation. Theseupdates or changes may also causea system to automaticallycommunicate with GM servers tocollect information about vehiclesystem status, identify whetherupdates or changes are available,or deliver updates or changes. Anactive OnStar agreement constitutesconsent to these software updatesor changes and agreement thateither OnStar or GM may remotelydeliver them to the vehicle.

Privacy

The complete OnStar PrivacyStatement may be found atwww.onstar.com (U.S.),or www.onstar.ca (Canada). Werecommend that you review it. If youhave any questions, call1-888-4ONSTAR (1-888-466-7827)or pressQ to speak with anAdvisor. Users of wirelesscommunications are cautioned thatthe privacy of any information sentvia wireless cellular communicationscannot be assured. Third parties

may unlawfully intercept or accesstransmissions and privatecommunications without consent.

OnStar - SoftwareAcknowledgements

Certain OnStar components includelibcurl and unzip software and otherthird party software. Below are thenotices and licenses associated withlibcurl and unzip and for other thirdparty software please see http://www.lg.com/global/support/opensource/index and https://www.onstar.com/us/en/support/getdocuments.html

libcurl:

COPYRIGHT AND PERMISSIONNOTICE

Copyright (c) 1996 - 2010, DanielStenberg, <[email protected]>.

All rights reserved.

Permission to use, copy, modify,and distribute this software for anypurpose with or without fee ishereby granted, provided that the


OnStar 301

above copyright notice and thispermission notice appear in allcopies.

THE SOFTWARE IS PROVIDED“AS IS,” WITHOUT WARRANTY OFANY KIND, EXPRESS ORIMPLIED, INCLUDING BUT NOTLIMITED TO THE WARRANTIESOF MERCHANTABILITY, FITNESSFOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSEAND NONINFRINGEMENT OFTHIRD PARTY RIGHTS. IN NOEVENT SHALL THE AUTHORS ORCOPYRIGHT HOLDERS BELIABLE FOR ANY CLAIM,DAMAGES OR OTHER LIABILITY,WHETHER IN AN ACTION OFCONTRACT, TORT OROTHERWISE, ARISING FROM,OUT OF OR IN CONNECTIONWITH THE SOFTWARE OR THEUSE OR OTHER DEALINGS INTHE SOFTWARE.

Except as contained in this notice,the name of a copyright holder shallnot be used in advertising orotherwise to promote the sale, useor other dealings in this Softwarewithout prior written authorization ofthe copyright holder.

unzip:

This is version 2005-Feb-10 of theInfo-ZIP copyright and license. Thedefinitive version of this documentshould be available at ftp://ftp.info-zip.org/pub/infozip/license.html indefinitely.

Copyright (c) 1990-2005 Info-ZIP. Allrights reserved.

For the purposes of this copyrightand license, “Info-ZIP” is defined asthe following set of individuals:

Mark Adler, John Bush, Karl Davis,Harald Denker, Jean-Michel Dubois,Jean-loup Gailly, Hunter Goatley, EdGordon, Ian Gorman, ChrisHerborth, Dirk Haase, Greg Hartwig,Robert Heath, Jonathan Hudson,Paul Kienitz, David Kirschbaum,Johnny Lee, Onno van der Linden,Igor Mandrichenko, Steve P. Miller,Sergio Monesi, Keith Owens,George Petrov, Greg Roelofs, KaiUwe Rommel, Steve Salisbury,Dave Smith, Steven M. Schweda,Christian Spieler, Cosmin Truta,Antoine Verheijen, Paul von Behren,Rich Wales, Mike White.

This software is provided “as is,”without warranty of any kind,express or implied. In no event shallInfo-ZIP or its contributors be heldliable for any direct, indirect,incidental, special or consequentialdamages arising out of the use of orinability to use this software.

Permission is granted to anyone touse this software for any purpose,including commercial applications,and to alter it and redistribute itfreely, subject to the followingrestrictions:

1. Redistributions of source codemust retain the above copyrightnotice, definition, disclaimer,and this list of conditions.

2. Redistributions in binary form(compiled executables) mustreproduce the above copyrightnotice, definition, disclaimer,and this list of conditions indocumentation and/or othermaterials provided with thedistribution. The sole exceptionto this condition is redistributionof a standard UnZipSFX binary(including SFXWiz) as part of a


302 OnStar

self-extracting archive; that ispermitted without inclusion ofthis license, as long as thenormal SFX banner has notbeen removed from the binaryor disabled.

3. Altered versions–including, butnot limited to, ports to newoperating systems, existingports with new graphicalinterfaces, and dynamic,shared, or static libraryversions–must be plainlymarked as such and must notbe misrepresented as beingthe original source. Suchaltered versions also must notbe misrepresented as beingInfo-ZIP releases–including,but not limited to, labeling ofthe altered versions with thenames “Info-ZIP” (or anyvariation thereof, including, butnot limited to, differentcapitalizations), “PocketUnZip,” “WiZ” or “MacZip”without the explicit permissionof Info-ZIP. Such alteredversions are further prohibitedfrom misrepresentative use of

the Zip-Bugs or Info-ZIP e-mailaddresses or of theInfo-ZIP URL(s).

4. Info-ZIP retains the right to usethe names “Info-ZIP,” “Zip,”“UnZip,” “UnZipSFX,” “WiZ,”“Pocket UnZip,” “Pocket Zip,”and “MacZip” for its ownsource and binary releases.

OnStar AdditionalInformation

Transferring Service

PressQ to request account transfereligibility information. The Advisorcan cancel or change accountinformation.

Reactivation for SubsequentOwners

PressQ and follow the prompts tospeak to an Advisor as soon aspossible. The Advisor will updatevehicle records and will explainOnStar service offers and options.

How OnStar Service Works

Automatic Crash Response,Emergency Services, Crisis Assist,Stolen Vehicle Assistance, VehicleDiagnostics, Remote Services,Roadside Assistance, andTurn-by-Turn Navigation areavailable on most vehicles. Not allOnStar services are availableeverywhere or on all vehicles. Formore information, a full descriptionof OnStar services, systemlimitations, and OnStar terms andconditions, see www.onstar.com.mx.

OnStar service cannot work unlessyour vehicle is in a place whereOnStar has an agreement with awireless service provider for servicein that area, and the wirelessservice provider has coverage,network capacity, reception, andtechnology compatible with OnStarservice. Service involving locationinformation about the vehicle cannotwork unless GPS signals areavailable, unobstructed, andcompatible with the OnStarhardware. OnStar service may notwork if the OnStar equipment is notproperly installed or it has not been


OnStar 303

properly maintained. If equipment orsoftware is added, connected,or modified, OnStar service may notwork. Other problems beyond thecontrol of OnStar — such as hills,tall buildings, tunnels, weather,electrical system design andarchitecture of the vehicle, damageto the vehicle in a crash, or wirelessphone network congestion orjamming — may prevent service.

See Radio Frequency Statement0 289 information regarding part4.6.2 of the IFT NOM121-SCT1-2009.

This service is provided through apublic telecommunications networkduly authorized in MexicanRepublic.

OnStar.com.mx

The website provides access toaccount information, allowsmanagement of the OnStarsubscription, and enables viewing ofvideos of each service. Getsubscription plan pricing and signup for OnStar Vehicle Diagnostics.Click on the “My Account” tab on the

home page. The website navigationand services provided may vary bycountry.

OnStar Personal IdentificationNumber (NIP)

A NIP is needed to access someOnStar services, like Remote DoorUnlock and Stolen VehicleAssistance. You will be prompted tochange the NIP the first time whenspeaking with an Advisor. Tochange the OnStar NIP, call OnStarand provide the Advisor with thecurrent number.

Warranty

OnStar equipment may bewarranted as part of the NewVehicle Limited Warranty. Themanufacturer of the vehiclefurnishes detailed warrantyinformation.

Languages

The vehicle can be programmed torespond in multiple languages.PressQ and ask for an Advisor.Advisors are available in Englishand Spanish.

Potential Issues

OnStar cannot perform RemoteDoor Unlock or Stolen VehicleAssistance after the vehicle hasbeen off continuously for five dayswithout an ignitions cycle. If thevehicle cannot be started forfive days, OnStar can contactRoadside Assistance and alocksmith to help gain access to thevehicle.

Global PositioningSystem (GPS). Obstruction of the GPS can

occur in a large city with tallbuildings; in parking garages;around airports; in tunnels, andunderpasses; or in an area withvery dense trees. If GPS signalsare not available, the OnStarsystem should still operate tocall OnStar. However, OnStarcould have difficulty identifyingthe exact location.

. In emergency situations, OnStarcan use the last stored GPSlocation to send to emergencyresponders.


304 OnStar

. A temporary loss of GPS cancause loss of the ability to senda Turn-by-Turn Navigation route.The Advisor may give a verbalroute or may ask for a call backafter the vehicle is driven into anopen area.

Cellular and GPS Antennas

Cellular reception is required forOnStar to send remote signals tothe vehicle. Do not place items overor near the antenna to preventblocking cellular and GPS signalreception.

Unable to Connect to OnStarMessage

If there is limited cellular coverageor the cellular network has reachedmaximum capacity, this messagemay come on. PressQ to try thecall again or try again after driving afew kilometers into anothercellular area.

Vehicle and Power Issues

OnStar services require a vehicleelectrical system, wireless service,and GPS satellite technologies to be

available and operating for featuresto function properly. These systemsmay not operate if the battery isdischarged or disconnected.

Add-on Electrical Equipment

The OnStar system is integratedinto the electrical architecture of thevehicle. Do not add any electricalequipment. See Add-On ElectricalEquipment 0 187. Added electricalequipment may interfere with theoperation of the OnStar system andcause it to not operate.

Vehicle Software Updates

OnStar or GM may remotely deliversoftware updates or changes to thevehicle without further notice orconsent. These updates or changesmay enhance or maintain safety,security, or the operation of thevehicle or the vehicle systems.Software updates or changes mayaffect or erase data or settings thatare stored in the vehicle, such assaved navigation destinations,or pre-set radio stations. NeitherOnStar nor GM is responsible forany affected or erased data or

settings. These updates or changesmay also collect personalinformation. Such collection isdescribed in the OnStar privacystatement or separately disclosed atthe time of installation. Theseupdates or changes may also causea system to automaticallycommunicate with GM servers tocollect information about vehiclesystem status, identify whetherupdates or changes are available,or deliver updates or changes. Anactive OnStar agreement constitutesconsent to these software updatesor changes and agreement thateither OnStar or GM may remotelydeliver them to the vehicle.

Privacy

The responsible of the treatment ofyour personnel data will be OnStarde México, S. de R.L. de C.V., withhead office at Ejército Nacional No.843, Colonia Granada, DelegaciónMiguel Hidalgo, zip code 11520,Federal District, Mexico. Thepersonal data we may collectincludes: your name, address, emailaddress, telephone number (cell


OnStar 305

and/or landline) your RFC (RegistroFederal de Contribuyentes [taxpayerID] and your personal identificationnumber (NIP) for OnStar services.

We may also collect informationfrom your vehicle including: yourVehicle identification number (VIN):the make, model and year of yourvehicle; the Vehicle license platenumber; information about yourselling or preferred GM distributor;information about the operation ofthe vehicle (including diagnostictrouble codes, oil life remaining, tirepressure, fuel economy andodometer readings); informationabout collisions involving thevehicle, the direction from which itwas hit, which airbags havedeployed and safety belt usage;information about the use of thevehicle and its features, such aswhether a mobile device has beenpaired with your vehicle; and inlimited circumstances, thegeographical location andapproximate GPS (globalpositioning satellite) speed of thevehicle.

Your personal and vehicle data willbe treated for the followingpurposes: (i) to provide you withservices you have requested(automatic accident response,remote and emergency services,assistance if your vehicle is stolen,step-by-step directions); (ii) to keepour records up to date so that weare able to answer your inquiries;(iii) for troubleshooting and researchpurposes; (iv) to protect the safetyof you or others; (v) to prevent fraudor misuse of the OnStar service; (vi)in the cases set forth by law or theauthorities; (vii) to carry outmarketing and general promotionalactivities; (viii) to allow OnStar,General Motors de México, S. deR.L. de C.V., General Motors LLCand all subsidiaries, affiliates or anycompany of the same corporategroup to which OnStar belongs, tocarry out advertising activities(offering you products, services andinformation); and (ix) for businessprospecting and statistical marketanalysis.

It is important to mention thatpurposes (i), (ii), (iii), (iv), (v) and(vi), give rise to and are necessaryto maintain our legal relationship.On the other hand, purposes (vii),(viii) and (ix), do not give rise to andare not necessary to maintain ourlegal relationship and therefore forthese purposes we make availablea mechanism set up at ourCustomer Service Center in thetelephone: 01800-0834994 or viayour e-mail:[email protected], sothat, if applicable, you can indicateyour refusal to have your personaldata being processed for thepurposes indicated in purposes (vii),(viii) and (ix).

In order to know the integral versionof this privacy notice, please visitour web page www.onstar.com.mx.

OnStar - SoftwareAcknowledgements

Certain OnStar components includelibcurl and unzip software and otherthird party software. Below are thenotices and licenses associated withlibcurl and unzip and for other third


306 OnStar

party software please see http://www.lg.com/global/support/opensource/index and https://www.onstar.com/us/en/support/getdocuments.html

The original language of thelicenses is English, the translationsbelow are provided for reference.

libcurl:




Permission to use, copy, modify,and distribute this software for anypurpose with or without fee ishereby granted, provided that theabove copyright notice and thispermission notice appear in allcopies.

THE SOFTWARE IS PROVIDED“AS IS,” WITHOUT WARRANTY OFANY KIND, EXPRESS ORIMPLIED, INCLUDING BUT NOTLIMITED TO THE WARRANTIESOF MERCHANTABILITY, FITNESSFOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE

AND NONINFRINGEMENT OFTHIRD PARTY RIGHTS. IN NOEVENT SHALL THE AUTHORS ORCOPYRIGHT HOLDERS BELIABLE FOR ANY CLAIM,DAMAGES OR OTHER LIABILITY,WHETHER IN AN ACTION OFCONTRACT, TORT OROTHERWISE, ARISING FROM,OUT OF OR IN CONNECTIONWITH THE SOFTWARE OR THEUSE OR OTHER DEALINGS INTHE SOFTWARE.


unzip:







OnStar 307



2. Redistributions in binary form(compiled executables) mustreproduce the above copyrightnotice, definition, disclaimer,and this list of conditions indocumentation and/or othermaterials provided with thedistribution. The sole exceptionto this condition is redistributionof a standard UnZipSFX binary(including SFXWiz) as part of aself-extracting archive; that ispermitted without inclusion ofthis license, as long as thenormal SFX banner has notbeen removed from the binaryor disabled.

3. Altered versions–including, butnot limited to, ports to newoperating systems, existingports with new graphicalinterfaces, and dynamic,shared, or static libraryversions–must be plainlymarked as such and must notbe misrepresented as beingthe original source. Suchaltered versions also must notbe misrepresented as beingInfo-ZIP releases–including,but not limited to, labeling ofthe altered versions with thenames “Info-ZIP” (or anyvariation thereof, including, butnot limited to, differentcapitalizations), “PocketUnZip,” “WiZ” or “MacZip”without the explicit permissionof Info-ZIP. Such alteredversions are further prohibitedfrom misrepresentative use ofthe Zip-Bugs or Info-ZIP e-mailaddresses or of theInfo-ZIP URL(s).

4. Info-ZIP retains the right to usethe names “Info-ZIP,” “Zip,”“UnZip,” “UnZipSFX,” “WiZ,”

“Pocket UnZip,” “Pocket Zip,”and “MacZip” for its ownsource and binary releases.

libcurl:




Permission to use, copy, modify,and distribute this software for anypurpose with or without fee ishereby granted, provided that theabove copyright notice and thispermission notice appear in allcopies.

THE SOFTWARE IS PROVIDED“AS IS,” WITHOUT WARRANTY OFANY KIND, EXPRESS ORIMPLIED, INCLUDING BUT NOTLIMITED TO THE WARRANTIESOF MERCHANTABILITY, FITNESSFOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSEAND NONINFRINGEMENT OFTHIRD PARTY RIGHTS. IN NOEVENT SHALL THE AUTHORS ORCOPYRIGHT HOLDERS BELIABLE FOR ANY CLAIM,


308 OnStar

DAMAGES OR OTHER LIABILITY,WHETHER IN AN ACTION OFCONTRACT, TORT OROTHERWISE, ARISING FROM,OUT OF OR IN CONNECTIONWITH THE SOFTWARE OR THEUSE OR OTHER DEALINGS INTHE SOFTWARE.


unzip:








2. Redistributions in binary form(compiled executables) mustreproduce the above copyrightnotice, definition, disclaimer,and this list of conditions indocumentation and/or othermaterials provided with thedistribution. The sole exceptionto this condition is redistributionof a standard UnZipSFX binary(including SFXWiz) as part of aself-extracting archive; that ispermitted without inclusion ofthis license, as long as thenormal SFX banner has notbeen removed from the binaryor disabled.

3. Altered versions–including, butnot limited to, ports to newoperating systems, existingports with new graphicalinterfaces, and dynamic,shared, or static libraryversions–must be plainlymarked as such and must notbe misrepresented as being


OnStar 309

the original source. Suchaltered versions also must notbe misrepresented as beingInfo-ZIP releases–including,but not limited to, labeling ofthe altered versions with thenames “Info-ZIP” (or anyvariation thereof, including, butnot limited to, differentcapitalizations), “PocketUnZip,” “WiZ” or “MacZip”without the explicit permissionof Info-ZIP. Such alteredversions are further prohibitedfrom misrepresentative use ofthe Zip-Bugs or Info-ZIP e-mailaddresses or of theInfo-ZIP URL(s).

4. Info-ZIP retains the right to usethe names “Info-ZIP,” “Zip,”“UnZip,” “UnZipSFX,” “WiZ,”“Pocket UnZip,” “Pocket Zip,”and “MacZip” for its ownsource and binary releases.


310 Index

Index AAbout Driving the Vehicle . . . . . . . . . 2Accessories andModifications . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 189

Accessory Power . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 161Add-On Electrical Equipment . . . 187Additional InformationOnStar® . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 297, 302

Additional Maintenanceand Care . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 270

AdjustmentsLumbar, Front Seats . . . . . . . . . . . .44

Air Cleaner/Filter, Engine . . . . . . . 198Air Filter, PassengerCompartment . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 142

Air Intake . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 142Air Vents . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 142Airbag SystemCheck . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .70How Does an AirbagRestrain? . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .63

Passenger Sensing System . . . .65What Makes an AirbagInflate? . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .63

What Will You See after anAirbag Inflates? . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .64

When Should an AirbagInflate? . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .62

Airbag System (cont'd)Where Are the Airbags? . . . . . . . .61

AirbagsAdding Equipment to theVehicle . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .69

Passenger Status Indicator . . . 105Readiness Light . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 105Servicing Airbag-EquippedVehicles . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .69

System Check . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .59AlarmVehicle Security . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .33

AlertSide Blind Zone (SBZA) . . . . . . 179

All-Season Tires . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 223All-Wheel Drive . . . . . . . . . . . .167, 208Antilock Brake System (ABS) . . . 168Warning Light . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 109

Appearance CareExterior . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 253Interior . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 258

ArmrestFront Seat . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .47Rear Seat . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .52

Assistance Program,Roadside . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 283

AutomaticDoor Locks . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .31


Index 311

Automatic (cont'd)Headlamp System . . . . . . . . . . . . 129Transmission . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 165Transmission Fluid . . . . . . . . . . . 198

Automatic TransmissionManual Mode . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 166Shift Lock Control FunctionCheck . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 208

BBatteryPower Protection . . . . . . . . . . . . . 132Voltage and ChargingMessages . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .117

Battery - North America . . . .207, 248Blade Replacement, Wiper . . . . . 209BrakeSystem Warning Light . . . . . . . . 108

Brakes . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 205Antilock . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 168Assist . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 169Fluid . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 206Parking . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 168System Messages . . . . . . . . . . . . .117

Braking . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 147Break-In, New Vehicle . . . . . . . . . . 156Bulb Replacement . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 214Halogen Bulbs . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .211Headlamp Aiming . . . . . . . . . . . . . .211

Bulb Replacement (cont'd)Headlamps . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .211Headlamps, Front TurnSignal, and ParkingLamps . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 212

License Plate Lamps . . . . . . . . . 213Buying New Tires . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 237

CCalibration . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 97CaliforniaFuel Requirements . . . . . . . . . . . 184Perchlorate MaterialsRequirements . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 189

CaliforniaProposition65 Warning . . . . . . . . . .189, 207, 248

CameraRear Vision (RVC) . . . . . . . . . . . . 174

Canadian Vehicle Owners . . . . . . . . 2Capacities andSpecifications . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 277

Carbon MonoxideEngine Exhaust . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 164Liftgate . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .32Winter Driving . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 150

CargoCover . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .91Management System . . . . . . . . . . .91

Caution, Danger, and Warning . . . . 3Center Console Storage . . . . . . . . . 91Chains, Tire . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 241Charging System Light . . . . . . . . . 106CheckIgnition Transmission Lock . . . 208Malfunction IndicatorEngine Light . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 106

Child RestraintsInfants and Young Children . . . . .72Lower Anchors and Tethersfor Children . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .77

Older Children . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .71Securing . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 83, 85Systems . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .75

Circuit Breakers . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 215CleaningExterior Care . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 253Interior Care . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 258

Climate Control Systems . . . . . . . 135Air Conditioning . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 135Dual Automatic . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 138Heating . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 135

Clock . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 98Cluster, Instrument . . . . . . . . . . . . . 101Collision Damage Repair . . . . . . . 286Compact Spare Tire . . . . . . . . . . . . 247


312 Index

CompartmentsStorage . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .89

Compass . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 97ConnectionsOnStar® . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 295

ControlTraction and ElectronicStability . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 169

Control of a Vehicle . . . . . . . . . . . . . 146Convenience Net . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 92Convex Mirrors . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 35CoolantEngine . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 201Engine Temperature Gauge . . 103

Cooling System . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 200Engine Messages . . . . . . . . . . . . .117

Courtesy Lamps . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 131Courtesy TransportationProgram . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 285

CoverCargo . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .91

Cruise Control . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 171Light . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .113

Cupholders . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 90Customer Assistance . . . . . . . . . . . 281Offices . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 281Text Telephone (TTY)Users . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 281

Customer InformationService PublicationsOrdering Information . . . . . . . . 288

Customer SatisfactionProcedure . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 279

DDamage Repair, Collision . . . . . . . 286Danger, Warning, and Caution . . . . 3Data Recorders, Event . . . . . . . . . 291Daytime RunningLamps (DRL) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 128

Defensive Driving . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 146Delayed Locking . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 30DiagnosticsOnStar® . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 297

Distracted Driving . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 145Dome Lamps . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 131DoorAjar Messages . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .117Delayed Locking . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .30Locks . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .30Power Locks . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .30

Drive Belt Routing, Engine . . . . . . 278Drive SystemsAll-Wheel Drive . . . . . . . . . . 167, 208

Driver Behavior . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 145Driver InformationCenter (DIC) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 113

DrivingDefensive . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 146Drunk . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 146Environment . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 145For Better Fuel Economy . . . . . . .23Hill and Mountain Roads . . . . . . 149If the Vehicle is Stuck . . . . . . . . . 151Loss of Control . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 148Off-Road Recovery . . . . . . . . . . . 148Vehicle Load Limits . . . . . . . . . . . 152Wet Roads . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 148Winter . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 150

Driving the Vehicle . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2Dual Automatic ClimateControl System . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 138

EElectrical Equipment,Add-On . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 187

Electrical SystemEngine Compartment FuseBlock . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 215

Fuses and Circuit Breakers . . . 215Instrument Panel FuseBlock . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 218

Overload . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 214Rear Compartment FuseBlock . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 220


Index 313

EmergencyOnStar® . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 294

EngineAir Cleaner/Filter . . . . . . . . . . . . . 198Check and Service EngineSoon Light . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 106

Compartment Overview . . . . . . . 192Coolant . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 201Coolant TemperatureGauge . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 103

Cooling System . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 200Cooling System Messages . . . .117Drive Belt Routing . . . . . . . . . . . . 278Exhaust . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 164Heater . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 159Oil Life System . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 197Oil Messages . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .118Oil Pressure Light . . . . . . . . . . . . .111Overheating . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 203Power Messages . . . . . . . . . . . . . .118Running While Parked . . . . . . . . 164Starting . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 158

Entry Lighting . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 132Event Data Recorders . . . . . . . . . . 291Exit Lighting . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 132Extender, Safety Belt . . . . . . . . . . . . 58Exterior Lamp Controls . . . . . . . . . 127

FFeaturesMemory . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 11

Filter,Engine Air Cleaner . . . . . . . . . . . 198

First Aid Kit . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 93Flash-to-Pass . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 128Flashers, Hazard Warning . . . . . . 129Flat Tire . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 241Changing . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 243

Floor Mats . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 260FluidAutomatic Transmission . . . . . . 198Brakes . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 206Washer . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 204

Fog LampsFront . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 130

Folding Mirrors . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 36Folding Seatback . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 48Forward Collision Alert(FCA) System . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 178

Frequency StatementRadio . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 289

Front Fog LampLight . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .113

Front Seat Armrest . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 47Front SeatsAdjustment . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .43

Front Seats (cont'd)Heated . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .47

Fuel . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 183Additives . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 184Economy Driving . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .23Filling a Portable FuelContainer . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 186

Filling the Tank . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 184Foreign Countries . . . . . . . . . . . . 184Gauge . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 102Low Fuel Warning Light . . . . . . . .112Requirements, California . . . . . 184System Messages . . . . . . . . . . . . .118

FusesEngine Compartment FuseBlock . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 215

Fuses and Circuit Breakers . . . 215Instrument Panel FuseBlock . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 218

Rear Compartment FuseBlock . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 220

GGaugesEngine CoolantTemperature . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 103

Fuel . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 102Odometer . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 102Speedometer . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 102


314 Index

Gauges (cont'd)Tachometer . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 102Trip Odometer . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 102Warning Lights andIndicators . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 100

General InformationService and Maintenance . . . . . 262Towing . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 186Vehicle Care . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 189

Glove Box . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 89GM Mobility ReimbursementProgram . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 282

HHalogen Bulbs . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 211Hazard Warning Flashers . . . . . . . 129Head Restraints . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 42HeadlampsAiming . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .211Automatic . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 129Bulb Replacement . . . . . . . . . . . . .211Daytime RunningLamps (DRL) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 128

Flash-to-Pass . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 128High-Beam On Light . . . . . . . . . . .112High/Low Beam Changer . . . . . 128Lamps On Reminder . . . . . . . . . .113

HeatedSteering Wheel . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .95

Heated Front Seats . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 47Heated Mirrors . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 36HeaterEngine . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 159

Heating and Air Conditioning . . . 135High-Beam On Light . . . . . . . . . . . . 112Hill and Mountain Roads . . . . . . . . 149Hood . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 190Horn . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 95How to Wear Safety BeltsProperly . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 54

IIgnition Positions . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 156Ignition Transmission LockCheck . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 208

Immobilizer . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 34Light . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .112

IndicatorVehicle Ahead . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .110

Infants and Young Children,Restraints . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 72

Infotainment . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 134Infotainment System . . . . . . . . . . . . 292Instrument Cluster . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 101Instrument PanelStorage Area . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .89

Interior Rearview Mirrors . . . . . . . . . 36Introduction . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2

JJump Starting - NorthAmerica . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 248

KKeyless EntryRemote (RKE) System . . . . . . . . .26

Keys . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 24

LLabeling, Tire Sidewall . . . . . . . . . . 224LampsCourtesy . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 131Daytime Running (DRL) . . . . . . 128Dome . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 131Exterior Controls . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 127Front Fog . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 130Headlamps, Front TurnSignal, and ParkingLamps . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 212

License Plate . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 213Malfunction Indicator . . . . . . . . . 106On Reminder . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .113Reading . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 132

Lane DepartureWarning (LDW) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 181

Lane Departure WarningLight . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 109

Lap-Shoulder Belt . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 55


Index 315

LATCH SystemReplacing Parts after aCrash . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .83

LATCH, Lower Anchors andTethers for Children . . . . . . . . . . . . 77

Liftgate . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 32LightingEntry . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 132Exit . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 132Illumination Control . . . . . . . . . . . 131

Lights . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 109Airbag Readiness . . . . . . . . . . . . . 105Antilock Brake System(ABS) Warning . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 109

Brake System Warning . . . . . . . 108Charging System . . . . . . . . . . . . . 106Cruise Control . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .113Engine Oil Pressure . . . . . . . . . . .111Flash-to-Pass . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 128Front Fog Lamp . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .113High-Beam On . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .112High/Low Beam Changer . . . . . 128Immobilizer . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .112Lane Departure Warning . . . . . . 109Low Fuel Warning . . . . . . . . . . . . .112Safety Belt Reminders . . . . . . . . 104StabiliTrak® OFF . . . . . . . . . . . . . .110Tire Pressure . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .111

Lights (cont'd)Traction Control System(TCS)/StabiliTrak® . . . . . . . . . . .111

Traction Off . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .110Warning, Power Steering . . . . . 109

LocksAutomatic Door . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .31Delayed Locking . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .30Door . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .30Lockout Protection . . . . . . . . . . . . . .31Power Door . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .30Safety . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .31

Loss of Control . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 148Low Fuel Warning Light . . . . . . . . . 112Lower Anchors and Tethersfor Children (LATCHSystem) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 77

Lumbar Adjustment . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 44Front Seats . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .44

MMaintenanceRecords . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 275

Maintenance and CareAdditional . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 270

Maintenance Schedule . . . . . . . . . 263Recommended Fluids andLubricants . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 273

Malfunction Indicator Lamp . . . . . 106

Manual Mode . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 166Memory Features . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 11Memory Seats . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 45MessagesBattery Voltage andCharging . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .117

Brake System . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .117Door Ajar . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .117Engine Cooling System . . . . . . . .117Engine Oil . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .118Engine Power . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .118Fuel System . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .118Object Detection System . . . . . .118Ride Control System . . . . . . . . . . 120Tire . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 120Transmission . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 121Vehicle . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .116

MirrorsAutomatic DimmingRearview . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .37

Convex . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .35Folding . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .36Heated . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .36Manual Rearview . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .36Power . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .35Tilt in Reverse . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .36

Mirrors, Interior Rearview . . . . . . . . 36


316 Index

Monitor System, TirePressure . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 231

NNavigationOnStar® . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 294

Net, Convenience . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 92New Vehicle Break-In . . . . . . . . . . . 156

OObject Detection SystemMessages . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 118

Odometer . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 102Trip . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 102

Off-RoadRecovery . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 148

OilEngine . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 195Engine Oil Life System . . . . . . . 197Messages . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .118Pressure Light . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .111

Older Children, Restraints . . . . . . . 71Online Owner Center . . . . . . . . . . . 282OnStar . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 291OnStar® AdditionalInformation . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .297, 302

OnStar® Connections . . . . . . . . . . . 295OnStar® Diagnostics . . . . . . . . . . . . 297OnStar® Emergency . . . . . . . . . . . . 294

OnStar® Navigation . . . . . . . . . . . . . 294OnStar® Overview . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 293OnStar® Security . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 294OrderingService Publications . . . . . . . . . . 288

OutletsPower . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .98

Overheating, Engine . . . . . . . . . . . . 203

PParkShifting Into . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 161Shifting Out of . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 162

ParkingBrake . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 168Brake and P (Park)Mechanism Check . . . . . . . . . . 209

Over Things That Burn . . . . . . . 163Parking Assist . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 176Passenger Airbag StatusIndicator . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 105

Passenger Compartment AirFilter . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 142

Passenger Sensing System . . . . . 65Perchlorate MaterialsRequirements, California . . . . . . 189

PersonalizationVehicle . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 121

PowerDoor Locks . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .30Mirrors . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .35Outlets . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .98Protection, Battery . . . . . . . . . . . . 132Retained Accessory (RAP) . . . 161Seat Adjustment . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .44Windows . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .37

Power Steering WarningLights . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 109

Pregnancy, Using Safety Belts . . . 57PrivacyVehicle Data Recording . . . . . . . 290

ProgramCourtesy Transportation . . . . . . 285

Proposition65 Warning,California . . . . . . . . . . . .189, 207, 248

RRadio Frequency Statement . . . . 289Reading Lamps . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 132Rear Seat Armrest . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 52Rear Seats . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 49Rear Vision Camera (RVC) . . . . . 174Rear Window Washer/Wiper . . . . . 97Rearview Mirrors . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 36Automatic Dimming . . . . . . . . . . . . .37

Reclining Seatbacks . . . . . . . . . . . . . 44


Index 317

Recommended Fluids andLubricants . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 273

RecordsMaintenance . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 275

Recreational Vehicle Towing . . . . 251Reimbursement Program,GM Mobility . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 282

Remote Keyless Entry (RKE)System . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 26

Remote Vehicle Start . . . . . . . . . . . . 28Replacement Bulbs . . . . . . . . . . . . . 214Replacement PartsAirbags . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .70Maintenance . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 274

Replacing Airbag System . . . . . . . . 70Replacing LATCH SystemParts after a Crash . . . . . . . . . . . . . 83

Replacing Safety Belt SystemParts after a Crash . . . . . . . . . . . . . 58

Reporting Safety DefectsCanadian Government . . . . . . . . 290General Motors . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 290U.S. Government . . . . . . . . . . . . . 289

RestraintsWhere to Put . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .76

Retained AccessoryPower (RAP) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 161

Reverse Tilt Mirrors . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 36

Ride Control SystemsMessages . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 120

RoadsDriving, Wet . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 148

Roadside AssistanceProgram . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 283

RoofSunroof . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .39

Roof Rack System . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 93Rotation, Tires . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 235Routing, Engine Drive Belt . . . . . . 278Running the Vehicle WhileParked . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 164

SSafety Belts . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 53Care . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .58Extender . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .58How to Wear Safety BeltsProperly . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .54

Lap-Shoulder Belt . . . . . . . . . . . . . .55Reminders . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 104Replacing after a Crash . . . . . . . .58Use During Pregnancy . . . . . . . . . .57

Safety Defects ReportingCanadian Government . . . . . . . . 290General Motors . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 290

Safety Defects Reporting (cont'd)U.S. Government . . . . . . . . . . . . . 289

Safety Locks . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 31Safety System Check . . . . . . . . . . . . 58Scheduling Appointments . . . . . . . 285SeatsAdjustment, Front . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .43Folding Seatback . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .48Head Restraints . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .42Heated Front . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .47Lumbar Adjustment, Front . . . . . .44Memory . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .45Power Adjustment, Front . . . . . . .44Rear . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .49Reclining Seatbacks . . . . . . . . . . . .44Underseat Storage . . . . . . . . . . . . .90

Securing Child Restraints . . . . 83, 85SecurityOnStar® . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 294Vehicle . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .33Vehicle Alarm . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .33

ServiceAccessories andModifications . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 189

Climate Control System . . . . . . . 135Doing Your Own Work . . . . . . . . 190Engine Soon Light . . . . . . . . . . . . 106Maintenance Records . . . . . . . . 275


318 Index

Service (cont'd)Maintenance, GeneralInformation . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 262

Parts Identification Label . . . . . 276Publications OrderingInformation . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 288

Scheduling Appointments . . . . . 285ServicesSpecial Application . . . . . . . . . . . 269

Servicing the Airbag . . . . . . . . . . . . . 69Shift Lock Control FunctionCheck, AutomaticTransmission . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 208

ShiftingInto Park . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 161Out of Park . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 162

Side Blind Zone Alert (SBZA) . . . 179Signals, Turn andLane-Change . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 130

Spare TireCompact . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 247

Special Application Services . . . . 269Specifications andCapacities . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 277

Speedometer . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 102

StabiliTrakOFF Light . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .110

Start Vehicle, Remote . . . . . . . . . . . 28Starter Switch Check . . . . . . . . . . . 208Starting the Engine . . . . . . . . . . . . . 158Steering . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 147Heated Wheel . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .95Power, Warning Lights . . . . . . . . 109Wheel Adjustment . . . . . . . . . . . . . .95Wheel Controls . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .95

Storage AreasCargo Cover . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .91Cargo Management System . . . .91Center Console . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .91Convenience Net . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .92Glove Box . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .89Instrument Panel . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .89Roof Rack System . . . . . . . . . . . . . .93Sunglasses . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .90Underseat . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .90

Storage Compartments . . . . . . . . . . 89Stuck Vehicle . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 151Summer Tires . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 224Sun Visors . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 39Sunglass Storage . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 90Sunroof . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 39Symbols . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3

SystemForward CollisionAlert (FCA) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 178

Infotainment . . . . . . . . . . . . . 134, 292Roof Rack . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .93

TTachometer . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 102Text Telephone (TTY) Users . . . . 281Theft-Deterrent Systems . . . . . . . . . 34Immobilizer . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .34

Time . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 98Tires . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 222All-Season . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 223Buying New Tires . . . . . . . . . . . . . 237Chains . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 241Changing . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 243Compact Spare . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 247Designations . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 226Different Size . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 238If a Tire Goes Flat . . . . . . . . . . . . 241Inspection . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 235Messages . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 120Pressure Light . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .111Pressure Monitor Operation . . 232Pressure Monitor System . . . . . 231Rotation . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 235


Index 319

Tires (cont'd)Sidewall Labeling . . . . . . . . . . . . . 224Terminology and Definitions . . 227Uniform Tire QualityGrading . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 238

Wheel Alignment and TireBalance . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 240

Wheel Replacement . . . . . . . . . . 240When It Is Time for NewTires . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 236

Winter . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 223TowingGeneral Information . . . . . . . . . . 186Recreational Vehicle . . . . . . . . . . 251Vehicle . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 250

TractionControl System (TCS)/StabiliTrak® Light . . . . . . . . . . . . .111

Off Light . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .110Traction Control/ElectronicStability Control . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 169

TransmissionAutomatic . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 165Fluid, Automatic . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 198Messages . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 121

Transportation Program,Courtesy . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 285

Triangle, Warning . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 92Trip Odometer . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 102Turn and Lane-ChangeSignals . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 130

UUnderseat Storage . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 90Uniform Tire Quality Grading . . . 238Using This Manual . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2

VVehicleAlarm System . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .33Canadian Owners . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2Control . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 146Design . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 145Identification Number (VIN) . . . 276Load Limits . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 152Messages . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .116Personalization . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 121Remote Start . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .28Security . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .33Towing . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 250

Vehicle Ahead Indicator . . . . . . . . 110

Vehicle CareTire Pressure . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 229

Vehicle Data Recording andPrivacy . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 290

Ventilation, Air . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 142Visors . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 39

WWarningBrake System Light . . . . . . . . . . . 108Caution and Danger . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3Lane Departure (LDW) . . . . . . . 181

Warning Lights, Gauges, andIndicators . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 100

Warning Triangle . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 92WarningsHazard Flashers . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 129

Washer Fluid . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 204WheelsAlignment and Tire Balance . . 240Different Size . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 238Replacement . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 240

When It Is Time for NewTires . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 236

Where to Put the Restraint . . . . . . 76


320 Index

Windows . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 37Power . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .37

WindshieldReplacement . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .211Wiper/Washer . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .95

WinterDriving . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 150

Winter Tires . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 223Wiper Blade Replacement . . . . . . 209WipersRear Washer . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .97

2k16 cs6 buick encore 23427373a.ai 1 9/4/2015 2:30:20 pm · 2020-05-08 · slogans, vehicle model...

Documents